bai tap day them tieng anh 10 day du

Bạn đang xem bản rút gọn của tài liệu. Xem và tải ngay bản đầy đủ của tài liệu tại đây (773.76 KB, 139 trang )

(1)I. LISTENING Unit 2 * Listen and choose the best answer for each of the following questions. 1. What is Mr. Lam doing to earn money? A. doctor B. sport teacher C. cyclo driver D. engineer 2. Where does his first passenger – old man go? A. From district 1 to district 5 B. From district 2 to district 5 C. From district 1 to district 3 D. From district 5 to district 1 3. The lady goes shopping………… A. every one day B. very two days C. every three days D. every four days 4. What time does Mr. Lam ride to Nguyen Thi Minh Khai School? A. At about 10 am B. At about 10.30 am C. At about 11 am D. At 11.30 am 5. He has lunch at……….. A. home B. park C. restaurant D. food stall. Unit 1: A DAY IN THE LIFE OF ( tờ 1) I. Read the following passage and choose the best option a, b, c or d for each space : Mrs Tuyet and her husband, Mr. Vy are farmers. Every afternoon they go to the field (1)……. 2.30. They repair the banks of their plot of land. Mr. Vy (2)………….water into it while she does (3) …………. They work about two hours before they (4)……….. a rest. They finish (5)…………….work at 6 p.m. They (6) ………….. dinner at about 7p.m, then they watch T.V and go to bed at about 10p.m. Sometimes, they go to see their neighbors (7) …... a cup of tea. They (8)……… about their work, their children and their plans for the next crop. Although it’s a long day for us. They are (9)……………. with what we do. They love (10)……….. and they love their children. 1. a. in b. on c. at d. for 2. a. drinks b. pumps c. irrigates d. boils 3. a. transplant b. transplanting c. to transplant d. the transplanting 4. a. had b. do c. are d. take 5. a. their b. them c. they d. theirs 6. a. had b. have c. has d. are having 7. a. to b. with c. for d. about 8. a. say b. speak c. tell d. chat 9. a. contented b. interested c. satisfied d. a & c are correct 10. a. work b. works c. working d. to work II. Underline the word which is stressed differently from the others: 0. breakfast transplant peasants harrow 1. neighbors contented tobacco experience 2. danger safely holiday transplant 3. arrive forget begin frightening 4. announced realized today reported 5. comfortable routine suddenly weather III. Put out the word that has the stress pattern different from that of the other words. 1. a. usually b. afternoon c. family d. buffalo 2. a. tobacco b. breakfast c. children d. several 3. a. continue b. alarm c. contented d. sometimes 4. a. airport b. passenger c. technology d. chemistry 5. a. routine b. tobacco c. neighbor d. experience 6. a. interest b. middle c. wonderful d. announce 7. a. occupation b. national c. natural d. passenger 8. a. office b. result c. pedal d. modern 9. a. routine b. continue c. announce d. panic 10. a. contain b. event c. holiday d. instead IV. Choose the best answer : 1. I felt quite…………….with my day’s work. ( satisfy / satisfactory / satisfied / satisfaction) 2. The alarm goes off at 5.30. ( rings / strikes / strings / knocks) 3. We are contented with what we do. ( interested in / excited about / keen on / satisfied with).

(2) 4. I haven’t met him since he ……………school. ( left / was leaving / had left / was left) 5. He’s not really interested in …………….on the farm. ( to work / work / working / worked) 6. My uncle …………..on this farm since he was 20. ( has worked / have worked / worked / was working) 7. Are you satisfied……………..your present work ? ( at / with / about / of) 8. I usually go out for dinner with my friends…………….Saturday nights . ( at / in / on / for) 9. We ………….at the station ten minutes late. ( arrived / came / went / left) 10. + …………..do you often go to school? - At 6.30 every morning. ( How / What time / Who / With whom) 11. She is seldom late ……………..class. ( at / for / to / in) 12. I haven’t decided ………………to go for my holiday. ( which / what / who / where) 13. I’ll do the shopping when I’ve finished ………………the house. ( to clean / cleaning / cleaned / clean) 14. Please wait for her here until she …………………back. ( come / will come / comes / came) 15. It …………….me 15 minutes to get to school every morning. ( takes / took / has taken / had taken) 16. What ……………..to you yesterday morning? ( had happened / has happened / was happening / happened) 17. ………………films should be made for school. ( Educational / Educating / Educated / Educate) 18. She is one of those who enjoy ………………money on clothes. ( spend / to spend / spending / to spending) 19. He is used to ……………. late until he finishes his work. ( stay up / staying up / stayed up / to stay up ) 20. He chooses …………….career because he loves children. ( teacher / teacher’s / teach / teaching ) 21. We were watching TV when the lights …………….out. ( went / has gone / had gone / were going ) 22. My house isn’t very far ….school, so I usually go to school…..bike. ( from-on / away-in / of-by / from-by) 23. Ms. Lan enjoys …… because she loves working with children. ( to teach / to be taught / teaching / teach) 24. Mrs. Loan is ……………about her daughter’s lateness. ( worried / regretted / thought / pleased) 26. It’s very ………………..me with money. ( kind for you to help / kind to you to helping / kind of you helping / kind of you to help) 27. Nam …………..in finding a good job in an advertising company. ( managed / gained / succeeded / got) 28. It’s better to avoid …………..during the rush hour. ( traveling / to travel / travel / traveled) 29. Would you ……………looking after my children for a while ? ( mind / agree / stand / care) 30. I’d like …………….when I am sixty years old.( to rest / to stop / to retire / to relax) 31. I don’t mind ………you ………the washing up. ( help - do / helping - doing / helping - do / to help - to do) 32. We hope the students themselves will enjoy taking ….in outdoor activities.(part / note / notice / advantage) 33. They offered ………….her but she refused. ( to help / helping / help / being helping) 34. Could you ………….me how to use this mobile phone? ( say / show / explain / give) 35. The children are looking forward to ………..on holiday. ( go / going / be going / have gone) 36. Please hurry or you’ll be …………….for the concert. ( ready / early / late / soon) 37. When I woke up this morning, it …………. ( rained / was raining / has rained / is raining) 38. Her advice made him ……………his mind. ( change / to change / changing / changed) 39. You must try not to ……………….so many mistakes again. ( make / do / say / tell) 40. When you phoned me, I ………………my homework. ( was doing / did / am doing / have done). V. Complete the sentences with the appropriate form of the words in parentheses: 1. I know ................ how she felt. (exact) 2. I felt quite ................... with my day’s work. (satisfy) 3. Her ............... was ashock to him. (die) 4. It is ..................even to think of the horrors of nuclear war. (frighten) 5. I was struck by the sudden ......................that I would probably never see her again. (realize) 6. We postponed our picnic because it was raining. .................... (heavy) 7. I’m not really interested in ...................... French. (study) 8. It’s .................... much warmer than this in July. (normal) VI. Read the passage then answer the following questions: Every morning I get up at six. The first thing I do is to wash the dishes my family dirtied the day before. Then I cook breakfast. We eat at about seven fifteen. Usually we have bread with butter, sometimes we have rice, or boiled sweet potatoes. It takes me about ten minutes to walk to school, and school begins with an assembly period at seven fortyfive. There are fifteen hundred children in our school so we meet in three separate assemblies : the infant department, the middle department, and the senior department. We always listen attentively to the head mistress then different classes call the roll for the attendance. We have seven periods from eight to one. We study Mathematics, Geography, History, Music, Art and Crafts, and English. I like English best and next to that, Mathematics. At ten we have a chance to eat an orange and some peanuts. At noon, we do not rest. At one we clean up our classroom and close the school..

(3) I go home for lunch, but this time, my sister Partrica gets the meal. We often eat yams with soup and some other dishes. After lunch I usually sleep for half an hour. In the afternoon, I often play netball. I sometimes skip, run, and jump with the other girls. At about six or six thirty we have dinner. Either my sister or I cook it. The meal is simpler then the mid-day meal. We have fruit or rice, and sometimes we have bread and tea. Then in the evening, I do my homework and go to bed at about ten. 1. What is the first thing the girl does when she get up? ……………………………………………….………………………………………………… 2. Do the members of her family eat bread with butter and rice more often for breakfast? How do you know? …………………………………………………………………………………………………………. 3. Why are there three separate assemblies at school? …………………………………………………………………………………………………………. 4. Twelve o’clock can be called mid-day. What other word does the girl use to mean the same thing? …………………………………………………………………………………………………………….. 5. What is her second best subject at school? ……………………………………………………………………………………………… 6. Why is dinner described as simpler than lunch?.................................................................................................... ……………………………………………………………………………......................................………………… Unit 1: A DAY IN THE LIFE OF (2) A. HƯỚNG DẪN NGỮ PHÁP I. The present tense: (Thì hiện tại đơn) a) Cách chia: I, We, You, They + Verb (without To ) He, She, It + Verb - s/es b) Cách dùng * Dùng để diễn tả một chân lí, một sự thật hiển nhiên. Ex: - The Sun rises in the East. - Thomas comes from a small village in England. * Dùng để diễn tả 1 thói quen, một việc xảy ra thường xuyên ở hiện tại. (trong câu thường có các trạng từ: often, usually, always, sometimes, seldom, rarely, every day/week ...). Ex: - Peter often goes to class late. - My mother gets up early every morning. II. The simple past tense: (Thì quá khứ đơn) a) Cách chia: I, We, You, They, He, She, It + Verb -ed / V2 b) Cách dùng: * Để diễn tả hành động đã xảy ra tại một thời điểm xác định trong quá khứ. (trong câu thường có các trạng từ chỉ thời gian như: yesterday, ago, last night/ week, month..., in 2000...) Ex: - We graduated from university in 2000. - She got married three years ago. * Để diễn tả hành động đã xảy ra và đã hoàn tất trong quá khứ. Ex: - I studied French for five years from 1990 to 1995. - She wrote this novel in two years when she was here. * Dùng để diễn tả 1 thói quen trong quá khứ. Ex: - I always came here for my Summer hoilday when I was still a student. - She usually worked overtime before becoming manager of the company. B. Exercises: I. Complete the paragraph with the phrases in the box. Use the present simple tense: go swimming go out go to bed go for go away go out go for a coffee On Mondays I always (0) -go out- for a drink. And I have a good long chat. On Tuesdays I often (1)…………………….. a walk. Then I (2) …………………… at my best friend’s flat. On Wednesdays and Thursdays I stay at home. And I (3) ………………………..at eight. On Fridays I sometimes (4)………………………… for a meal. And get back really late! I (5) ………………………..for most weekends. To the beach and my house is by the sea. I (6) …………………………and shopping on Saturdays. And on Sundays I’m home by three. II. Put in the right tense: 1. When I - was cleaning - the house, I - found- some old letters. (clean, find) 2. The doorbell………………….while I ………………………a bath. (ring, have) 3. We ………………an accident when we …………………..back from holiday.( have, come) 4. When I looked out of the window, I …………………….that it…………………………. (realize, rain) 5. He …………………..his old friend when he …………………………….in Hanoi. ( meet, be).

(4) 6. I ………………………….. at a garage because the car ………………………badly. ( stop, run) 7. I suddenly………………………..of you while I ……………………… . (think, wash up) 8. She ……………………….to sleep while I ……………………………..her about my holidays. (go, tell) 9. When I ………………….up, water ………………………………through the ceiling. (look, run) III. Choose the best answers: 1. What ………….. at nine o’clock last night? ( did you do / you did / you were doing / were you doing) 2. The student who is carrying 5 books ……………. to need help. ( seem/ seeming / to seem / seems ) 3. He left after he ………………… his work. ( finished / finish / finishes / had finished) 4. He always …………..me. ( avoids to meet / avoids meeting / to avoid meeting / avoiding to meet) 5. She has been a teacher ……………..1992. ( in / for / ever / since ) 6. How ………………. does she run a day? _ 16miles. ( far / fast / long / wide ) 7. ……………. this book bought yesterday? ( Did / Was / Had / Has ) 8. While I ……………. in the park, there was a terrible storm. ( walk / walked / have walked / was walking ) 9. Everyone in both cars ……………… injured in the accident last night. ( was / is / are / were ) 10. Do you mind …………………. the cooking? ( for doing / to doing / to do / doing ) 11. How often does she …………………. shopping? - Twice a week. ( go / do / does / goes ) 12. …………… did you buy for the meal? - $ 10. ( How many / How often / What / How much ) 13. When they arrived, everything ……………… for the party an hour earlier. ( was prepared / were prepared / has been prepared / had been prepared ) 14. It takes me 45 minutes to get ready. ( to go / to wake up / to prepare / to finish) 15. I know ……………how she felt. (exact / exactly / exactness / exacting) IV. Choose the underlined part among A,B,C or D that needs correcting: 1. How many students there are in your class? 2. Chu Van An High School is one of the biggest school in Ha Noi. 3. Lan’s mother is worry about her. 4. Try to avoid to travel during rush hours. 5. Mr. Nam work as a teacher at Nguyen Tri Phuong school 6. He began to studying English three years ago. 7. We always expect get as many good marks at school as possible. 8. She was sad after she reads her boyfriend’s letter. 9. After she had had lunch, she had taken a nap. 10. Because of he was ill, he had to stay at home. 11. They had played cards since 9 o’clock this morning. 12. Since the early 20th century, women had a lot of chances to pursue their interest. 13. John play tennis with Mary and me every afternoon. 14. We expect getting a pay rise next month. 15. He has stopped play football because he’s too old. 16. I spend most of my free time to read books. 17. Nobody were injured in the accident, were they? 18. Would you mind give me a hand with bag? 19. I’d like to retirement when I am sixty. 20. I always go to school by the bicycle. 21. Mr. Vy leaves the house at a quarter past five and arrive in the field at exactly 5.30. 22. We haven’t seen them since he has left school in 2005. 23. “How long do you come here?” Once a week. 24. He made his first film when he is 12 years old. 25. Before the nineteenth century, it was rarely to find organized systems of adult education. 26. Do you like a cup of tea? “ Yes, please.” 27. Hung usually play tennis once or twice a week. 28. No, we didn’t. We was at home yesterday. 29. When did you buy your car? The last week. 30. Mr. Smith left for Paris ago two days. VI. Read the questions and choose the best responses: 1. When did you call him ? A. You can call me tomorrow. B. Everyone calls him Long. C. I called him last night. 2. Where is the nearest phone? A. I don’t know her phone number. B. My home is kilometers from here. C. There is one in my office 3. Why is Minh looking for a new job? A. He knew about that job. B. He booked a flight for Canada. C. He wants to make more money..

(5) 4. How often does the bus come? A. I always take the bus. B. Every five minutes until six o’clock. C. The bus stops in front of my house. VII. Underline the correct word or phrase in each sentence. 1. On the way back we stopped to have / having some tea. 2. Could you stop to talk / talking, please? 3. Learning a language means to be / being interested in another culture. 4. Ann tried to open / opening the window, but it was too high to reach. 5. Please remember to take / taking the dog for a walk. 6. Cathy says she’s never forget to sky-dive / sky-diving for the first time. 7. I don’t really remember to start / starting school when I was five. 8. He always regretted not to go / going to university. 9. I regretted to say / saying that I won’t be able to come to the wedding. 10. I’m so sorry I forgot to send / sending you a birthday card. VIII. Circle the most well-formed sentence (A, B, C, or D ) from the prompts given. 1. Thuy / want / buy / new coat / soon /. A. Thuy wants to buy a new coat soon. B. Thuy want to buy a new coat soon. C. Thuy wants buying a new coat soon. D. Thuy wants buy a new coat soon.) 2. We / must / avoid / waste / so much time /. A.We must avoid to waste so much time . B. We must avoid wasted so much time. C. We must to avoid wasting so much time. D. We must avoid wasting so much time. ) 3. sometimes / a country / refuse / take part / in the Olympics /. A. A country refuses sometimes to take part in the Olympics. B. Sometimes a country refuses to take part in the Olympics. C. Sometimes a country refuses taking part in the Olympics. D. A country sometimes refuses take part in the Olympics. 4. I / mean / give / Jane / nice welcome / yesterday /. A. I meant to give Jane a nice welcome yesterday. B. I mean to give Jane a nice welcome yesterday. C. I meant giving Jane nice welcome yesterday. D. I meaned to give Jane nice welcome yesterday 5. the buses / usually / stop / run / before midnight /. A. The buses usually stopped to running before midnight. B. The buses usually stop to run before midnight. C. The buses usually stops running before midnight. D. The buses usually stop running before midnight. 6. my father / seem / get / better / now/.(My father seems to get better now./My father seems get better now./ My father seems to get and better now./ My father seems getting better now.) 7. I / can’t stand / get up / at 5 / tomorrow /. ( I can’t stand and get up at 5 tomorrow./ I can’t stand to getting up at 5 tomorrow. / I can’t stand getting up at 5 tomorrow./ I can’t stand to get up at 5 tomorrow.) 8. last year / we / make / an agreement / work / together /. A. Last year we make an agreement to work together. B. Last year we made an agreement working together. C. Last year we made a agreement to work together D. Last year we made an agreement to work together IX. Complete the second sentence so that it has a similar meaning to the first sentence. 1. “Let’s go to the cinema on Monday”, he said. ® He suggested …………………….........………......…. 2. They are really looking forward to going to university. ® They can’t wait ……………….......................…....…. 3. Would you like to go to the beach? ® Do you feel …………………………… to the beach? 4. Is it all right if you come back later? ® Do you mind ……………………………. back later? 5. I think we really should stop going out so often. ® We really had ………………………..............………….. 6. The prisoners were allowed to see their families once a year. ® They let ……………………………….. X. Put the words in the correct order to make meaningful sentences: 1. always / the / Canada / to / go / we / spring / in. .............................................................................................................. 2. when / stay / we / hotel / a / come / town / this / usually / we / to / in. ............................................................................................................................... 3. plane / sometimes / travel / by / we. ...............................................................................................

(6) 4. children / with / never / our / us / come. .............................................................................................. 5. we / restaurant / go / a / often / evenings / Friday / to / on. ..................................................................................................... 6. seldom / for / she / late / is / class. ..................................................................................................... 7. that / known / this / ever / is / best / I’ve / hotel / the. ..................................................................................................... 8. in / eleven / by / rule / I’m / as / a / bed. ..................................................................................................... XI. Pick out the word whole underlined part is pronounced differently from that of the other words : 1. a. heavy b. head c. stream d. ready 2. a. cook b. book c. look d. blood 3. a. sound b. would c. round d. bound 4. a. fire b. fish c. rubbish d. middle 5. a. circle b. fire c. hire d. tire 6. a. field b. heat c. meet d. head 7. a. dinner b. drink c. dive d. children 8. a. read b. meat c. defeat d. beat 9. a. kitchen b. history c. time d. finish 10. a. arrive b. fit c. thrive d. drive Unit 1: A DAY IN THE LIFE OF (3) I. Circle the most well-formed sentence (A, B, C, or D ) from the prompts given. 1. sometimes / a country / refuse / take part / in the Olympics /. A. A country refuses sometimes to take part in the Olympics. B. Sometimes a country refuses to take part in the Olympics. C. Sometimes a country refuses taking part in the Olympics. D. A country sometimes refuses take part in the Olympics. 2. I / mean / give / Jane / nice welcome / yesterday /. A. I meant to give Jane a nice welcome yesterday. B. I mean to give Jane a nice welcome yesterday. C. I meant giving Jane nice welcome yesterday. D. I meaned to give Jane nice welcome yesterday 3. the buses / usually / stop / run / before midnight /. A. The buses usually stopped to running before midnight. B. The buses usually stop to run before midnight. C. The buses usually stops running before midnight. D. The buses usually stop running before midnight. 4. my father / seem / get / better / now/. A. My father seems to get better now. B. My father seems get better now. C. My father seems to get and better now. D. My father seems getting better now. 5. I / can’t stand / get up / at 5 / tomorrow /. A. I can’t stand and get up at 5 tomorrow. B. I can’t stand to getting up at 5 tomorrow. C. I can’t stand getting up at 5 tomorrow. D. I can’t stand to get up at 5 tomorrow. 6. last year / we / make / an agreement / work / together /. A. Last year we make an agreement to work together. B. Last year we made an agreement working together. C. Last year we made a agreement to work together D. Last year we made an agreement to work together II. Complete the second sentence so that it has a similar meaning to the first sentence. 1. “Let’s go to the cinema on Monday”, he said. ® He suggested …………………….........………......…. 2. They are really looking forward to going to university. ® They can’t wait ……………….......................…....…. 3. Would you like to go to the beach?.

(7) ® Do you feel …………………………… to the beach? 4. Is it all right if you come back later? ® Do you mind ……………………………. back later? 5. I think we really should stop going out so often. ® We really had ………………………..............………….. 6. The prisoners were allowed to see their families once a year. ® They let ……………………………….. III. Pick out the word whole underlined part is pronounced differently from that of the other words : 1. a. heavy b. head c. stream d. ready 2. a. cook b. book c. look d. blood 3. a. sound b. would c. round d. bound 4. a. fire b. fish c. rubbish d. middle 5. a. circle b. fire c. hire d. tire 6. a. field b. heat c. meet d. head 7. a. dinner b. drink c. dive d. children 8. a. read b. meat c. defeat d. beat 9. a. kitchen b. history c. time d. finish 10. a. arrive b. fit c. thrive d. drive Unit 1: A DAY IN THE LIFE OF (tờ 3) II. Read the passage and decide whether the statements are true (T) or false (F) : I retired about a year ago. The company had a big party for me and gave me a gold watch for more than thirty years of service. At the party everyone said to me, “ Retirement is a time to do all the things you didn’t have time to do. It’s a new thing.” I can’t say that I dislike retirement, but after working for thirty-five years, it’s hard to adjust to all this free time. Just after I retired, my wife, Peg, and I went to visit our children - John Smith in London and Ann in Liverpool. We really had a good time. We enjoyed being together. In fact, John Smith invited us to come to live with him. He knows that living on retirement salary is not easy. But we decided not to live with him. We have our lives, and he and his wife have theirs. We are going to stay here in town. We may move to an apartment because the house is too big for only the two of us and it is hard to keep clean. Peg is having some trouble with her back. She’s seeing the doctor tomorrow. Money isn’t a serious problem for us because we have some savings, but we have to make careful decisions about what we can afford. We’re not used to living on a fixed income, but we make ends meet. I still belong to the club and I play cards there once a week, and we spend time with other couples in the area. My only regret is that I didn’t spend enough time thinking about retirement before it happened. ….1. This man retired six months ago. ….. 5. He dislikes retirement. ….2. The people at the party were negative about retiring. ….. 6. He has other children at home. ….3. He worked for forty years in the company. …..7. He has some physical problems. …4. He and his wife are moving in with John Smith. …..8. He and his wife are going to move from the town. III. Rearrange the following sentences to make a conversation and then practice it with a partner. A: That's good. See you later. B: I'm doing very well, thank you. C: Good morning. Juanita. D: All right. Bye now. E: Hello, Frank. It's good to see you. How are you? F: Just fine, thanks. And you? Bỏ IV. Complete the conversation, using the simple present or present continuous of the verbs in parentheses: Jody Morrow just had a baby, and her friend Helen calls to see how she is. Helen : Hi, Judy. How's everything? Judy : Great. Helen : How's the baby? Is it O.K? Judy : Fine...............right now. (sleep) Helen : What about you? .............enough rest? ( get) Judy : Well, ................... a nap every few hours. (take) Of course, it's not easy. .................all the time. (ring) Ten people called this morning. Helen : And I'm the eleventh. I'm really sorry. Judy : Oh, no, it's fine. Right now I'm not even tired. ................T.V and ............some letters. (watch, write) Helen : I'm going to shopping soon. ............... anything? (need) Judy: No, .............everything. (have) Thanks. V. Match the questions and the answers: 1. ( ) Can you lend me some stamps? a. Sorry, I don't smoke..

(8) 2. ( ) Excuse me. Have you got the time? b. I think so. How many do you need? 3. ( ) Can I borrow your pen? c. Sorry, I'm afraid I'm using it? 4. ( ) Could you help me for a minute? d. Sorry, I'm not free. My son's coming round. 5. ( ) Have you got a light? e. Just after half past three. 6. ( ) Shall I post these letters for you? f. Perhaps - I'll have a look. Yes, £8 here are you. 7. ( ) Could I borrow your bicycle for an hour? g. That's very kind of you. Could you do the potatoes? 8. ( ) Have you got change for meal ? h. O.K. Can you put it back on my desk when you've finished with it? 9. ( ) Could I use your phone? i. Well, I'm in a bit of a hurry. 10. ( ) Would you like to play tennis now? j. Of course. It's over there on the table. 11. ( ) Excuse me, Can you tell me the way to the station? k. I'm a stranger here myself. 12. ( ) I'll give you a hand with the cooking, Shall I? l. Yes, please, if you don't mind. Speaking:Exercise1: Match each of the sentences in A with a suitable response in B: Then write the dialogue in the full form: A B 1. I thought you were meeting Lan on a. She went to her grandparents’ house on Sunday morning. Saturday afternoon. Then she spent the whole afternoon cleaning her apartment. 2. Yeah? How was it? b. Really tired. I slept all morning and watched TV all afternoon. 3. Hey, Huong, where were you last c. It was really fun. We danced for hours. Saturday afternoon? I called but you d. She had to go to her office to finish her report. She spent the weren’t home. whole afternoon there, so I met her that night instead. 4. Where did you both go? e. We went dancing at that new nightclub downtown. 5. Where was Lan Anh? f. Oh, I went to the bookstore to buy a birthday present for my 6. Wow! I guess you were tired on younger brother. Sunday. Exercise 2: Choose an appropriate response in the box for each question or statement to complete the dialog. a. Yeah, everybody says that, his name is Nam. b. Yeah, they are nice. We’re lucky to have such parents. c. My dad’s a doctor and my mum’s a teacher. She teaches at high school. d. No, he’s in high school now. We go to the same school. e. Yeah, that’s us Nui Coc Lake three years ago. We love to go camping together. f. Yeah, sometimes I study with him at the library. 1. So, Thao, is this your family? …………… 2. Your brother is a smart boy. …………… 3. Is he in primary school? …………… 4. Oh, does he ask you for help with his homework? …………… 5. Your mother and father look really nice. …………… 6. What do you do? …………….

(9) KIỂM TRA 15 PHÚT LẦN 1 LỚP 10 I. Give the correct form of the verbs 1. When we (have) ...........................dinner, the light went out. 2. We (become) ....................... friends since we were in school. 3. The earth (move) ...................around the sun. 4. I (meet).................... Mary last night. 5. Listen! Someone (knock).................. at the door. 6. While we (play) ...........................cards, the telephone rang. 7. She often (leave).........................the city at weekends. 8. When my parents returned home, we (already, have)................................dinner 9. Peter (be) ......................interested in football when he was a student. 10. Look! They (run) ...................... 11. We (talk)............................. each other, he suddenly came in. 12. I (not, meet) ...............................her since we graduated from the university. 13. When I entered the room, everyone (dance) ........................... 14. We (watch)............................. a good programme on TV last night. 15. Listen! He (sing) ................... 16. Since we moved here, we (work)............................ as businessmen. 17. Before I came home, I (visit)................................my old friend. 18. She sometimes (buy) ..........................groceries in this market. 19. Tom phoned me while I (have)..............................a bath. 20. Look! The baby (cry)....................... II. Fill in each blank with a suitable preposition 1. Are you satisfied……………..your present work ? 2. They continued their work .............. 8.30 to 10.30. 3. He usually leads the bafallo ..............the field at 6.00. 4. Nam always goes to school ................... bike, but yesterday he went to school on foot. 5. He’s not really interested................... working on the farm. 6. I usually go out for dinner with my friends…………….Saturday nights . 8. Nam always goes to school ................... bike, but yesterday he went to school on foot III. Choose the correct answers: 1. Mr. Nam ................in this company for 20 years. a. is working b. has worked c. have worked d. works 2. She is seldom late ……………..class. a. at b. for c. to d. in 3. It’s better to avoid …………..during the rush hour. a. traveling b. to travel c. travel d. traveled 4. The thieves ran away when the burglar alarm went off. a. stopped b. made stop burning c. rang d. put out 5. I don’t know .................what he said. a. exact b. exactly c. exacting d. exactness 6. What ......................at nine o’clock last night? a. did you do b. were you doing c. was you doing d. you were doing 7. It takes me 15 minutes to get ready. a. to do b. to go c. to prepare d. to wake up 8. I’d like ……when I am sixty years old. a. to rest b. to stop c. to retire d. to relax 9. Mrs. Loan is ……………about her daughter’s lateness. a. worried b. regretted c. thought d. pleased 10. We first .................each other in New York in 2000. a. meet b. have met c. met d. had met 11. Fire fighters soon put out the fire. a. made stop burning b. got out of bed c. continued d. gave up 12. She laughed and chatted happily with other women. a. went away b. took off c. talked in a friendly way d. went off 13. The children are looking forward to ………..on holiday. a. go b. going c. be going d. have gone 14. I haven’t met him since he ……………school. a. left b. was leaving c. had left d. was left 15. We were watching TV when the lights …….out. a. went b. has gone c. had gone d. were going 16. We are contented with what we do. a. interested in b. excited about c. keen on d. satisfied with IV. Put out the word that has the stress pattern different from that of the other words..

(10) usually buffalo routine contented passenger event contain frightening sometimes biology transplant technology chemistry peasant family continue announce tobacco neighbor interest V. Error Identification: 1. How many students there are in your class? 2. Mr. Nam work as a teacher at Nguyen Tri Phuong school 3. On Tuesdays I go often for a coffee at my best friend’s flat. 4. What lesson do Quan have at 7:15 a.m. on Monday? 5. Hung usually play tennis once or twice a week. 6. John play tennis with Mary and me every afternoon. 7. I always go to school by the bicycle. 8. Mr. Smith left for Paris ago two days. 9. We haven’t seen them since he has left school in 2005. 10. “How long do you come here?” Once a week. VI. Choose the word whose underlined part is pronounced different from that of the others 1. a. heavy b. ready c. meat d. head 2. a. drink b. little c. children d. fire 3. a. heat b. head c. field d. repeat. 4. a. kitchen. b. arrive. c. finish. d. fish. UNIT 2 : SCHOOL TALKS (1) I. Fill in each gap with a suitable word from the box. subjects impolite useful advertised thirsty. enjoyable practise. complains crowded. 1. English is one of the many ........................we study at school. 2. I find it very ........................ to be able to speak a foreign language. 3. It was very hot yesterday. I felt .........................all the time. 4. Jim is a good student. His teacher never .......................about him. 5. At rush hour, the streets are so .......................that I often choose to walk. 6. More and more products are .......................on TV everyday. 7. It’s rather.......................of you not to say goodbye to the other guests. 8. Besides reading and grammar, we also .......................speaking and writing in English. 9. They had an ..........................weekend at the seaside. II. Complete the sentences with the appropriate form of the words in parentheses: 1. We are in regular .......................with each other by telephone or letter. ( communicate) 2. We have a very .....................schedule. (crowd) 3. Do you know who the managing .........................of the company is? (direct) 4. He apologized for the .....................he had caused. (convenient) 5. They gave us ....................everything we needed. (near) 6. She’s so .....................in looking after children that everyone knows of her. (experience) 7. If you want to sell your old house, why not put an .......................on television? (advertise) 8. The delay would mean extra costs and this is not ....................... (accept) III. Put out the word that has the stress pattern different from that of the other words. 1. a. similar b. corner c. travel d. about 2. a. traffic b. about c. around d. enjoy 3. a. profession b. interest c. conclusion d. appropriate 4. a. moment b. language c. provide d. single 5. a. cartoon b. confuse c. alike d. center 6. a. history b. English c. mathematics d. physics 7. a. biology b. chemistry c. geography d. technology 8. a. international b. theoretical c. mathematics d. language 9. a. children b. enjoy c. above d. create 10. a. corner b. option c. provide d. narrow IV. Complete these questions with how, how old, what, when, where, who or why: 1. A .................was your favorite subject in secondary school? B. It was mathematics. 2. A. ................was your favorite teacher? B. My math teacher, Mrs. Linh. 3. A. ...............did you graduate from secondary school? B. In 2005. 4. A. .................did your sister go to university? B. She went to Hanoi National University. 5. A. ................was her major?.

(11) B. She majored in Economics. 6. A. ...............did she study Economics? B. Because she loves it. 7. A. ..................are your teachers in high school? B. They are excellent. 8. A. ...............were your sister when she graduated from university? B. She was twenty years old. V. Make questions for the underlined words or phrases: 1. .............................................................................................. I was late for work this morning because there was too much traffic. 2. ....................................................................................................... I went on a holiday with some of my friends last summer. 3. ........................................................................................................... Mrs. Hong worries about his son’s study at school. 4. ........................................................................................ My father drives to work everyday. 5. ......................................................................................... It takes me 15 minutes to go to school. 6. .................................................................................... I saw him two days ago. 7. ................................................................................... I’m taking French this semester. 8. .................................................................................. They live in this city center. 9. ................................................................................... Last night I went to disco with my friends. 10. ................................................................................... I like English very much. VI. Write question with: WHO, WHAT, HOW, WHY. 11. Miss Phuong went home early. → Why ……………………….................…….…………? 12. I met Phong’s father . → Who …………………………….................…………..? 13 . they wanted something . → What ………………………………….............………? 14. The machine cost a lot of money. → How much money ………………………….…………? 15. We had dinner . → What ………………………..............…… for dinner? 16. The meeting finished . → What time ……………………..........……………… ? 17. Lucy arrived. → What time ……………………......................………? VI. Choose the correct answers: 1. Ms. Lan enjoys ………because she loves working with children. ( to teach / to be taught / teaching / teach) 2. Mrs. Loan is ………………about her daughter’s lateness. ( worried / regretted / thought / pleased) 3. I’d like to stay at home ………… going out this evening. (rather than / instead of / more than / better than) 4. It wasn’t very …………..of you to serve yourself without asking.(impolite / rude / inconvenient / polite) 5. I have such a lot of work to do that I don’t know …………..to do first. ( when / what / where / why) 6. The reason ……………he refused this job is that he doesn’t like the boss. ( who / what / why / when) 7. My father doesn’t allow me ……………in his room. (to smoke / smoking / smoke / not smoke) 8. It’s very ……………me with money. ( kind for you to help / kind to you helping / kind of you helping / kind of you to help) 9. Nam …………..in finding a good job in an advertising company. ( managed / gained / succeeded / got ) 10. When I’m tired, I enjoy listening to music. It’s …………… (relax / relaxation / relaxing / relaxed ) 11. I’d like to stay at home instead of ………….to the cinema. (go / going / went / to go ) 12. Mary was so angry that she …………….to see the manager. ( demanded / hoped / risked / stopped ) 13. I don’t think that red dress ……………her. ( suits / matches / cheers / agrees ) 14. Let your name …………..in the sheet of paper. ( to be written / be written / write / being written ) 15. My father had a worker ……………..a fence round our garden. (make / making / to make / made) 16. I would rather ……………..unemployed than …………..in that factory. ( to be - to work / be - work / being - work / being - working ) 17. The three friends all …………..for the same job. ( requested / applied / intended / referred ) 18. The children could hardly ……………to leave their pets behind. ( forget / regret / bear / seem ).

(12) 19. She remembered the correct address only...she had posted the letter. (since/ afterwards / following / after) 20. Two weeks ……………too long for me to wait. ( is / are / were / have ) VII. Pick out the word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from that of the other words. 1. a. above b. glove c. globe d. love 2. a. month b. together c. about d. around 3. a. narrow b. task c. fancy d. harrow 4. a. mark b. card c. hard d. warm 5. a. fun b. sun c. super d. study 6. a. useful b. hurry c. confuse d. refuse 7. a. student b. study c. subject d. funny 8. a. found b. count c. bound d. cousin 9. a. marvelous b. guitar c. warm d. target 10. a. language b. any c. fancy d. romance UNIT 2 : SCHOOL TALKS (2) HƯỚNG DẪN NGỮ PHÁP INFINITIVE AND GERUND (Động từ nguyên mẫu và danh động từ) a/. GERUND: (V- ing) * used as a subject, object, complement EX: - Swimming is my favourite sport. - My favourite sport is swimming. * used after: 1. admit, avoid, begin, consider, continue, delay, deny, (dis)like, enjoy, escape, finish, hate, imagine, keep, mind, miss, postpone, practice, prevent, start, suggest EX: I missed meeting my old friends. 2. Prepositions EX: I’m fond of listening to classical music. 3. It’s no use / good (chẳng ích gì) EX: It’s no use helping these lazy pupils. 4. There’s no point (in) (không cần thiết) EX: There’s no point (in) remembering their names. 5. a waste of time / money EX: It’s a waste of time playing video games. 6. have fun / difficulty / trouble a hard / good / difficult time EX: I have difficulty looking for a job. 7. be worth / busy EX: This book is worth reading. 8. can’t help / resist (không thể không) EX: I can’t help laughing. 9. can’t bear / stand (không chịu được) EX: I can’t bear waiting for someone for so long. 10. need (passive meaning) EX: My hair needs cutting. 11. be / get used to EX: We’re used to living in this crowded city. 12. look forward to EX: I’m looking forward to hearing from you soon. b/. BARE INFINITIVE: (V1) is used after: 1. modal verbs EX: I can swim. 2. make / let EX: Sad movies always make me cry. 3. had better, would rather / sooner (muốn/thà), used to EX: I’d rather stay at home. 4. do nothing / anything / everything but (except) EX: He does nothing but complain. c/. GERUND or INFINITIVE: GERUND (V – ing) 1. SPEND / WASTE time / money + V-ing EX: I spent 10 minutes cooking my meal. 2. TRY = do sth as an experiment (thử) EX: I try mixing these substances to make a new one. 3. STOP (ngừng việc đang làm) EX: I’m working. I stop working. 4. ADVISE / ALLOW / PERMIT EX: They don’t allow smoking here. 5. REMEMBER / FORGET / REGRET (hành động V-ing đã xảy ra). FULL INFINITIVE (To – V) 1. IT TAKES / TOOK + O + time + to V EX: It took me 10 minutes to cook my meal. 2. TRY = attempt (cố gắng) EX: As students, we must try to study well. 3. STOP (ngừng 1 việc để làm việc khác) EX: I’m working. I stop to smoke. 4. ADVISE / ALLOW / PERMIT + O + to V EX: They don’t allow us to smoke here. 5. REMEMBER / FORGET / REGRET (hành động To V chưa xảy ra) * REGRET + to tell / to inform.

(13) EX: I remember going to school for the first time. 5. LEARN: học môn học EX: She has to learn spelling 5. MEAN: có nghĩa là EX: Failure on the exam means having to learn one more year. GERUND (V – ing) 1. SEE / WATCH / HEAR / NOTICE / FEEL / SMELL (hành động dài, chứng kiến 1 phần) EX: Everyday I see them crossing my house on their way home. 2. PREFER + V-ing + to + V-ing EX: I prefer reading to watching films.. EX: Before going out, remember to lock the doors. 5. LEARN: học kỹ năng EX: I’m learning to play the piano. 5. MEAN: có ý định EX: I’m sorry. I didn’t mean to hurt you.. BARE INFINITIVE (V ❑0 ) 1. SEE / WATCH / HEAR / NOTICE / FEEL (hành động ngắn, chứng kiến từ đầu đến cuối) EX: I see the boy jump down from the window. WOULD) PREFER + to V + rather than + V 2. ( ❑0 + V ❑0 + than + V ❑0 WOULD RATHER EX: I’d prefer to read rather than watch films.. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. 19. 20. 21. 22. 23. 24. 25. 26. 27. 28. 29. 30. 31. 32. 33. 34. 35. 36. 37.. They never want me (eat)………………………………… whatever I want to. My parents let me (go)…………………………………….. out every weekend. During apartheid, Black people weren't allowed (sit) …………………………on White benches. Our English teacher wants us (work)…………………………………… hard. My mother made me (do)……………………………………. the housework yesterday. They didn't expect their children (be)………………………………….. serious during their absence. Where do you want her (meet)……………………………………… you? I would like you (stop)…………………………………………….. complaining I'm not allowed (drink)……………………………… or (smoke)…………………………. at home. They will never let me (wear)…………………………………… pearcings or have tattoos. I like listening (music)……………………………………… when I am tired. While she was in that country she spent all her days (sightsee)…………………….. the imperial cities. When I saw his performance, I couldn't help (laugh)……………………………………… He gave up (smoke)……………………………………….. many years ago. I hate (sleep)…………………………………………… in the dark. Would you mind (post)……………………………………….. this letter for me. The trainers were very expensive; I couldn't afford (buy)………………………………. them. She proposed (meet)……………………………. me at the airport. He went out without (say)……………………………………… good bye. After they had finished (eat)………………………………………. they drove away. I couldn't avoid (meet)………………………………… him because he's my neighbour. My son is studying medicine and he wants (specialize)………………………………. in paediatrics. They enjoy (spend) ……………………………….their holidays with us in the South of France. Try (add)…………………………….. a little butter or cream to the batter, the crepes will be better! I suggest (call)……………………………. to reserve a table at the restaurant. I don't mind (stay)………………………………….. to keep an eye on Mary. I must remember (send)……………………………. the tax return before the end of the month. He refused (answer) ………………………………without the presence of his lawyer. I hope (see) …………………………….you soon in better form. My parents decided (welcome)………………………………. my boyfriend to dinner next Sunday. This house is very expensive and we hesitate (buy) ……………………………..it. I tried (explain) …………………………to him but he went on (grumble)………………………………. Try (forget) ……………………………. it. It isn’t worth (worry) ………………………….. about. We couldn’t help (laugh) ……………………………. when (see)…………………………him. We got tired of (wait)……………………….. for the weather (clear)……………………………. I remember (see) …………………………………….. him somewhere but I can’t tell where it was. He kept (stand) ……………………………….. up and (ask) …………………for an explanation..

(14) 38. We regret (inform) …………………………….you that your application has been turned down. 39. Did you advise him (see) ……………………………………. the doctor? 40. Did you remember (lock) …………………………the door? – No, I didn’t. You’d better (go) ………………back and (do) ……………………………..… it now. 41. It’s too hot now. Why don’t we go (swim) …………………………………? 42. Fred is continuing (take) ………………………….. karate lessons even though he broke his hand. 43. Fred continued (take)……………………….. karate lessons even though he broke his hand. 44. I like (eat)………………………………….. pizza.. 1. Các động từ được theo sau bởi “to infinitive”: appear, choose, fail, happen, refuse, manage, offer, prepare, want, decide, ask, tell, agree, promise, plan, expect, afford, arrange... 2. Các động từ được theo sau bởi “bare infinitive”: : let, make, help* ( help s.o do/ to do sth) 3. Các động từ được theo sau bởi “gerund”: : avoid, be worth, enjoy, dislike, fancy, can’t help, keep, mind, miss, practise, risk, can’t stand, admit, consider, deny, suggest, detest, postpone, feel like, delay... 4. Các động từ được theo sau bởi “to infinitive” or “gerund” mà không đổi nghĩa: begin, continue, start. 5. Các động từ được theo sau bởi “to infinitive” or “gerund” có thay đổi nghĩa: a) - forget to do sth: quên không làm chuyện gì - forget doing sth: quên một chuyện gì đã làm rồi b) - remember to do sth: nhớ làm - remember doing sth: nhớ chuyện đã làm c) - stop to do sth: dừng để làm việc khác - stop doing sth: dừng hẳn d) - try to do sth: cố gắng làm việc gì đó - try doing sth: thử làm việc gì đó I. Complete the sentences with infinitive or gerund of the verbs in brackets: 1. I’m looking forward to ..................... him soon. (see) 2. Do you hope ..................your father again this weekend? (meet) 3. I’d like ..............you for a meal. (invite) 4. Never let children ................alone in the street. (play) 5. Could you please help me ....................this boxes? (carry) 6. I’ve decided ................my friend’s advice to continue my job. (take) 7. My brother really likes ................stamps. (collect) 8. Have you promised .................. with me? (go) 9. I don’t mind ...................in the rain. (walk) 10. I am bored with .................computer games now. (play) 11. He’s expecting ………………………..(make) a trip to Ha Long Bay. 12. Students stopped ………………(make) noise when the teacher came in. 13. Ann likes …………………..(cook) but hate …..……………..(wash) up. 14. I enjoy ……………………..(listen) to classical music. 15. He will try …………………………..(not make) the same mistake again. 16. Would you mind ………………………..(buy) me a newspaper? 17. Would you like ……………………………..(have) a dance with me? 18. They finished ……………..(learn) and then they wanted to go out for pleasure. 19. I hope …………….(not do) that tiring work again. 20. It’s no use …………………………(advise) him. 21. He always avoids …………………………(meet) her in the street. 22. My mother gets used to …………………..(get) up early in the morning. 23. Tom refused …………………………..(give) me his address. 24. Do you agree ………………….(lend) me some money? 25. My parents decided …………………..(take) a taxi because it was late. 26. My watch keeps ………………..(stop). II. Give the correct form of the verbs in brackets: Dear Tom, How right you were! I am afraid (1. say) .............that things haven’t been going too well. I didn’t manage (2.get) ................a room with Jackson’s, as I arrived a bit late. As a result, I was sent to the Smiths, and although I didn’t want (3. go) ................there, there was nothing else available. Anyway, I thought I might get used to (4. live) ....................with them, so I decided (5. not, make) ..................a fuss. But it hasn’t been a success - in.

(15) addition to (6. be) ...................a long way from the school, the Smiths go out a lot, so I don’t get much of a chance (7. practice) ..................my English. The course has been OK, but I am looking forward to (8. come) .....................back home next week. Hope (9. see) ..................you then. Jack. III. Put the verb into the correct form, -ing or to inf. 1. a. I was very tired. I tried ........................ (keep) my eyes open but I couldn’t. b. I rang the doorell but there was still no answer. Then I tried ....................... (knock) on the door, but there was still no answer. c. We tried .........................(put) the fire out but we were unsuccessful. We had to call the fire brigade. d. Sue needed to borrow some money. she ..................(ask) Gerry but he was short of money too. UNIT 3 : PEOPLE’S BACKGROUND ( tờ 1) I. Circle the word which has a different stressed pattern from that of the other three: 1. remember / temperature / because / before 11. determine / profession / ambitious / language 2. birthday / money / expensive / lorry 12. professor / science / foreigner / comfortable 3. degree / research / devote / prejudice 13. romantic / interrupt / diploma / ambitious 4. private / degree / mature / award 14. training / hobby / money / serve 5. general / determine / professor / position 15. story / background / tragic / humane 6. determine / radium / private / tutor 16. condition / general / professor / another 7. physics / chemistry / degree/ science 17. institute / radium / human / atomic 8. position / impossible / award / color 18. develop / exactly / determine / interest 9. experience / favorite / subject / primary 19. interview / background / scientific / secondary 10. education / romantic / conversation / information 20. basketball / diploma / champion / evidence II. Use the prompts below to write the complete sentences about Isaac Newton’s background: 1. Isaac Newton / born / December 25 / 1642 / Lincolnshire / England/. ................................................................................................................... 2. 1656 / brought home / school / run the farm/. ................................................................................................................... 3. 1660 / go / Cambridge University/............................................................................................. 4. take / B.A degree / 1665/.................................................................................................. 5. 1665-1667 / school / closed / because / Great Plague/.Go on / studies / home/. Lay / foundations / famous / discoveries / mathematics and physics/. ................................................................................................................... ................................................................................................................... 6. 1667 / go back / Cambridge / become / professor/. ................................................................................................................... 7. Die / March 20 / 1727/ buried / Westminster Abbey. ................................................................................................................... III. Circle the word whose bold part is pronounced differently from that of the other three: 1. death / dream / ease / each 2. family / realize / private / like 3. prize / living / kind / write 4. hobby / reply / story / university 5. go / wrote / suppose / improve 6. very / intelligent / empty / damp 7. element / ensure / envelope / end 8. mature / furniture / picture / adventure 9. music / singer / sacrifice / singular 10. men / bed / pencil / fat IV. Give the correct form of the words provided: 1. Marie Curie always harbored the dream of being a (science) ........................... 2. The man completed his formal (educate) ............................in 1994. 3. The United Nations has provided wide (human) ..........................aid to the world zone. 4. He was nominated for the best actor (awarded) ............................. 5. Do you believe in life after (die) ......................? 6. My brother enjoys studying physics. He wants to become a (physics)....................... 7. I finally managed to(obtain) ....................... a copy of the report. 8. It’s (mathematics) ..............................impossible. 9. They (announcement) ......................that the train would be delayed. 10. He is excited about going to France for higher (educate)......................... V. Put the words in the box into the correct column..

(16) hat pen happen went fat family. bank have seven. bell telephone natural. better sad tell. left example expensive camera. /e/ /æ/ …pen…. ……… ….…… …..…… …hat….. ……… .............. ………. ……… ..……… ……….. ……..…. ……… ……….. ………. ……… ..……… ……….. ……..…. ……… ……….. VI. Put the verbs in brackets in the correct tense. When William Hall (0. leave) …left…university in 1989, he moved to London. He (1. get) ……………… a job in the same year with an insurance company that his grandfather (2. start) ………….…..exactly 80 years earlier, in 1909. After working there for two years, he (3. be)…...…….. promoted and (4. become) ……...…… the assistant manager of the Edinburgh office in 1991. By this time, he (5. be)…………..…. already engaged to Janet Simpson. They (6. meet)…………………….the previous year, while he still (7. work) ………………….. in London. She also moved to Edinburgh. They (8. get)……………….. married a year later and in the following year, their son, Henry, (9. be) ………………..born. VII. SPEAKING: This is the dialogue between Mary and David. Put Mary’s questions in the right places and then read the dialogue aloud. A. Have you lived there ever since? Mary: David, tell me something about yourself. (1) ………………… B. And you got that job? David: Well, I was born in Edinburgh, but I live in Canada, Toronto. C. Where were you born? Mary: (2) …………………………………………? D. And you went to live in Toronto? David: When I was ten years old - that was in 1982. E. When did you go to Canada? Mary: (3) ………………………………………………..? F. So you left in 1994? David: No, not immediately. My parents and I lived in Winnipeg first. Then in 1984 we moved to Toronto. Mary: (4) …………………………………………………….? David: Not really. I went to school in Toronto and then in 1990 I went to university in Montreal. I had a great time in all I spent four years there. Mary: (5) …………………………………………….? David: That’s right. I worked in a theatre in Montreal for six months, until March 1995. But I couldn’t stay on in this job, so I applied for a job as a saleman in April 1995. Mary: (6) ………………………………………………? David: Yes, I started work in July 1995. I’ve had that job until now. VIII. Read the passage and choose the correct answers to the questions bellow: During the last 400 years, most scientists have relied on mathematics for the development of their inventions or discoveries. However, one great British scientist, Michael Faraday, did not make use of mathematics. Faraday, the son of a poor blacksmith, was born in London in 1791 and had no education beyond reading and writing. In 1812, Faraday was hired as a bottle washer by the great chemist Humphry Davy. Later, Faraday became a great scientist than Davy making the last years of Davy’s life embittered with jealousy. Faraday made the first electric motor in 1821, a device that used electricity to produce movement. Then Faraday became interested in the relationship between electricity magnetism. In 1831, he discovered that when a magnet is moved near a wire, electricity flows in the wire. With the discovery, he produced a machine for making electricity called dynamo. Faraday then went on to show how electricity affects chemical substances. Because Faraday believed that money should be given to the poor, when he grew old, he was very poor. However , Queen Victoria rewarded him for his discoveries by giving him a stipend and a house. He died in 1867. 1. Which of the following statements is NOT true about Faraday? A. He didn’t make use of mathematics to develop his inventions. C. He was born in a rich family. B. He just knew how to read and write. D. His father was a blacksmith. 2. Humphry Davy hired Faraday to work as a ………………….. A. chemist B. bottle washer C. scientist D. professor 3. All of the following are mentioned as Faraday’s achievements except ……………………. A. his invention of dynamo B. his discovery of the effects of electricity on chemical substances C. his discovery of magnetism D. his invention of electric motor in 1821.

(17) 4. Faraday got a stipend and a house as a reward from …………………… A. Humphry Davy B. Queen Victoria C. his father D. his friend 5. Faraday died in ……………… A. 1812 B. 1831 C. 1867 D. 1821 IX. In each sentence there are two verbs underlined. Circle the one which should be in the past perfect and correct it. 0. By seven o’clock, the place was completely empty- everyone went home. had gone 1. It was the first time I ever spent the night away from home. 2. I did a lot of work on my assignment, so I was disappointed with the low mark. 3. She knew Long by the sight for a long time before she actually spoke to him. 4. As soon as our guests left, we went to sleep. 5. He threatened to leave his job many times before he actually did it. UNIT 3 : PEOPLE’S BACKGROUND ( tờ 2) I. Complete the sentence with the correct past perfect form of the verbs in the box. do (not). finish (not) meet sell. forget have (not) leave travel (not) win (not). make. 1. He asked why I ………………… the report. 2. There was no coffee because Mien ………………. to buy any. 3. Son knew he …………………. a lot of mistakes in his English exam. 4. I phoned about the car for sale but the owner ………………. already it. 5. The children were very hungry because they ………………….any breakfast. 6. I was certain I ……………….the keys on my desk, but they weren’t there. 7. Thuy was sure she ………………… Tuan before. 8. The children …………….. by plane before so they were very excited. 9. Mrs. Yen was angry because most of the students ……………….. their homework. 10. United’s manager resigned because the team ……………… any matches that season. II. Put the verbs in the past simple or the past perfect: 1. When I (1. be) .................a boy, I (2. live)..................in a town call Melksham. Last week I (3. go) .............. back to Melksham. It (4. change)..................... First I (5. visit) ...................my old house. I (6. not recognize) ...................it. They (7. paint) .................it green, they (8. cut)...................down all the trees in the garden and they (9. build)......................a garage there instead. And the railway station at the end of the road (10. close) .................... It (11. become) ....................a supermarket. 2. He (leave)................London 2 years ago and I (not see)....................him since then. 3. Be quick! I (wait) .......................you. 4. When I looked out of the window, I (realize) ..................... that it (rain) ....................... III. Choose the best answers: 1. I borrowed for books on gardening the last time I ............to the library. (go / went / had gone / have gone) 2. The station is too .............away for us to walk. (long / far / way / distant) 3. Before I started the car, all of the passengers ..............their seat belts. (will buckle / had buckled / buckle / have buckled) 4. Please call the doctor if the victim is ..............hurt. (bad / serious / badly / good) 5. Tell me about it ............... Don’t you see I am busy? (after / later / last / late) 6. After Diego .............lunch, he ..............to some music for a while. (finished / had listened; had finished / listened; finished / listened; had finished / had listened) 7. The ring is made of plastic, so it is ................ (valuable / invaluable / worthless / priceless) IV. Rewrite each of the sentences so that it means the same as the sentence printed before. 1. When you phoned me, it was my lunchtime. ® When you phoned me, I ...................................................... 2. Jack left the office before I arrived there. ® When I arrived ........................................................................ 3. I have studied English for five years. ® I started ........................................................................................... 4. Sue cleaned the house. Then she fell asleep on the sofa. ® After ................................................................. 5. Brian bought a new television. First he checked all the prices. ® Before ...................................................... 6. First Trudy read the book. Then she decided that she didn’t like it. ® After ................................................. 7. Nancy hasn’t been here since 1986. ® The last time Nancy .......................................................................... 8. I haven’t been to a dentist for 6 months. ® It’s 6 months ............................................................................... V. Choose the best answers: 1. The movie ................by the time we ...............to the theater. (had already started / had gotten;.

(18) already started / gotten; had already started / got; already started / had gotten) 2. Elena ...............her bicycle for only a short time before somebody ................it. (had had / stole ; had had / had stolen ; had / stole ; had / had stole) 3. I ...............sick for several days, so I ....................to see the doctor. ( had felt / went ; felt / had gone ; felt / went ; had felt / had gone) 4. When you phoned me, I ..................my homework. ( was doing / did / am doing / have done) 5. He ..............London 2 years ago and I ................him since then. (left / hadn’t seen ; left / haven’t seen ; was living / haven’t seen ; left / didn’t see) 6. The hall was ..............students. (crowded with / packed with / full of / All are correct) 7. ..............her difficult conditions, she worked extremely hard. (In spite of / Despite of / Although / However ) 8. By the time Sheila got back, Chris ...................( have gone / went / will go / had gone) 9. It rained yesterday after it .................dry for months. (was / have been / had been / was being) 10. It was ..................of him to leave the windows open. (careless / impossible / inconvenient / necessary) 11. Marie Curie harbored the dream of a ..................career. (science / scientific / scientist / scientifically) 12. When I was tired, I enjoyed listening to music. It’s ............... (relax / relaxation / relaxing / relaxed) 13. By the time they arrived at the picnic, all the food .................. ( had been eaten / was eaten / is being eaten / has been eaten ) 14. When I found the letter, someone ...................it. ( already had opened / had already opened / has already opened / already opened) 15. When he had finished writing the report, he ..............it to the supervisor. (delivered / had delivered / was delivering / had been delivering) 16. I finally ..............a new calculator. I’d looked everywhere for the old one. (had bought / buy / bought / have bought) 17. When we ..............John, he ................to us. (saw / was waving ; have seen / waved ; saw / had waved ; was seeing / was waving ) 18. At the time of the incident, not many people ..............in the store. ( shopped / were shopping / was shopping / had shopped ) 19. I went to the post office at lunch time, but they had ...............sold all the tickets. (never / just / ever / already) 20. “ .............” is stressed differently from the others. (Physics / Career / Obtain / Attend ) 21. When I first ....................abroad to study, I .............in a dormitory before. ( traveled / was never lived ; had traveled / never lived ; traveled / had never lived ; was living / had never lived ) 22. After the ................death of her husband, Marie Curie took up his position at the Sorbonne. (tragic / tragedy / tragical / tragically ) 23. Jim, ................since you got home from football ? (are you eating / had you eaten / did you eat / have you eaten) 24. By the time Sheila got back, Chris ................ ( have gone / went / will go / had gone) 25. He ..........the effects of radiation when he suddenly died. (was studying / studied / had studied / have studied) 26. It is such a terrible day that I don’t ……………..to go out. ( want / fancy / enjoy / need) 27. This book was written by a well-known writer. It is worth …………. ( read / to read / reading / have read ) 28. You don’t ……………looking after the baby, don’t you? ( agree / stand / mind / notice ) 29. His parents never allowed him …………… ( a smoking / smoking / to smoke / some smoked ) 30. It was a nice day, so we decided ……………….for a walk. (to have / to go / to take / to make ) 31. I think she is accustomed to ……………English at a private school. ( taught / teach / teaching / be taught ) 32. Would you …………… looking after my children for a while? (mind / agree / stand / care ) 33. It’s better to avoid ……………during the rush hour. ( traveling / to travel / travel / traveled ) 34. The weather is so awful that I don’t …………..going out this evening. (try / fancy / like / want ) 35. I’m looking forward to ……………….you at Christmas. ( see/ seen/ seeing ) 36. Litter boys like ………………. trees. ( climb/ climbing/ have climbed ) 37. Mr.Ha decided ……………..….. his new suit .(wearing/ to wear/ wear ) 38. Some people are used to ………..…. in crowded buses. (standing/ stand/ stood ) 39. I dislike …………..…………. on the subway. ( to ride/ riding/ ride ) 40. I enjoy ………………. with Miss Phuong. (to study/ studying / studied ) 41. Students must practice ……………………..…….(to use/ using / use ).

(19) 42. Hoa and Lan have stopped ……….to each other. (to talk/ talking/ talks) VI. Fill in each gap with ONE suitable word: Marcoin was (1) .............in Bologna in Northern Italy, in 1874. His father was a rich Italian businessman, (2) .............his mother was a Scot who had (3) ...............in Ireland and had gone to Italy to study music. The family lived in (4) .............. country house, the Villa Grifone, just outside Bologna. (5)................he was a boy, people did not think that Marcoin was particularly clever. He was a (6) ............ boy who spoke little but thought a lot. He liked nothing better (7) ..............to sit and read science books (8)........... his father’s big library. He also loved to (9) ................experiments with electricity. For most (10) .............his early life, he was taught at home. He did not go to school.. REVIEW UNIT 1,2,3 I. Pick out the word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from that of the other words. 1. a. love b. come c. some d. jog 2. a. useful b. hurry c. confuse d. refuse 3. a. guitar b. warm c. target d. marvelous 4. a. read b. meat c. defeat d. beat 5 a. handbag b. farmer c. narrow d. language II. Put out the word that has the stress pattern different from that of the other words: 6. a. technology b. biology c. scientific d. geography 7. a. condition b. scientific c. professor d. another 8. a. experience b. favorite c. subject d. primary 9. a. basketball b. diploma c. champion d. evidence 10. a. physics b. chemistry c. degree d. science III. Choose the best answers: 11. When you phoned me, I ..................my homework. ( was doing / did / am doing / have done) 12. He ..............London 2 years ago and I ................him since then. (left / hadn’t seen ; left / haven’t seen ; was living / haven’t seen ; left / didn’t see) 13. My father doesn’t allow me ………......……in his room. (to smoke / smoking / smoke / not smoke) 14. By the time they arrived at the picnic, all the food .................. ( had been eaten / was eaten / is being eaten / has been eaten ) 15. When I found the letter, someone ...................it. ( already had opened / had already opened / has already opened / already opened) 16. It rained yesterday after it .................dry for months. (was / have been / had been / was being) 17. Marie Curie harbored the dream of a ..................career. (science / scientific / scientist / scientifically) 18. It’s better to avoid ……………during the rush hour. ( traveling / to travel / travel / traveled ) 19. When I’m tired, I enjoy listening to music. It’s …………… (relax / relaxation / relaxing / relaxed ) 20. It was a nice day, so we decided ……………….for a walk. (to have / to go / to take / to make ) 21. Would you …………… looking after my children for a while? (mind / agree / stand / care ) 22. I’d like to stay at home instead of ………….to the cinema. (go / going / went / to go ) 23. Mrs. Loan is ………………about her daughter’s lateness. ( worried / regretted / thought / pleased) 24. I felt quite…………….with my day’s work. ( satisfy / satisfactory / satisfied / satisfaction) 25. The alarm goes off at 5.30. ( rings / strikes / strings / knocks) 26. We are contented with what we do. ( interested in / excited about / keen on / satisfied with) 27. I haven’t met him since he ……………school. ( left / was leaving / had left / was left) 28. He’s not really interested in …………….on the farm. ( to work / work / working / worked) 29. My uncle …………..on this farm since he was 20. ( has worked / have worked / worked / was working) 30. Are you satisfied……………..your present work ? ( at / with / about / of) 31. When I woke up this morning, it …………. ( rained / was raining / has rained / is raining) 32. Her advice made him ……………his mind. ( change / to change / changing / changed) 33. You must try not to ……………….so many mistakes again. ( make / do / say / tell) 34. “ While the man was doing the gardening, he ……………… some precious metals. (was finding / finds / had found / found) 35. I …………… very careful with your car..

(20) ( promise to be / promise driving / promise will be / promise to drive) 36. “ What do you do? “ refers to “ …………… .” ( surname / date of birth / marital status / occupation) 37. .………………films should be made for school. ( Educational / Educating / Educated / Educate) 38. Although they are poor, they are very …………. with their farm life. ( contented / busy / interested / tired) 39. “ ………….. do you go out in the evenings?” “ Once a week.” ( How long / When / How often / What) 40. What ………….. at nine o’clock last night? ( did you do / you did / you were doing / were you doing) 41. He left after he ………………… his work. ( finished / finish / finishes / had finished) 42. He always …………..me. ( avoids to meet / avoids meeting / to avoid meeting / avoiding to meet) 43. She has been a teacher ……………..1992. ( in / for / ever / since ) 44. How ………………. does she run a day? _ 16miles. ( far / fast / long / wide ) 45. ……………. this book bought yesterday? ( Did / Was / Had / Has ) 46. While I ………………. in the park, there was a terrible storm. ( walk / walked / have walked / was walking ) 47. Do you mind …………………. the cooking? ( for doing / to doing / to do / doing ) 48. How often does she …………………. shopping? - Twice a week. ( go / do / does / goes ) 49. …………… did you buy for the meal? - $ 10. ( How many / How often / What / How much ) 50. When they arrived, everything ……………… for the party an hour earlier. ( was prepared / were prepared / has been prepared / had been prepared ) 51. It takes me 45 minutes to get ready. ( to go / to wake up / to prepare / to finish) 52. I know ……………how she felt. (exact / exactly / exactness / exacting) 53. “……………… did you go to the USA?” “In 2001.” ( When / Where / Why / Which) 54. The / / sound is found in “…………….” ( angry / stars / bit / hungry) 55. They invited us ……………… dinner with them. ( having / to have / have / B or C ) 57. When I was young, I received some ……..training from my father. A. science B. scientific C. scientist D. scientifically 58. We must send ………….aid to the refugees. A. human B. humanism C. humane D. humanitarian 59. Nowadays, more and more young people want to have a university …… . A. educate B. education C. educator D. educational 60. The purpose of the test is to ………. the weight of the chemical element. A. ease B. interrupt C. determine D. receive th 61. In the 19 century, it was ………… for a woman to become a doctor. A. unable B. impossible C. couldn’t D. incapable 62. He took …………the position that his father had obtained at the college. A. on B. to C. up D. in 63. Tran Hieu Ngan was the first Vietnamese athlete ….. an Olympic medal. A. to win B. winning C. won D. had won 64. After it …………….dry for two months, it rained heavily last night. A. was B. has been C. had been D. would be 65. Jane had gone to the supermarket ………she got home. A. as soon as B. after C. when D. before 66. When I ……….to visit him, he ……….to work. A. came / gone B. came/ had gone C. had come/went D. had come/had gone 67. When I first ……….abroad to study, I ………. in a dormitory before. A. travelled - was never lived B. had travelled – never lived C. travelled - had never lived D. was living – had never lived 68. After the …......... death of her husband, Marie Curie took up his position at the Sorbonne. A. tragic B. tragedy C. tragical D. tragically 69. Marie Curie was …......…..the Nobel Prize in chemistry for determining the atomic weight of radium. A. won B. awarded C. dedicated D. devoted 70. It rained yesterday after it …………..dry for months. A. was B. have been C. had been D. was being 71. When you phone me, it …………my lunchtime. A. was B. is C. being D. were IV. Rewrite each of the sentences so that it means the same as the sentence printed before. 1. When you phoned me, it was my lunchtime..

(21) ® When you phoned me, I ........................................................... 2. Jack left the office before I arrived there. ® When I arrived ........................................................................ 3. Would you like to go to the beach? ® Do you feel ………………………………………………………… to the beach? 4. Is it all right if you come back later? ® Do you mind …………………………………………………………. back later? 5 The prisoners were allowed to see their families once a year. ® They let ………………………………….…..…….............................……….. V. Give the correct form of the words provided: 1. Marie Curie always harbored the dream of being a (science) ...........................career. 2. The man completed his formal (educate) ............................in 1994. 3. He was nominated for the best actor (awarded) ............................. 4. Nam wanted to become a ....................(science) CONSOLIDATION UNIT 1,2,3 I. Pick out the word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from that of the other words. 1. a. field b. heat c. meet d. head 2. a. handbag b. farmer c. narrow d. language 3. a. arrive b. fit c. thrive d. drive 4. a. student b. study c. subject d. funny 5. a. found b. count c. bound d. cousin II. Put out the word that has the stress pattern different from that of the other words: 6. a. determine b. radium c. private d. tutor 7. a. routine b. continue c. announce d. panic 8. a. cartoon b. confuse c. alike d. center 9. a. history b. English c. mathematics d. physics 10. a. position b. impossible c. award d. color III. Choose the best answers: 11. I finally ..............a new calculator. I’d looked everywhere for the old one. (had bought / buy / bought / have bought) 12. The alarm goes off at 5.30. ( rings / strikes / strings / knocks) 13. I haven’t met him since he ……………school. ( left / was leaving / had left / was left) 14. He’s not really interested in …………….on the farm. ( to work / work / working / worked) 15. My uncle …………..on this farm since he was 20. ( has worked / have worked / worked / was working) 16. She is seldom late ……………..class. ( at / for / to / in) 17. I haven’t decided ………………to go for my holiday. ( which / what / who / where) 18 It …………….me 15 minutes to get to school every morning. ( takes / took / has taken / had taken) 19. What ……………..to you yesterday morning? ( had happened / has happened / was happening / happened) 20. ………………films should be made for school. ( Educational / Educating / Educated / Educate) 21. She is one of those who enjoy ………………money on clothes. ( spend / to spend / spending / to spending) 22. He is used to ……………. late until he finishes his work. ( stay up / staying up / stayed up / to stay up ) 23. What ………….. at nine o’clock last night? ( did you do / you did / you were doing / were you doing) 24. He left after he ………………… his work. ( finished / finish / finishes / had finished) 25. We were watching TV when the lights …………….out. ( went / has gone / had gone / were going ) 26. My house isn’t very far ….school, so I usually go to school…..bike. ( from-on / away-in / of-by / from-by) 27. Ms. Lan enjoys …… because she loves working with children. ( to teach / to be taught / teaching / teach) 28. Mrs. Loan is ……………about her daughter’s lateness. ( worried / regretted / thought / pleased) 29. Thuy / want / buy / new coat / soon /. ( Thuy wants to buy a new coat soon./ Thuy want to buy a new coat soon./ Thuy wants buying a new coat soon./ Thuy wants buy a new coat soon.) 30. We / must / avoid / waste / so much time /. (We must avoid to waste so much time ./ We must avoid wasted so much time./ We must to avoid wasting so much time./ We must avoid wasting so much time. ) 31. the buses / usually / stop / run / before midnight /. A. The buses usually stopped to running before midnight. B. The buses usually stop to run before midnight. C. The buses usually stops running before midnight. D. The buses usually stop running before midnight. 32. She has been a teacher ……………..1992. ( in / for / ever / since ) 33. Would you ……………looking after my children for a while ? ( mind / agree / stand / care).

(22) 34. I don’t mind ………you ………the washing up. ( help - do / helping - doing / helping - do / to help - to do) 35. The children are looking forward to ………..on holiday. ( go / going / be going / have gone) 36. The station is too .............away for us to walk. (long / far / way / distant) 37. When I woke up this morning, it …………. ( rained / was raining / has rained / is raining) 38. Her advice made him ……………his mind. ( change / to change / changing / changed) 39. You must try not to ……………….so many mistakes again. ( make / do / say / tell) 40. When you phoned me, I ………………my homework. ( was doing / did / am doing / have done). 41. We hope the students themselves will enjoy taking ….in outdoor activities.(part / note / notice / advantage) 42. They offered ………….her but she refused. ( to help / helping / help / being helping) 43. Before I started the car, all of the passengers ..............their seat belts. (will buckle / had buckled / buckle / have buckled) IV. Complete these questions with how, how old, what, when, where, who or why: 44. A. ................was your favorite teacher? B. My math teacher, Mrs. Linh. 45. A. ...............did you graduate from secondary school? B. In 2005. 46. A. .................did your sister go to university? B. She went to Hanoi National University. 47. A. ..................are your teachers in high school? B. They are excellent. 48. A. ...............were your sister when she graduated from university? B. She was twenty years old. V. Rewrite each of the sentences so that it means the same as the sentence printed before. 49. I have studied English for five years. ® I started ........................................................................................... 50. Sue cleaned the house. Then she fell asleep on the sofa. ® After ............................................................................................... 51. Brian bought a new television. First he checked all the prices. ® Before ............................................................................................ 52. “Let’s go to the cinema on Monday”, he said. ® He suggested …………………………………………………..............……………...………………. IV. Choose the underlined part among A,B,C or D that needs correcting: 53. Mary sometimes is late for school. 54. We haven’t seen them since he has left school in 2005. 55. We expect getting a pay rise next month. 56. He has stopped play football because he’s too old. 57. Would you mind give me a hand with bag? 58. I’d like to retirement when I am sixty. 59. I always go to school by the bicycle. 60. Lan’s mother is worry about her. 61. Try to avoid to travel during rush hours. 62. He began to studying English three years ago. 63. She was sad after she reads her boyfriend’s letter. 64. After she had had lunch, she had taken a nap. 65. As soon as our guests left, we went to sleep. 66. Mr. Vy leaves the house at a quarter past five and arrive in the field at exactly 5.30. 67. We haven’t seen them since he has left school in 2005. 68. John play tennis with Mary and me every afternoon. 69. We expect getting a pay rise next month. 70. He has stopped play football because he’s too old. 71. I spend most of my free time to read books. 72. After she had had lunch, she had taken a nap. 73. Would you mind give me a hand with bag? 74. When did you saw Lan? -Yesterday morning. VII. Complete the sentences with infinitive or gerund of the verbs in brackets: 1. I’m looking forward to ..................... him soon. (see) 2. Do you hope ..................your father again this weekend? (meet) 3. I’d like ..............you for a meal. (invite) 35. Never let children ................alone in the street. (play) 4. Could you please help me ....................this boxes? (carry) 5. I’ve decided ................my friend’s advice to continue my job. (take) 6. My brother really likes ................stamps. (collect) 36. Have you promised .................. with me? (go) 7. I don’t mind ...................in the rain. (walk) 37. I am bored with .................computer games now. (play) 8. I ……….a great film yesterday. (see) 38. ….............……..a new car? (you ever buy) 9. Sue ……….the flu last winter. (have) 39. A few days ago we ………..to his uncle. (drive) 10. They ………..bingo Wednesday afternoon. (play) 40. Last week my rabbit ………away. (run) 11. We ………a lot last Sunday. (do) 41. ……......................to India? (she ever be) 12. I …….him last Monday. (meet) 42. She ………........................yet. (not wake up) 13. I ………....................her since last Thursday. (not meet) 43. Bob …….....…well last night. (sleep) 14. I …...…..a letter from her two days ago. (get) 44. They ……….in Germany. (already arrive) 15. When we arrived , the dinner …………….…….(already begin). 16. She …………..……..(cry) after he …………..……….(go). 17. They ……….…..(tell) us we were too late. The train ……….…..(leave)..

(23) 18. When I …………..….(get) to the theatre , the play …….…..….(already start). 19. John was not at home . He ……….………..…(go) away. 20. The house was very quiet. Everybody ……………….….(go) to bed. 21. They ……………………...(not go) home until they finished their work. 22. We ……….……….(just turn off) the lights when we heard someone at the door. 23. Everyone ………...(eat) dinner by the time we ………(get) to the dining-room. 24. We …………....(ask) the poster where he …………..…(put) our luggage. 26. He ………………………(do) nothing before he saw me. 27 He thanked me for what I ……………………..(do). 45. I ………………(be) sorry that I had hurt him. 28. After they had gone, I …………………(sit) down and …………….(rest). 29. He ……………………..(die) after he ………………..(be) ill a long time. 30. As soon as you ……………..(go), I …………….(want) to see you again. 31. Before you ………….(go) very far, we found that we …………(lose) our way. 32. My friend ……………(not see) me for many years when I met him. 33. My father ………………….(tell) me he ………….(give) up smoking. 34. He ………………(be) late because he ………………(have) an accident. VI. Complete the sentence with the correct past perfect form of the verbs in the box. 1. He asked why I ( not finish )……....…………… the report. 2. Son knew he (make)…......………………. a lot of mistakes in his English exam. 3. The children were very hungry because they (not have)……….....………….any breakfast. 4. Thuy was sure she (meet) .......………………… Tuan before. 5. The children (not travel)............... …………….. by plane before so they were very excited. 6. Mrs. Yen was angry because most of the students (not do)..........……………….. their homework.. TEST YOURSELF A I. Pick out the word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from that of the other words. 1. a. read b. meat c. meet d. hear 2. a. dream b. ease c. death d. repeat 3. a. target b. dark c. dancing d. have 4. a. wonderful b. cousin c. lunch d. unit.

(24) 5. a. example b. family c. camera d. saw 6. a. said b. man c. pen d.send 7. a. little b. arrive c. interest d. click II. Put out the word that has the stress pattern different from that of the other words: 8. a. technology b. tobacco c. buffalo d. routine 9. a. education b. occupation c. mathematics d. professor 10. a. geography b. comfortable c. chemistry d. secondary 11. a. determine b. ambitious c. background d. position 12. a. radium b. romantic c. private d. science 13. a. primary b. condition c. diploma d. semester III. Give the correct verb forms: 14. Why don’t you consider (visit) .....................me? 15. I am looking forward to (hear) .......................from you soon. 16. I am still looking for a job, but I hope (find)....... .............. something soon. 17. Suddenly everyone stopped (talk).................... 18. On the way home from work, he stopped (drink) ................... a cup of tea. 19. Don’t forget (send) ....................the letter I gave you. 20. It rained yesterday after it (be) .....................dry for months. 21. He seldom (travel) ...................by bicycle before he (go) ...................to Vietnam. 22. By the time he arrived, all his classmates (leave)...................... 23. We just (finish) .....................dinner when they (come).................... 24. Nam decided (join) .....................in this club. 25. In 2001, he (pass).....................his school certificate in History. 26. I am much better at (read) .....................books and letters in Chinese. 27. When did you watch TV last night? - When I (do) ........................all my homework. 28. She ……………………….to sleep while I ……………………………..her about my holidays. (go, tell) 29. When I ………………….up, water ………………………………through the ceiling. (look, run) IV. Give the correct word forms: 30. Marie Curie always harbored the dream of being a (science) ...........................career. 31. The man completed his formal (educate) ............................in 1994. 32. Nam wanted to be a (science) ...................... 33. We are in regular .......................with each other by telephone or letter. ( communicate) 34. We have a very .....................schedule. (crowd) 35. I felt quite ................... with my day’s work. (satisfy) 36. I’m not really interested in ...................... French. (study) V. Choose the best answers: 37. When you phoned me, I ………………a bath. ( had / was having / am having / have had). 38. She was a teacher ……………..1992. ( in / for / ever / since ) 39. It takes me 45 minutes to get ready. ( to go / to wake up / to prepare / to finish) 40. “When …. the car?” “About a week ago.” ( do you buy / have you bought / did you buy / are you buying) 41. Would you ……………looking after my children for a while ? ( mind / agree / stand / care) 42. . “……………… did you go to the USA?” “In 2001.” ( When / Where / Why / Which) 43. “…………..did you come late?” “Because I missed the bus.” ( What / How often / Why / When) 44. They invited us ……………… dinner with them. ( having / to have / have / B or C ) 45. I ……… very careful with your car. ( promise to be / promise driving / promise will be / promise to drive) 46. “ Are you married or single? “ refers to “ ………… .” ( surname / date of birth / marital status / occupation) 47. Although they are poor, they are very …………. with their farm life. ( busy / interested / tired / satisfied) 48. “ ………….. do you go out in the evenings?” “ Once a week.” ( How long / When / How often / What) 49. We are contented with what we do. ( interested in / excited about / keen on / satisfied with) 50. Thuy / want / buy / new coat / soon /. ( Thuy wants to buy a new coat soon./ Thuy want to buy a new coat soon./ Thuy wants buying a new coat soon./ Thuy wants buy a new coat soon.) 51. Nam hasn’t seen his uncle since he ……………to Hanoi. ( goes / was going / had gone / went) 52. He’s not really interested in …………….on the farm. ( to work / work / working / worked) 53. We ...............together since we moved to HCM city.( has worked / have worked / worked / was working) 54. + …………..do you often go to school? - At 6.30 every morning. ( How / What time / Who / With whom) 55. She is seldom late ……………..class. ( at / for / to / in) 56. Ms. Lan enjoys …… because she loves working with children. ( to teach / to be taught / teaching / teach) 57. They offered ………….her but she refused. ( to help / helping / help / being helping).

(25) 58. The children are looking forward to ………..on holiday. ( go / going / be going / have gone) 59. I don’t really remember .............. school when I was five. (started / start / to start / starting) 60. A .................was your favorite subject in secondary school? B. It was mathematics. (What / Who / When / How) 61. ..............did you see him? - two days ago. (What / When / Where / Who) 62. Issac Newton / go / Cambridge University / 1660. Which sentence is correct? a. Issac Newton go to Cambridge University in 1660. b. Issac Newton went to Cambridge University in 1660. c. Issac Newton went Cambridge University in 1660. d. Issac Newton had gone to Cambridge University on 1660. 63. He was born ....................in Lincolshire, England. a. in 1642, December 25 b. on 25, December in 1642 c. on December 25, 1642 d. in December 25, 1642 64. ..................students are there in your class? - 50. (How / How much / How many / How often) 65. Did you remember ……………… an appointment with the doctor? ( making / make / to making / to make) VI. Choose the underlined part among A,B,C or D that needs correcting: 66. How many students there are in your class? 67. Chu Van An High School is one of the biggest school in Ha Noi. 68. John play tennis with Mary and me every afternoon. 69. Would you mind give me a hand with bag? 70. “How long do you come here?” Once a week. 71. Hung goes usually to the library once or twice a week. 72. I did a lot of work on my assignment, so I was disappointed with the low mark. 73. She knew Long by the sight for a long time before she actually spoke to him. 74. She was sad before she had read her boyfriend’s letter. VII. Rewrite each of the sentences so that it means the same as the sentence printed before. 75. Mary had lunch. Then she took a short nap. → After .......................................................................... 76. John was allowed to go out with his friends. → John’s parents let ..................................................... 77. Ann has taught in this school for two years. → Ann started .............................................................. 78. Issac Newton / die / March 20 / 1727. → ................................................................................. 79. Mai came back home. First she went shopping. → Before ..................................................................... 80. “Is it OK if you look after my child for a moment?” → Do you mind ...............................................................? The end Put the verb in brackets into correct tenses : simple past, past perfect and present perfect 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18.. They never want me (eat)………………………………… whatever I want to. My parents let me (go)…………………………………….. out every weekend. During apartheid, Black people weren't allowed (sit) …………………………on White benches. Our English teacher wants us (work)…………………………………… hard. My mother made me (do)……………………………………. the housework yesterday. They didn't expect their children (be)………………………………….. serious during their absence. Where do you want her (meet)……………………………………… you? I would like you (stop)…………………………………………….. complaining I'm not allowed (drink)……………………………… or (smoke)…………………………. at home. They will never let me (wear)…………………………………… pearcings or have tattoos. I like listening (music)……………………………………… when I am tired. While she was in that country she spent all her days (sightsee)…………………….. the imperial cities. When I saw his performance, I couldn't help (laugh)……………………………………… He gave up (smoke)……………………………………….. many years ago. I hate (sleep)…………………………………………… in the dark. Would you mind (post)……………………………………….. this letter for me. The trainers were very expensive; I couldn't afford (buy)………………………………. them. She proposed (meet)……………………………. me at the airport..

(26) 19. 20. 21. 22. 23. 24. 25. 26. 27. 28. 29. 30. 31. 32. 33. 34. 35. 36. 37. 38. 39. 40. 41. 42. 43. 44.. He went out without (say)……………………………………… good bye. After they had finished (eat)………………………………………. they drove away. I couldn't avoid (meet)………………………………… him because he's my neighbour. My son is studying medicine and he wants (specialize)………………………………. in paediatrics. They enjoy (spend) ……………………………….their holidays with us in the South of France. Try (add)…………………………….. a little butter or cream to the batter, the crepes will be better! I suggest (call)……………………………. to reserve a table at the restaurant. I don't mind (stay)………………………………….. to keep an eye on Mary. I must remember (send)……………………………. the tax return before the end of the month. He refused (answer) ………………………………without the presence of his lawyer. I hope (see) …………………………….you soon in better form. My parents decided (welcome)………………………………. my boyfriend to dinner next Sunday. This house is very expensive and we hesitate (buy) ……………………………..it. I tried (explain) …………………………to him but he went on (grumble)………………………………. Try (forget) ……………………………. it. It isn’t worth (worry) ………………………….. about. We couldn’t help (laugh) ……………………………. when (see)…………………………him. We got tired of (wait)……………………….. for the weather (clear)……………………………. I remember (see) …………………………………….. him somewhere but I can’t tell where it was. He kept (stand) ……………………………….. up and (ask) …………………for an explanation. We regret (inform) …………………………….you that your application has been turned down. Did you advise him (see) ……………………………………. the doctor? Did you remember (lock) …………………………the door? – No, I didn’t. You’d better (go) ………………back and (do) ……………………………..… it now. It’s too hot now. Why don’t we go (swim) …………………………………? Fred is continuing (take) ………………………….. karate lessons even though he broke his hand. Fred continued (take)……………………….. karate lessons even though he broke his hand. I like (eat)………………………………….. pizza..

(27) Unit 4 : SPECIAL EDUCATION ( 1 ) I. Match a phrase in column A with a suitable phrase in column B. A B 1. people who are disabled a. the mute 1. ….. 2. people who are poor b. the disabled 2. ….. 3. young people c. the deaf 3. ….. 4. people who cannot hear d. the unemployed 4. ….. 5. people who cannot see e. the poor 5. ….. 6. people who are without work f. the blind 6. ….. 7. people who cannot speak g. the young 7. ….. II. Fill in each blank with a suitable word from the list in the following passage: special blind when importance develop to invention or LOUIS BRAILLE (1809 - 1852) Louis Braille was the son of a French leather worker. He went (1) ................at the age of three (2) ............... he fell in his father’s workroom. But Louis was very clever. He wanted to be a musician, so he learned to play the cello, and at the age of ten he won the scholarship (3)................... the National Institute for Blind Children in Paris. He could play the cello, but he could not read (4).......................write. In 1819 a French soldier, Charles Barbier, invented “night writing”. He used (5) ..................dots on paper so that soldiers could read at night. Louis Braille understood the importance of his (6) ..................for blind people and when he was fifteen, he began to (7).................it. In 829 he started to use it at the Institute. By 1932 “Braille” was in use all over the world, but Louis died in 1852 and never knew of the (8) .............. of his invention. III. Match a question in A with its correct answer in B: A B 1. What’s your job? a. Pham Thu Hoa. 2. Can you speak a foreign language? b. On May 2, 1985, in Hue. 3. What’s your hobby? c. Accountant. 4. What’s your name? d. 5 Phan Dinh Phung street. 5. What’s your address? e. At least 3. 6. When and where were you born? f. I’m sorry, I can’t. 7. What’s the reason for your learning English? g. Playing football. 8. How many hours a day do you want to learn English? h. For my career. IV. Complete the following sentences with a suitable phrase. 1. Films have a great influence on viewers, especially ……………. 2. Sign language was created for the sake of ………………….and ……………… 3. ………………… can read and express themselves using the Braille language. 4. In some Western countries, ……………..are paid a pension till they find a job. 5. It’s advisable that the rich do something to help …………… 6. There have been many vocational and training centers established for ……….........who are in disadvantageous conditions. V. Use the + adjective from the list to complete each sentences. disabled rich deaf unemployed dumb poor blind injured 1. …………..have to help…………………...

(28) 2. ……....……in the accident yesterday morning was taken to hospital immediately. 3. The little boy is helping ………………..cross the street. 4. …………..and ……………use a system of sign language to communicate with each other. 5. The government should take an urgent step to help ………………… 6. Don’t make fun of ………………… VI. Put out the word that has the stress pattern different from that of the other words. 1. a. mentally b. retarded c. demonstrated. different 2. a. realize b. family c. continue d. proper 3. a. consuming b. develop c. prevention d. effort 4. a. subtract b. reason c. children d. mental 5. a. opposition b. difference c. information d. demonstration 6. a. disabled b. primary c. province d. children 7. a. condition b. immediate c. gradually d. profession 8. a. explain b. sorrow c. attend d. pronounce 9. a. exhibition b. stimulate c. occupation d. information 10. a. business b. mentally c. ambulance d. employee VII. READING COMPREHENSION : Read the text and do the exercises that follow.. The Story of Helen Keller Helen Keller was born on June 27,1880. When she was over one year old, she became very sick and after that, she could not see and could not hear. Her parents loved her and tried to take good care of her. But it was not easy. By the time Helen was six, her parents were very unhappy. They knew that Helen was very smart, but they could not teach her. They did not know what to do. When Helen was seven, the Kellers were very pleased to find a good teacher for Helen, Annie Sullivan. The teacher tried to teach Helen to read and to talk but it was so difficult. When Helen began to understand things, she was very happy and excited. The next year, Annie took Helen to Boston. She went to a special school. She learned how to speak and how to “listen” with her hands. She learned to read words with her fingers. Then she was ready to go to another school, in New York. Annie and Helen went to New York, and Helen went to the Gilman School. Soon Helen was 19 years old. It was time for her to go to college. Helen was a good student and she passed the entrance exam to Radcliffe, a famous school in Massachusetts. She graduated in 1904. Helen became famous writer and speaker. She wrote a book about her life called “The Story of My Life”. Helen loved her teacher and wrote a book about her called “Teacher”. She said that her life was happy because of Annie Sullivan. She also wrote many other books about education and politics, some of which became movies. Annie and Helen traveled to England, Scotland, Greece, and other countries. Helen visited almost every part of the world. She tried to help blind people as well as poor people. She also tried to stop wars. Helen was a special person. She died in June 1968. 1. Answer the questions below. a. When was Helen Keller born? ……………………………………………………………………………………………… b. Why was it difficult to teach Helen to read and talk? ………………………………………………………………………………………………………. c. Who was Annie Sullivan? ……………………………………………………………………………………………………… d. How could Helen read words? …………………………………………………………………………………. …………. e. How old was she when she died? ……………………………………………………………………………………….. f. What was special about Helen Keller? ................................................................................................................. ………………………………………………………………………...............................................................…….. 2. Read the statements about Helen. Write True (T) or False (F) for each, according to the information given. If the information is not given in the passage, write Not Given (NG). a. Helen became blind and deaf when she was still very young. b. Helen’s parents felt happy because she was very smart. c. Helen started to learn how to read and talk at the age of seven. d. Helen was happy and excited since she could hear and see again. e. Helen graduated from college when she was 19 years old. f. Helen became famous because of her book “The Story of My Life”. g. Some of her books were about education and politics..

(29) h. Helen and her teacher, Annie, visited many parts of the world. i. Although she was blind and deaf, Helen tried to help blind and poor people. j. Helen was special because she could stop wars. VIII. Read the following sentences and underline all the vowels pronounced as / / , and circle all pronounced as / / . The first one has been done for you as an example. 0. Do not drop the pot on the floor. 1. Stop to rest and talk, for it’s too hot outdoors. 2. Four or more of your horses have gone. 3. All of his friends are tall, but Tom is short. 4. Football is an interesting sport. 5. He saw a robber in the store which sells dolls. Unit 4 : SPECIAL EDUCATION ( 2 ) I. Pick out the word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from that of the other words. 1. a. talk b. warn c. shot d. short 2. a. hot b. both c. cloth d. spot 3. a. warm b. farther c. card d. star 4. a. word b. demotic c. modern d. from 5. a. love b. come c. some d. jog II. Read the passage and answer the questions: Louis Braille was born in 1809 in Coupvray. He was a French teacher of the blind. He himself was blind from age of three, and in 1818 he went as a founding to the National Institute for the Young Blind in Paris. Soon showing marked ability in both science and music, he became famous in Paris as an organist and violoncellist. In 1826 Braille began to teach the blind in the institute. Braille is known for his idea of modifying the Barbier “point writing” system, used for coded army messages, to enable the blind to read. Point writing consists of embossed dots and dashes on cardboard; the Braille system derived from it is used successfully today, in slightly modified form, and in many countries. 1. When and where was Louis Braille born? ......................................................................................................................... 2. Was he a teacher of the blind? ......................................................................................................................... 3. When was he blind? .......................................................................................................................... 4. Where did he go in 1818? ......................................................................................................................... 5. In what fields did he showed his marked ability? ......................................................................................................................... 6. When did he begin teaching the blind in the institute? ......................................................................................................................... 7. Was the blind system derived from the Barbier “point writing” system? ......................................................................................................................... 8. Was there anything special in the Barbier “point writing” system? What was it? ................................................................................................................................................................................... III. WRITING: A letter of Complaint A letter of complaint is often organized like this: Purpose of letter ( the subject of the complaint). ®. Complaint with justification. ®. Demand for action ( a request or suggestion).

(30) Exercise: The sentences in the following letter are in jumbled order. Write them in a logical order: Dear Sir, The manager of the shop recommended these shoes for jogging, as they had non-slip soles. I enclose the receipt for $50 and would be grateful for a refund or replacement pair of higher quality. Moreover, when purchased the shoes were a dark brown color, but now they have a faded, shabby appearance. I am writing to you in connection with a pair of shoes that I purchased last month from your shop in Church Street. I have only worn these shoes for jogging on several occasions, yet the nonslip soles have gone completely smooth. Yours faithfully, J. Smith. HƯỚNG DẪN NGỮ PHÁP 1. The + adjective: Mạo từ xác định“the” kết hợp với các tính từ hình thành các danh từ chỉ tập thể những người mang tính chất được cấu tạo bởi tính từ đó. (mang nghĩa số nhiều) Ex: blind (a) : mù → the blind (n) : người mù 2. Used to + bare-infinitive: a) Khẳng định: S + used to + infinitive Ex: He used to smoke a lot but now he gives it up. b) Phủ định: S + didn’t use to + infinitive Ex: I didn’tuse to stay up late when I atudied at high school. c) Nghi vấn: Did + S + use to + infinitive? Ex: Did you use to meet her in Paris while you were there? 3. Relative pronoun “Which”: được dùng để thay cho cả mệnh đề đứng trước nó. Ex: Mai always gets good marks at school. That pleases her parents a lot. → Mai always gets good marks at school, which pleases her parents a lot. IV. Complete the sentences with a relative clause. Use the sentences in the box to make your relative clauses. This makes his father very angry This was very kind of her. This means you can’t vote in the election. This was a pity. This made it difficult to sleep. This was perfectly true. This surprised everyone. This is annoying. 1. You couldn’t join us last weekend, ……………………………………….…………………………… 2. Tom failed his final exams, …………………..……………………………………………………… 3. She offered to let us use her car, ……………………………………………………………………………. 4. Joe didn’t seem to like literature very much, but he won the first prize in the writing contest, …….. …………………………………………………………………… 5. I drank some coffee late last night, ……………………………………………………………………………… 6. You are under 18 years old, ………………………………………………………………………………… 7. They said they had nothing to do with the robbery, …………………………………………………………….. 8. My neighbor often plays music late at night, …………………………………………………… V. Join a sentence in A with a sentence in B to make a new sentence. Use Which. A B 1. I love the countryside. a. This surprised us. 2. They stayed four hours. b. This upset the children. 3. He passed all his exams. c. It was extremely interesting. 4. They forgot about my birthday. d. This made me a bit suspicious. 5. The pilot showed us how to fly the plane. e. That is why I want to go and live there. 6. I couldn’t get a flight to Malaga. f. I was very annoyed about that. 7. He was rude and aggressive. g. This was a bit disappointing. 8. They said they couldn’t pay for the car immediately. h. His behavior made me very angry..

(31) ® 1. ....................................................................................................................................... ® 2. ....................................................................................................................................... ® 3. ....................................................................................................................................... ® 4. ....................................................................................................................................... ® 5. ....................................................................................................................................... ® 6. ........................................................................................................................................ ® 7. ......................................................................................................................................... ® 8. ........................................................................................................................................ VI. Complete the sentences with an appropriate form of used to or be used to. 1. The new managing director is good at making speeches. He .............................appearing in public, because he ..................... be an actor. 2. He ...................walking long distances. He ................live in the mountains, where there were no buses. 3. Before I got this job, I (not) .......................traveling several miles to work. I ..................work in my father’s shop, and we ....................live over the shop. 4. These young lions were born in Africa and they (not) ........................being in cages. The old lion ..................be in a circus, so he ........................seeing people starting at him, but he doesn’t like living in a cage, either. 5. When I first worked in an office, I .....................write my own letters because I (not) .......................... having a secretary take them down from dictation. 6. What time ...........................go to bed when you were a child? 7. I .......................be wild and reckless when I was young, but now I’m not. 8. I (not) ...........................do any physical exercise, but now I exercise for an hour everyday. Unit 4 : SPECIAL EDUCATION ( 3 ) I. Complete each of the following sentences with used to and a suitable verb. The first one has been done for you as an example. 0. I …used to play…badminton a lot, but now I don’t have time. 1. Tim’s family ……………………………in a small village but now they live in Paris. 2. When I was young I ………………swimming with my friends every morning, but I can’t do it now. 3. Now Jack and Jill have got a big house. They …………………………….in a small flat near the office. 4. These days high school students don’t have to take the final exams or even the entrance exams, while we …………………..both. 5. Quoc Hoc High School is a mixed school now, but it ……………………………an all-boy school. 6. Now Jane can’t bear Mike’s sight, but they ……………………………..good friends. 7. He is a very poor man now, but he ……………………………houses and shops all over the country. 8. They lead a quiet life now, but they ………….an active life with friends and parties almost every weekend. II. Choose the correct answers: 1. John is always late for class, …………………annoys the teacher. (which / this / what / that) 2. Now I don’t go to school on foot as I ………………….(had been / did / used to / was) 3. Without the Braille Alphabet it would be very difficult for ………........ ( the disabled / the deaf / the mute / the blind) 4. Thuy’s class is different ………………..other classes because the children are disabled.(on / from / in / at) 5. Her job is……….of mentally retarded children in the area.(looking / taking care / taking notice / watching) 6. They gave a clear ………of their intentions. (demonstrate / demonstrative / demonstration / demonstrating ) 7. We’ve lost her phone number, which makes it difficult ................…her. ( contacting / contacted / to contact / contact) 8. Jane …………….for the telephone company, but now she has a job at the post office. ( works / used to work / having worked / working ) 9. What do you do …………….a living? - I work as a fashion model.( in / of / with / for) 10. The little boy is helping ………………..cross the street. ( the poor / the rich / the blind / the young) 11. They spent a lot of time ………………..about what they would do.( to talk / talk / talking / talked) 12. Many people lost their homes in the Earthquake. The government is trying to establish more shelters to care for ………………….( the childless / the homeless / the blind / the deaf) 13. Our flight was delayed, … meant we had to wait for hours at the airport.( that is / which is / this is / which) 14. We all feel sad ……………….the bad news.( because / because of / though / despite) 15. Our teacher is very proud ……………………her work. ( in / at / of / with ) 16. Ms Thuy has twenty-five students, most of ……………..are disabled. ( them / who / those / whom) 17. He ……………..in hospital for a week so far. ( was / has been / had been / would be) 18. My grandfather, ………..a wise man, has greatly influenced my life. ( who is / whose / that is / who he is ).

(32) 19. Most of the children come from large and poor families, which …………them from having proper schooling. ( makes / prevents / leads / gets) 20. We spent our holiday in Rome, ………………the capital of Italy. ( which is / that is / what is / where is) 21. “...............” means “unable to hear anything”. (Blind / Disabled / Retarded / Deaf) 22. “My father managed a small business in the city but he doesn’t any more”. a. My father now manages a small business in the city. b. My father used to manage a small business in the city. c. My father has a small business, but he doesn’t like it. d. My father is used to living in the city. 23. I think .................have comfortable lives. (the rich / rich man / rich people / A or C) 24. “Mentally retarded” means ..................... (not able to see / the education you receive at school / less mentally developed than normal / sometimes unable to speak) 25. I .............to work, but now I don’t. (used to cycling / used to cycle / use to cycle / am used cycling) 26. It took me a long time to get used .................here. (to live / lived / to living / living) 27. She didn’t keep her promise, .................disappointed me a lot. (that / which / this / A or B) 28. My young brother...............stay up late, but I did. (didn’t use to / used not to / wasn’t used to / used to not) 29. ............ the noise from the next door now? ( Did you use / Used you to / Are you use to / Are you used to) 30. The film ended suddenly, ..........us all. ( that thrilled / it thrilled / thrilled / which thrilled) 31. .............disabled should receive special care from society. (A / An / The / Some) 32. The / „ / sound can be found in ................ ( leather / place / meal / bank) 33. The / / can be found in “ ................” ( bag / sports / know / knock) 34. “ .............” is stressed on the second syllable. (Awarded / Schooling / Study / Famous) 35. “............” contains the / / sound. ( Dog / Thought / Taught / B and C) III. Choose the underlined part among A,B,C or D that needs correcting. 1. Jane couldn’t come to my birthday party, this made me feel sad. 2. Dennis used to smoking a lot of a year ago. 3. Ms Thuy doesn’t mind taking care for disabled. 4. It took him a long time to get used to drive on the left. 5. Check and cards are used for replace money. 6. I’m going to the airport to meet my old friend, that comes to stay with me for a week. 7. What he is always late for class makes the teacher angry. 8. Jane congratulated me with my passing the entrance examination. 9. I asked her who was she. 10. They aren’t used to drive on the left. IV. Put the verb into the correct form, -ing or infinitive: 1. Binh used to........................in good shape. Now he’s in terrible shape.(be) 2. When I was a child, I used to ............................swimming everyday. (go) 3. It took me a long time to get used to .............................contact lenses. (wear) 4. There used to ............................ a cafe in this corner, but this was torn down. (be) 5. I’m a boss. I’m not used to ............................told what to do. (be) 6. You’ll have to get used to ..............................less if you want to lose weight. (eat) 7. I used to ...........................An, but now she gets on my nerves. (like) 8. Bao got tired very quickly. He wasn’t used to .............................so fast.(run) 9. Trung used to ............................to a lot of parties when he was a student. (go) V. Rewrite each sentence, beginning as shown, so that the meaning stays the same: 1. They won the medal at last, and this delighted the school. ® They won the medal at last, ............................................................. 2. The policeman asked me for directions, and this confused me a little. ® The policeman ..................................................................................... 3. She usually came to work on time. That pleased her boss. ® ......................................................................................................................... 4. They no longer play tennis. ® They used to .................................................................................................... 5. He gets up early in the morning and he’s used to it. ® He’s used to .................................................................................................... 6. I don’t go to the church every Sunday any longer..

(33) ® I used to .......................................................................................................... 7. He / use / cry / lot / when / he / be / child. ® .......................................................................................................................... UNIT 5: TECHNOLOGY AND YOU (1) I. Fill in each gap with a suitable word from the box. The first one has been done as an example. computer capable. divided accurate. requests allows. relax insert. analysis. 0. Since the introduction of the computer, many more scientific discoveries have been made. 1. You just need to .........................the credit card into the slot, then press the pin number and finally press the amount of money you want to withdraw. 2. My friend is ..........................of swimming across this river. 3. The Internet .........................you to connect to almost every university in the world. 4. The class is .........................into small groups to discuss the problem. 5. The computer can give you..........................answers to both simple and complicated calculations in a second. 6. A holiday will help you ...........................after a school year full of tests and exams. 7. Vietnamese people tend to be very direct in making ........................... 8. In business as well as in scientific research, the computer can help with the ..........................of data. II. Pick out the word that has the stress pattern different from that of the other words: 1. a. technology b. magazine c. computer d. mysterious 2. a. machine b. device c. computer d. memorable 3. a. beautiful b. interesting c. wonderful d. development 4. a. display b. message c. amount d. another 5. a. inform b. company c. distance d. system 6. a. collection b. magazine c. electronic d. entertain 7. a. software b. hardware c. magic d. machine 8. a. mysterious b. computer c. appropriate d. capable 9. a. daily b. receive c. almost d. scenic 10. a. receive b. divide c. listen d. control III. Give the correct form of the words provided: 1. The main witness had ..................disappeared. (mystery) 2. The local ...............are listed in the local newspaper. (entertain) 3. We were driving through an area of ..................beauty. (scenery) 4. She’s a born .................... (communicate).

(34) 5. She spoke so .................that we couldn’t understand her. (quick) 6. He’s always ...................to his mother. (help) 7. She had hardly pickedup the ..................when the telephone stopped ...................... (receive - ring) 8. My mother has just given me a pocket ....................machine. (calculate) 9. A computer is a ..................typewriter which allows you to type and print and any kind of document. (magic) 10. What makes compnter a ..................device. (miracle) IV. Choose the best answers: 1. When I came they ………..cards. They said they …………..since 9 o’clock.( were playing - had played / are playing - have been playing / were playing - had been playing / are playing - had played) 2. None of the students ……………..in our this problem yet. ( have been solving / have solved / were solving / were solved) 3. By the end of this month, we ……………the training course. ( have finished / will have finished /would have finished / will have been finishing) 4. They agree………….him some money to buy a new bicycle. ( lending / lend / lent / to lend) 5. Ann’s mother ……………when she came home late. ( worry / worrying / worried / to be worried) 6. How much money………… for your vocation? ( are you saved / have you been saved / have you saved / were you saved) 7. We ……………to Dalat several times. It’s a foggy city. ( were / have been / were being / would go) 8. Roses. tulips and other flowers ……………….perfume. ( is used to make / are used to make / has used to make / have used to make) 9. What makes a computer such a ……………device? ( miracle / miraculous / miraculously / wonder) 10. Computers are capable …………doing almost anything you ask. ( in / at / of / with) 11. You can relax with computer games or by listening to ………………music. (computer-played / computers -played / computer-playing / computers-playing) 12. My father has bought me an …………..computer. ( economical / electrical / electric / electronic) 13. At present the school cannot ….to buy all the computers it needed.( afford / have / risk / have enough) 14. Do your parents permit you …………..at night after 10 p.m.? ( to go out / going out / went out / to going out) 15. Information technology is very………..to our lives. ( useful / useless / usefully / use) 16. A computer is a …………typewriter which allows you to type and print any kind of document. ( magically / magical / magic / magician) 17. What’s your …………..subject at school? ( preferred / favorite / liked / rather) 18. Tim’s father, ……………was an only child, wants to have lots of children. (that / whom / who / whose) 19. The man …………..I had seen before wasn’t at the party. (whom / that / x / all are correct) 20. Can you help me find the man ……………..saved the girl? ( which / whom / who / whose) 21. She spoke so .................that we couldn’t understand her. (quick) 22. This is the last time I ……………an exercise like this. ( do / did / have done / would do) 23. A new hospital ……………..in the area lately. ( was built / was being built / has built / has been built) 24. This box……………..for a long time yet. ( hasn’t been opened / hadn’t been opened / wasn’t opened / wasn’t been opened) 25. My friend is capable................. swimming across this rever. (for / to / at / of) 26. I................Nam yesterday. (meet / have met / have met / met) 27. A fax machine ...................send letters quickly. (used to / is used to / is used for / is use to) 28. Information technology is very useful to our lives. It allows us to ...................very large amounts of information. ( transmit / store / process / send) 29. An electric cooker is used .................cooking meat. (to / at / for / with) 30. “....................” means “ link or act on each other”. ( Interact / Software / Hardware / Magical) 31. John ……………to executive manager of an advertising company. ( has just been promoted / has just been promoting / has just promoted / is promoting) 32. She has just made this dress. a. This dress has just been made by her. c. She has never made any dress before. b. She didn’t make this dress before. d. She could make this dress but she didn’t. V. Choose the correct sentence among A,B,C or D which has the same meaning as the given one..

(35) 1. I am really sorry that I forgot your birthday. a. I forgot not to give you a birthday present. b. I do apologize for my forgetting your birthday. c. I remembered your birthday, but I forgot to give you a present. d. I didn’t remember your birthday and I didn’t give you a present. 2. We are able to do many useful things thank to the internet. a. We cannot do anything useful without internet. b. It’s useful to do many things with the help of the internet. c. Many useful things are made by the internet. d. The internet makes it possible to do many useful things . 3. My brother and I went to that school. a. I went to that school and so did my brother. b. I went to that school, so my brother went with me. c. I went to that school and my brother went with me. d. I and my brother agreed to go to that school. 4. Why don’t we go to the cinema tonight? a. Let’s go to the cinema tonight. b. What about going to the cinema tonight? c. I don’t like to go to the cinema tonight, but I have to. d. Both A &B are correct. 5. Jimmy is not good at Japanese and neither am I. a. Both Jimmy and I aren’t good at Japanese. b. Neither Jimmy nor I am good at Japanese. c. Jimmy is not good at Japanese and I’m not, either. d. All are correct. 6. Someone has typed the document. a. The document has typed. b. The document had been typed. c. The document has been typed. d. The document has typing. 7. I saw a friend of yours a few moments ago. a. I haven’t seen a friend of yours since a few moments. b. I’ve just seen a friend of yours. c. I have never seen a friend of yours. d. I haven’t seen a friend of yours yet.. UNIT 5: TECHNOLOGY AND YOU (2) HƯỚNG DẪN NGỮ PHÁP 1. The present Perfect tense: (Thì hiện tại hoàn thành) a). Cách chia: I, We, You, They + have Past Participle He, She, It + has b). Cách dùng: * Diễn tả một hành động vừa mới xảy ra. (just, recently) Ex: The plane has just taken off. * Diễn tả một hành động xảy ra tại một thời điểm không xác định trong quá khứ, thường dùng để đề cặp đến 1 kinh nghiệm, trải nghiệm của 1 người nào đó. Ex: I have eaten this kind of food. It tastes awful. * Diễn tả một hành động bắt đầu ở quá khứ, kéo dài đến hiện tại và còn có thể tiếp tục ở tương lai. (since, for, so far, until now, up to now, up to the present) Ex: They have lived there for ten years. 2. The present Perfect Passive (Thì hiện tại hoàn thành thể bị động) S + has / have + been + P.P. Ex: This house has been built since last August. 3. Cách dùng của các đại từ quan hệ ( Relative pronouns) who, which, that a/ Cách dùng: - Who: Đại từ quan hệ đứng sau danh từ chỉ người, làm chủ ngữ cho động từ sau nó. Ex: The woman who lives next door is very friendly. - Which: Đại từ quan hệ đứng sau danh từ chỉ vật, nó làm chủ ngữ hoặc tân ngữ cho động từ sau nó. Ex: The dog which you gave me is lovely. - That: Đại từ quan hệ đứng sau danh từ chỉ người hoặc vật, dùng để thay cho who, which trong mệnh đề quan hệ hạn định. (Restrictive relative clause) Ex: - The book that you lent me is interesting. - This is the man that I met in Paris last month. Lưu ý: + “that” thường được sau danh từ , các tính từ so sánh bậc nhất, đại từ bất định, ( the best, the most ..., anyone, nobody, everyone, everything, something...) Ex: He is the best teacher that I have ever known..

(36) + “that” được dùng khi danh từ đứng trước nó chỉ cả người lẫn vật. Ex: I can see a girl and her dog that are running in the park. + “that” khoâng bao giờ dùng trong mệnh đề quan hệ hạn định và không dùng sau giới từ. b/ Phân loại: Có 2 loại: * Restrictive clauses:(mệnh đề hạn định) Không có mệnh đề này thì câu không rõ nghĩa vì từ đứng trước nó không xác định. Ex: I don’t know the man who is talking to Mary. * Non- Restrictive clauses:( mệnh đề không hạn định) Không có mệnh đề này thì câu vẫn rõ nghĩa vì từ đứng trước nó xác định. Trước danh từ thường có this, that, these, my, your ...hoặc tên riêng, và được tách ra bởi các dấu phẩy. Ex: His father, who is a doctor, works very hard. I. Change the sentences below into passive voice. 1. He has bought a new suit. ® ……………………………………………………………………. 2. Mai has already sent me a present. ® ………………………………………………………………………. 3. Somebody has taken my bike. ® ………………………………………………………………………… 4. She hasn’t bought the stamps yet. ® ………………………………………………………………………… 5. I have just washed that floor. ® ……………................................…………………………………………… 6. They haven’t paid the telephone bill yet. ® …………………………………………………………………… 7. The government has built a new market in the area.® ………………………………………………………… 8. Somebody has spilled some ink on the carpet. ® ……………………………………………………………… 9. They have sold many TVs this month. ® ….......................……………………………………………….…. 10. They have shown many interesting films at this cinema. ® …………………………...................................…. II. Active or passive? Underlined the correct verb form: 1. Tom has just promoted / has just been promoted to area manager of East Asia. 2. My father has taken / has been taken English classes in the U.S. 3. How many times have you / have you been fired? 4. How much money have you saved / have you been saved for your vocation? 5. My brother has given / has been given tickets to the concert. 6. The population of our city has risen / has been risen to nearly one million. 7. A strike has called / has been called by the factory workers. 8. They haven’t offered / haven’t been offered more money to buy the management. III. Fill in each blank with who, which, or that. If more than one choice are possible, write down all the choices. The first one has been done as an example. 0. A lot of people who / that live in the city complain about the air and noise pollution there. 1. I find it interesting to discuss the topics …………………..………..are closely related to our daily life. 2. I’ve nearly finished the book ………………….…….you lent me the other day. 3. Ricky Martin,……………………… is considered the hottest singer, comes from Latin America. 4. Anyone …………………………hasn’t paid the fee can’t attend the training course today. 5. This is the place in ……………………………..I was and grew up. 6. Until I was ten we lived in a village called Water Pond ……………………….is now a suburb of the city. 7. Tim’s father, ……………………………was an only child, wants to have lots of children. 8. The company ………………………….Mike worked for has closed down. 9. Have you got the money …………………………..I lent you yesterday? 10. The man …………………………….I had seen before wasn’t at the party. 11. She’s the singer ………………………has just signed a contact with a recording company. 12. I don’t understand people ……………………………..hate animals. IV. Choose the best answer among A,B,C, or D that best completes each sentence. 1. All of those ……….. in favor of the motion, raise your hands. ( who are / who is / whom are / whom is) 2. The Internet will make it easier………………English. ( to learn / learning / learned / to learning) 3. I’d like to live in a country ……..there is plenty of snow in winter. ( which / where / in which / both B&C) 4. Quoc Hoc High School, ...................we are studying, is a famous school in Vietnam. ( which / that / where / in where) 5. He asked me ………… (since when I am waiting / since when I waited / how long I have been waiting / how long I had been waiting) 6. You may borrow my bike ……………..you are careful with it. ( as much as / as long as / even if / expected) 7. She …………..her children do their homework before going out. ( forces / asks / makes / tells) V. Choose the underlined part among A, B C or D that needs correcting. 1. Hanoi, that is the capital of our country, is a city of peace. 2. Have you finish the report yet?.

(37) 3. We are looking forward for going on a wonderful summer holiday. 4. Everything is ready, but the guests haven’t came yet. 5. That’s the man who daughter is studying with me. 6. I haven’t met him since a long time. 7. This is the first time I visited China. 8. We are studying at a high school where is very famous in the country. 9. A new hospital for children has built in our city. 10. Here’s the computer program about that I told you. VI. Choose the correct sentence among A,B,C or D which has the same meaning as the given one. 1. I’m still writing my letters. a. I have finished writing my letters. b. I finished writing my letters ages ago. c. I haven’t been writing my letters. d. I haven’t finished writing my letters yet. 2. This is the first time I’ve been on a plane. a. I haven’t traveled on the plane for months. b. I haven’t traveled on the plane for some time. c. At first I traveled by plane. d. I have never traveled on the plane before. 3. It’s a long time since we spoke to your sister. a. We haven’t spoken to your sister for a long time. b. We have spoken to your sister for a long time. c. It’s ages since we last spoke to your sister. d. Both a & c are correct. 4. I have never seen such an interesting film. a. This is the first time I have seen such an interesting film. b. This film is the best I have ever seen. c. This is the first time I saw such an interesting film. d. This film is the best that I saw. 5. The traffic jam prevented me from going to work. a. I could go to work although there was traffic jam. b. There was traffic jam but I went to work on time. c. I couldn’t go to work because of the traffic jam. d. I went to work and there was traffic jam. 6. Unlike her mother, she doesn’t know how to cook. a. Her mother doesn’t want her to cook. b. Both her mother and she know how to cook. c. Her mother knows how to cook but she doesn’t. d. Her mother cooks every day but she doesn’t. 5. When they arrived, the bus had left. a. They arrived late enough to catch the bus. b. They didn’t catch the bus because they arrived too late. c. They had to catch another bus. d. They couldn’t catch the bus although they arrived early. VI. Put the words whose underlined parts have the same sounds in the right column. cause airport school soon look doctor job evolve because book solve wrong full push food sport tooth cook talk tool /u/ ……………………..… ………………………… ……………………….. ……………………….. …………………………. /u:/ ……………………………. ………………………….. …………………………. …………………………. ………………………….. / / ………………………….. ………………………….. …………………………. …………………………. ………………………….. / / …………………………… …………………………… …………………………… …………………………… ……………………………. UNIT 5: TECHNOLOGY AND YOU (3) I. Pick out the word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from that of the other words: 1. a. confuse b. volume c. tune d. prudence 2. a. remote b. control c. connect d. personal 3. a. food b. foot c. school d. afternoon 4. a. put b. full c. June d. pull 5. a. cartoon b. poor c. door d. floor 6. a. food b. book c. look d. cook 7. a. computer b. beauty c. supreme d. refuse 8. a. put b. foot c. should d. communicate 9. a. house b. would c. proud d. cloud 10. a. would b. could c. wound d. should IV. Put the words whose underlined parts have the same sounds in the right column. school soon look book full push food tooth cook tool afternoon pull June boot good put foot /u/ : .............................................................................................................................................................

(38) /u:/ : .......................................................................................................................................................... V. Put these words in the correct stress pattern: oO / Oo / oOo / Ooo / oOoo / message device hardware computer mysterious magical accurate company beautiful magazine daily amount technology wonderful capable development Unit 6: AN EXCURSION (tờ 1) I. Complete the passage with appropriate words: Ann’s class is going to make a two-day (1) e.................... to visit some caves near Huong (2) P ............... They want to see with their own eyes what they have learned in their (3) g.....................lessons recently and (4) r ...................themselves after their hard work, as well. They have planned their (5) t ................carefully. For Lan, the only problem is getting her parents’ (6) p.................... . She will try to (7) p ...................them so that she will be able to join her (8) c ...................... for the excursion. II. Complete each sentence with a correct word given in the box: sunshine resort forests wonder attracts picturesque. enjoy shape. 1. The One-Pillar Pagoda in Ha Noi was built in 1049, in the ………………….of a lotus. 2. Da Lat is a very famous mountain …………………with various ideal excursion places, such as Xuan Huong Lake, pine ………………., and waterfalls… 3. We often go to the beach in summer to ……………….good weather with lots of ……………… 4. Ha Long Bay, a ………………..of the world, is 165 km from Ha Noi. 5. Hue is known as a …………...…. and romantic site. 6. Nha Trang, a city by the sea, ………………visitors all over the world. III. Fill in each blank with a suitable word from the box. enjoyable relax excursion decided permission persuade participate prepared 1. Our class is making an .....................to visit Bach Ma National Park this weekend. Would you like to join us? 2. I’d love to. But I should ask my parents for ........................first. 3. If your parents don’t agree, I’ll help you .....................them to let you go. 4. We have ..................to use the school bus to get there. 5. We have ..................almost everything for the trip. 6. And we can ......................in many different activities organised by the tourism company. 7. This must be an ....................wayt to spend the weekend. 8. And to ......................after all these exams. IV. Match a word in A with its meaning or definition in B. A B 1. altitude (n) a. eager for sth 2. resort (n) b. cause sb to do sth by giving good reasons 3. excursion (n) c. the height of sth above the sea level 4. picnic (n) d. wanting to protect sth and keep him/her safe 5. protective (a) e. make or become less worried or tense 6. relax (v) f. short journey or trip 7. anxious (a) g. a place where a lot of people go on holiday 8. persuade (v) h. a trip that s.b makes for pleasure V. Match up: 0. come a. cave 1. have b. a confirmation letter 2. make c. a day excursion 3. hoped. for the best 4. write e. to an end 5. go f. buses 6. share g. one’s request 7. visit h. shopping.

(39) 8. accept i. a day off VI. Give the correct word forms: 1. Tony is ......................to win the designing contest this time. (DETERMINATION) 2. Some students find it hard to learn English ............................. (PRONOUNCE) 3. Television is one of the cheapest forms of ............................... (ENTERTAIN) 4. Her parents rarely .........................her to go out with her friends, especially at night. (PERMISSION) 5. The game has been cancelled because the number of ..........................is too small. (PARTICIPATE) 6. They entered the area without .......................... (PERMIT) 7. She hasn’t been feeling well......................... (RECENT) 8. Will it be ......................for you to meet me at 8 tomorrow morning? (CONVENIENCE) 9. The inn ......................situated on the banks of the river. (PICTURE) 10. Our luggage was checked all the way through to our final ......................... (DESTINE) VII. Pick out the word that has the stress pattern different from that of the other words: 1. a. excursion b. weather c. father d. Thursday 2. a. mountain b. period c. recently d. moreover 3. a. classmateb. persuade c. problem d. lesson 4. a. pagoda b. anxious c. protective d. together 5. a. computer b. possibility c. advantage d. immediate VIII. Look at these four students’ ideas of the holiday they want. Jane: “I want a holiday by the sea. I just like lying in the sun doing nothing. I’m terribly lazy.” David: “ I’d rather stay at home than make a journey. I’m not very adventurous. I don’t like traveling and I’d rather go out for short visits and come home in the evening.” Sally: “I want a holiday with lots to see and do - I love walking, climbing , riding. I don’t like sitting around doing nothing. I’m quite energetic.” Stephen: “ I love driving, finding new places, staying in a different town every night. I like meeting new people and eating different food. I’m very independent!” Below are the different holidays offered by a travel company. 1. Spend a week horse riding and climbing in the south of France and enjoy the outdoor life with our qualified guides. 2. Enjoy a week in the sun in Majorca. Miles of beach, nothing to do if you don’t want to, plenty of night-life if you like it! 3. Hire a car and make your own holiday! You can hire any size of car from us for seven days for the price of five.. 4. Let us show you your own area. Join one of our local centers and we can show you everything you want to see near you. Exercise 1. Help students choose the best holiday for each of them. Jane: ………….. ; David : ……………. ; Sally: …………….; Stephen: ……………. Exercise 2. Circle the answer that best suits the meaning of the italicized word. 1. I’m quite energetic. ( healthy / noisy / active ) 2. I’m not very adventurous. ( eager to visit new places / well-adjusted / easy-going ) 3. I’m very independent. ( self-confident / self- reliant / decisive ) 4. I’m terribly lazy. ( idle / slow / tired ) 5. …………. and enjoy the outdoor life with our qualified guides. ( young / old / trained ) IX. Put the verbs into the correct form: 1. Please don’t make noise. I (work) ............................ 2. Hurry! The train (come) ........................I (not want) ..........................to miss it. 3. I (stay) ......................with my neighbor at the moment but I (find) ....................somewhere to live. 4. This river (flow)...........................into the Pacific Ocean. 5. My father usually (stay) ......................in this hotel when he’s on business. 6. What (your father / do) ...............................? - He’s a tailor. 7. What (your father / do) ...............................at the moment? - He’s sleeping. 8. They (work) ......................in the field at the moment. 9. Mary sometimes (go) ..................to bed early. 10. While my father (read) ....................... a book, my mother (cook) ......................now. Unit 6: AN EXCURSION (tờ 2) I. Read the text. Write True (T) or False (F) for each statement. If the information is not given,write Not Given (NG) Beach Party We are going to hold a party at Kincade Beach on Saturday afternoon, July 13..

(40) We are going to bicycle from the Student Centre. We’ll there at 9 a.m. It will probably be hot so be sure to bring your sunscreen. We plan to have a cookout on the beach. All the food will be provided by the Student Association. There will be swimming and sailing. Don’t forget to bring your swimsuit. You’ll need to bring hot dogs, soda,... The deadline for signing up is Wednesday, July 10. 1. A party is going to be held at Kincade Beach. 2. The party is going to be held on a Saturday in June. 3. We are going to meet at the Student Centre before setting off. 4. We are meeting there at noon. 5. We are going to take a bus at the Student Centre. 6. You can drive your car if you like. 7. Bring your sunscreen in case it’s hot. 8. The food will be provided by the students themselvse. 9. There’s going to be a swimming competition. 10. If you want to join, sign up at least three days in advance. II. Read the text and answer the questions that follow by circling the best choice: A Day Out For the last few months I have spent every Saturday in my flat and have done nothing more exciting than work at home, read the newspapers and watch television. I had begun feeling bored with this and so, last weekend I thought I would do something different. I rang up several of my friends and we decided to go to London for the day. I was really excited as I hadn’t been to Lonbdon since I was ten.We decided to go by coach as this was by far the cheapest means of transport that was available even though it meant that we needed to get up very early. Once in London we decided to take a sightseeing tour as we wanted to see some of the famous buildings. After the tour we bought some sandwiches and ate them in a small park. In the afternoon two of us went shopping and the others went to the theatre. We met up again at 6:30 p.m. and went to a small restaurant in Soho. The meal was really good but, unfortunately, it took much longer than we had expected. We had to get a taxi back to the coach to the station. Luckily, we got there just two minutes before our coach left. 1. The writer went to London .............. . A. with some of his friends B. for a few days C. last month D. to visit his friends 2. He felt so excited about going to London .................. A. because he hadn’t been there before. B. because he went there ten years ago. C. because he hadn’t been there for a long time. D. because he hadn’t been there for ten years. 3. Why did they decide to go by coach? A. because other means of transport that were more expensive. B. it was available. C. because they needed to get up very early. D. because it was among the cheapest means of transport. 4. Which of the following is true? A. They made a sightseeing tour of London and then had lunch. B. They all went shopping before going to the theatre. C. They had lunch in a small restaurant. D. They left the city at 6:30 p.m. 5. It can be inferred from the text that ......................... A. they didn’t enjoy the meal in the restaurant very much. B. the coach had left when they got to the station. C. they missed the coach and had to take the taxi back. D. they nearly missed the coach because of the meal. HƯỚNG DẪN NGỮ PHÁP 1. The present continuous tense: (Thì hieän taïi tiếp diễn) a). Caùch chia: I + am We, You, They + are + V-ing He, She, It + is b). Cách dùng: * Để diễn tả 1 hành động đang xảy ra tại 1 thời điểm nói hay xung quanh thời điểm nói. (thường đi kèm với các trạng từ: right now, at present, at the moment, now ...) Ex: - What are you doing now? - Be quiet! The baby is sleeping. * Để diễn tả 1 hành động sẽ xảy ra ở tương lai có kế hoạch từ trước tương lai gần. Ex: - What are you doing tonight?.

(41) - Are you playing football tomorrow? Lưu ý: Một số động từ thường không dùng thì hiện tại tiếp diễn mà dùng ở thì hiện tại đơn mặc dù nó diễn tả hành động đang xảy ra vào lúc đang nói. Đó là những động từ trạng thái: Be, See, Hear, Feel, Taste, Know, Understand, Like, Hate, Want, Need, Love, Prefer, Remember, Forget, Realise, Seem, Believe, Suppose... Ex: - They want to go for a walk now. - She feels tired at the moment. 2. Be going to: a). Caùch chia: I + am We, You, They + are + going to + V(bare inf.) He, She, It + is b). Cách dùng: * Để diễn tả 1 hành động sắp xảy ra mà hiện tương của nó đã xuất hiện ở hiện tại hoăc 1 hành động tương lai có dự định từ trước. Ex: - Look at those black clouds! It is going to rain. - Where are you going to spend your vacations? Exercises: Underline the correct form of the future: 0. A. What are you doing / will you do this weekend? B. I am going / am going to go to a concert. Do you fancy coming? 1. A. Hong is sixteen today. B. Will she learn / Is she going to learn to ride a motorbike? A. Yes, she will have / is having her first lesson tomorrow. B. I hope she will pass / is passing the test the first time. 2. A. I haven’t received that report yet. B. OK. I will fax / am going to fax you a copy. A. Thanks. I will give / am giving you a call when I’ve read it. B. Fine, but I will have / am having lunch out so I won’t be / am not being back till two. A. That’s OK. I won’t finish / am not finishing it before then. 3. A. What will you do / are you going to do when you leave school? B. I will go / am going to go to university. What about you? A. Me, too, but I’d like to go to abroad first. B. Oh, yes? Nhat will do / is going to do that. He will work / is going to work in Canada for a year. 4. I will move / am going to move to a new house to live this weekend. 5. Will life be / Is life going to be better in the future? I doubt that. What do you think? 6. They are going away / They will go away for a holiday for a couple of days next week. 7. Sue and I will go / are going to the concert tomorrow night. I’ve already bought the tickets. 8. I expect Joe will win / Joe is going to win the car race. 9. Bye! I will see / I’m going to see you tomorrow. 10. Look! Joe has left all the other runners a long way behind him. He’s going to win / He will win the race! 11. Want me to give a hand? I’ll do / I’m going to do the washing up. 12. I will remember / I’m going to remember to water the plants while you’re away. Don’t worry. Unit 6: AN EXCURSION (tờ 3) I. Do these sentences refer to present or future time? Circle P or F for each answer: 1. Where are you staying on Saturday night? 2. I can’t talk now. I’m cooking the dinner. 3. George retires at the end of the year. 4. I’m trying really hard to understand this book. 5. I’m going for a walk this evening. 6. Mary’s leaving for Paris tomorrow. 7. Wait for me here until I get back 8. Wait a minute! She is answering the phone. II. Choose the best answer: 1. Where’s your father? _ He ……………….in his office. a. works b. has worked c. is working d. worked 2. At this time tomorrow, we ………………….on the train to Ho Chi Minh city. a. will be sitting b. will sit c. will have sat d. would sit 3. + We’ve run out of milk. - Oh, have we? I …………………… and get some. a. would go b. will go c. will be going d. was going 4. We believe we’re going to enjoy good weather with ………………..sunshine..

(42) a. a lot of b. lots of c. plenty of d. All are correct 5. My parents may not want to let me stay a night …………………home. a. away b. away from c. far d. apart 6. Tell me about your plan, Lan. What ……………….this Saturday evening? a. are you doing b. have you done c. would you do d. will you be doing 7. The local authorities …………….this market to build a new school for the children in the area next month. a. will demolish b. are going to demolish c. will be demolished d. both a &b are correct 8. Can you come next weekend? _ Sorry, we’d love to, but we ………..to the countryside to visit our relatives. a. have gone b. will have gone c. are going d. would go 9. I can’t talk now. I ………………….the dinner. a. was cooking b. am cooking c. will be cooking d. have cooked 10. The movie ……………….last night was terrific. a. I went b. I went to it c. I went to d. that I went 11. Please be quiet while the teacher ………………….the lesson. a. explains b. was explaining c. is explaining d. explained 12. Be careful! The bus ……………………near. a. will come b. will be coming c. is coming d. has come 13. The climb was ……………………….because of the bad weather. a. terrified b. terrify c. terrifying d. terrifies 14. We ………………..from school by the end of June. a. will graduate b. will have graduated c. have graduate d. had graduated 15. + What are you doing at 8 o’clock tomorrow? - I …………………..in class. a. will sit b. am going to sit c. will be sat d. will be sitting 16. Keep silent! My father ……………………in his room. a. is sleeping b. was sleeping c. has slept d. will be slept 17. We have to hurry. The train ……………………in five minutes. a. will leave b. left c. will be leaving d. would leave 18. I hope she doesn’t keep us …………. a. wait b. waiting c. to wait d. waited 19. I am going to have my car ……….tomorrow. a. to repair b. repair c. repairing d. repaired 20. There / lot / black clouds /./ It / rain/. a. There is lots of black clouds in the sky. It is going to rain. b. There are lots of black clouds in the sky. It will rain. c. There are a lot of black clouds in the sky. It is going to rain. d. There are lot of black clouds in the sky. It will rain. 21. We are going on a ……………………to Vung Tau next week. a. two day trip b. two-days trip c. two days trip d. two-day trip 22. I’m afraid my parents do not allow me ………..on a long journey. a. going b. to go c. to going d. will go 23. They are going …………..a boat trip on the Thames. a. for b. in c. at d. on 24. Have you found anywhere suitable …………………our picnic? a. with b. of c. for d. about 25. The first term is coming to …………………and my school is going ……………………some days off. a. an end-to have b. end-having c. a end-have d. an end-have had 26. The students are busy ………………..their assignments. a. with b. in c. at d. about 27. My parents / may / not / let / stay / night / away / home/. a. My parents may not let me to stay the night away from home. b. My parents may not let me stay the night away from home. c. My parents may not let me stay the night away home. d. My parents may not let me staying the night away from home. 28. We / go / visit / Thay pagoda / next week/. a. We’re going to visit Thay pagoda next week. b. We go to visit Thay pagoda next week. c. We are visiting Thay pagoda next week. d. a & c III. Choose the underlined part among A,B,C or D that needs correcting: 1. Most my classmates want to have a holiday in Nha Trang. 2. You would better be careful not to miss the train. 3. We all prefer spend our holiday in the countryside. 4. I suggest that he goes to the doctor as soon as he has finished the exam. 5. The children are so exciting about the field trip tomorrow that they can’t sleep. 6. Take an umbrella with you. It’s going to raining..

(43) 7. There would be a lecture by Mr. Brown next week. 8. We’ve run out of cooking oil. I’ll going to get some. 9. This time tomorrow, I’ll be relax by my swimming pool. 10. How did you manage getting here so quickly? IV. A. Read the letter of invitation and put the sentences in the correct order. Hi, Thoa. a. We’ve already got the tickets and there is one extra. b. The performance starts at 8 o’clock at the Central Theatre. c. My brother and I are going to the Modern Dance this Saturday. d. We can go out for supper after the performance if you like. e. Would you like to join us? It must be great. f. Please let me know if you can make it. Love, Hang B. Imagine you were Thoa. Write a confirmation letter to Hang, saying you are going to join them. Your letter should include: - Greeting - Say ‘thank you’ to Hang for her invitation. - Say you would really like to go with them to the performance. - Say you will go to the place at around 7 o’clock. - Closings ................., ......................................................................................................................... ......................................................................................................................... ............................. ................, .............. REVISION TEST 2 I. Pick out the word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from that of the other words : 1. a. warm b. force c. talk d. dog 2. a. word b. world c. work d. for 3. a. birthday b. firm c. chirrup d. term 4. a. banana b. suggest c. accept d. surround 5. a. computer b. beauty c. supreme d. refuse 6. a. tooth b. boot c. Moon d. food II. Pick out the word that has the stress pattern different from that of the other words: 7. a. beautiful b. interesting c. wonderful d. development 8. a. classmateb. persuade c. problem d. lesson 9. a. pagoda b. printer c. protective d. together 10. a. technology b. magazine c. computer d. mysterious 11. a. receive b. divide c. listen d. control 12. a. mysterious b. computer c. appropriate d. capable III. Choose the word or phrase among A,B,C or D which best completes each sentence. 13. He is ……………………of doing the work well. a. capable b. able c. unable d. possible 14. A teacher is a person …………………….gives lessons to students. a. whom b. whose c. that d. both a & c 15. A new bridge ………………across the river recently. a. is built b. was built c. has been built d. were built 16. We are looking forward ................from you soon. a. hear b. to hear c. to hearing d. in hearing 17. He’s always ………………to his mother. a. helping b. help c. helpful d. helped 18. Have you got the money …………………..I lent you yesterday? a. which b. that c. x d. all are correct 19. They entered this area without...................... a. permission b. permit c. persuade d. persuasion 20. Ha Long Bay, a ………………of the world, is 165 km from Ha Noi. a. relic b. wonder c. trace d. remain.

(44) 21. She ………………..the piano recently. a. played b. has played c. had played d. has been played 22. I would like you to go ……………….with me to buy necessary things for the trip. a. shopping b. to shop c. shopped d. shop 23. My city is famous ………………..its beautiful landscapes. a. with b. for c. of d. at 24. Jim has two sisters, both of ……………….are married. a. whom b. that c. who d. whose 25. This is the most interesting novel …………………….. a. I’ve read b. I had read c. I’ve never read d. I’ve ever read 26. Da Lat is a very famous mountain …………………with various ideal excursion places, such as Xuan Huong Lake, pine ……………………., and waterfalls….. a. forests / resort b. resort / forests c. wonder / resort d. resort / wonder 27. What should you do if you want to select a programme with the remote control? a. Press the POWER button b. Press the MUTE button c. Press the PROGRAM button d. Press the VOLUME button up or down 28. We had a discussion on how to study well ……………….week. a. since b. next c. last d. ago 29. The teacher…………………..house is next to mine died this morning. a. which b. whose c. who d. that 30. Please wait for me here until I ……………….back. a. coming b. come c. to come d. came 31. “ ...............” means “the height of sth above the sea level”. a. picnic b. resort c. altitude d. excursion 32. Information technology is very useful to our lives. It allows us to ……………….information quickly. a. store b. design c. process d. transmit 33. “………………..” means “ unable to use a part of the body in the normal way”. a. demonstration b. gradually c. mentally retarded d. disabled 34. Can you come next weekend? _ Sorry, we’d love to, but we ……..to the countryside to visit our relatives. a. have gone b. will have gone c. are going d. would go 35. This box……………..for a long time yet. a. hasn’t been opened b. hadn’t been opened c. wasn’t opened d. wasn’t been opened 36. The little boy is helping ………………..cross the street. a. the poor b. the rich c. the blind d. the young 37. You can relax with computer games or by listening to ………………music. a. computer-played b. computers -played c. computer-playing d. computers-playing 38. He passed the exam with high grades, …………………….made everybody in the family pleased. a. which b. that c. what d. it 39. One who is unable to use a part of his / her body properly is called a …………….. person. a. disabled b. dumb c. deaf d. retarded 40. The ………………… in the accident yesterday morning were taken to hospital immediately. a. rich b. poor c. blind d. injured 41. We ...............on a two-day trip to Vung Tau next week. a. are going b. are going to c. are going to go d. will be going 42. What did you do if you want to call an ambulance? a. Dail 113 b. Dail 114 c. Dail 115 d. Dail 116 43. I’m sorry, I’m not …………………fast. a. used to drive b. use to drive c. used to driving d. use to driving 44. + We’ve run out of milk. - Oh, have we? I …………………… and get some. a. would go b. will go c. will be going d. was going 45. Lan always gets good marks at school, which makes her parents very proud .................her. a. with b. of c. on d. at 46. Jane …………….for the telephone company, but now she has a job at the post office. a. works b. used to work c. having worked d. working 47. Someone has typed the document. ® The document ................ a. has typed b. had been typed c. has been typed d. has typing 48. Our flight was delayed, …....... meant we had to wait for hours at the airport. a. that is b. which is c. this is d. which 49. My parents may not .......................... a night away from home. a. want to let me stay b. want to let me to stay c. want let me stay d. want let me to stay.

(45) 50. He ……………..in hospital for a week so far. a. was b. has been c. had been d. would be IV. Find a mistake in each sentence: 51. This is the gun with that the murder was committed. 52. Have you receive the parcel which we sent you? 53. Is this the person whose you asked me about? 54. We didn’t at all enjoyed the play that we went to see. 55. My sister used to getting up late on weekends when she doesn’t have to work. 56. Take an umbrella with you. It’s going to raining. 57. We’ve run out of cooking oil. I’ll going to get some. 58. We are looking forward for going on a wonderful summer holiday. 59. My friend Jack, who parents of him live in Glasgow, invited me to spend Christmas in Scotland. 60. The man whom I talked about yesterday was used to be a teacher. REVIEW UNIT 4,5,6 I. Pick out the word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from that of the other words : 1. a. teacher b. shirt c. together d. proposal 2. a. top b. talk c. more d. four 3. a. talk b. warn c. shot d. short 4. a. June b. school c. pull d. good 5. a. food b. foot c. fruit d. afternoon II. Pick out the word that has the stress pattern different from that of the other words: 1. a. technology b. magazine c. computer d. mysterious 2. a. display b. message c. amount d. another 3. a. daily b. receive c. almost d. scenic 4. a. mentally b. retarded c. demonstrated. different 5. a. consuming b. develop c. prevention d. effort III. Choose the word or phrase among A,B,C or D which best completes each sentence 1. + Should I leave the umbrella at home? - It’s cloudy and windy. It ………………….. .Take it along. a. rain b. is raining c. is going to rain d. rained 2. Information technology is very useful to our lives. It allows us to ……………….information quickly. a. store b. design c. process d. transmit 3. However, I like to become a professional ……………. a. photographer b. photographic c. photograph d. photographic 4. “ ………………” means “link or act on each other”. a. magical b. interact c. software d. hardware 5. “………………..” means “ unable to use a part of the body in the normal way”. a. demonstration b. gradually c. mentally retarded d. disabled 6. My closest friend .................me tomorrow. a. visit b. is visiting c. will have visited d. visited 7. My father has bought me an …………..computer. a. economical b. electrical c. electric d. electronic 8. Can you come next weekend? _ Sorry, we’d love to, but we ………..to the countryside to visit our relatives. a. have gone b. will have gone c. are going d. would go 9. They are going …………..a boat trip on the Thames. a. for b. in c. at d. on 10. We have to hurry. The train ……………………in five minutes. a. will leave b. left c. will be leaving d. would leave 11. The man …………..I had seen before wasn’t at the party. a. whom b. that c. x d. all are correct 12. Information technology is very………..to our lives. a. useful b. useless c. usefully d. use 13. A computer is a …………typewriter which allows you to type and print any kind of document. a. magically b. magical c. magic d. magician 14. He passed the exam with high grades, …………………….made everybody in the family pleased. a. which b. that c. what d. it 15. One who is unable to use a part of his / her body properly is called a …………….. person. a. disabled b. dumb c. deaf d. retarded 16. Your bookshelf is full ………………….books. a. with b. of c. for d. in.

(46) 17. A new bridge ………………across the river recently. a. is built b. was built c. has been built 18. The man was ………………when his son bought a computer. a. worry b. worrying c. worried 19. He’s always ………………to his mother. a. helping b. help c. helpful. d. were built d. to be worried d. helped. 20. The little boy is helping ………………..cross the street. a. the poor b. the rich c. the blind d. the young 21. Da Lat is a very famous mountain …………………with various ideal excursion places, such as Xuan Huong Lake, pine ……………………., and waterfalls….. a. forests / resort b. resort / forests c. wonder / resort d. resort / wonder 22. They spent a lot of time ………………..about what they would do. a. to talk b. talk c. talking d. talked 23. Many people lost their homes in the Earthquake. The government is trying to establish more shelters to care for …………………. a. the childless b. the homeless c. the blind d. the deaf 24. Mary failed the exam, ...................made her sad. a. that b. which c. this d. what 25. He ……………..in hospital for a week so far. a. was b. has been c. had been d. would be 26. This box……………..for a long time. a. has just been opened b. had just been opened c. has just opened d. has been just opened 27. By the end of this month, we ……………the training course. a. have finished b. will have finished c. would have finished d. will have been finishing 28. Without the Braille Alphabet it would be very difficult for ……….. a. the disabled b. the deaf c. the mute d. the blind 29. Thuy’s class is different ………………..other classes because the children are disabled. a. on b. from c. in d. at 30. The first term is coming to …………………and my school is going ……………………some days off. a. an end-to have b. end-having c. a end-have d. an end-have had 31. The One-Pillar Pagoda in Ha Noi was built in 1049, in the ………………….of a lotus. a. resort b. forest c. shape d. sunshine 32. I’m sorry, I’m not …………………fast. a. used to drive b. use to drive c. used to driving d. use to driving 33. The teacher…………………..house is next to mine died this morning. a. which b. whose c. who d. that 34. She ………………..the piano since she was 10. a. played b. has played c. had played d. was playing 35. I’d like to live in a country ……..there is plenty of snow in winter. a. which b. where c. in which d. both b &c 36. Jack’s car was sold last year. This means she.................. a car. a. used to have b. used to having c. used for having d. didn’t use to have 37. Can you show me ..................this machine? a. how to use b. how use c. how using d. how you used 38. The children’s passion for taking pictures has stimulated and helped them escape their sorrow. a. happiness b. sadness c. eager d. anger IV. Choose the underlined part among A,B,C or D that needs correcting: 1. Everything is ready, but the guests haven’t came yet. 2. That’s the man who daughter is studying with me. 3. I haven’t met him since a long time. 4. Here’s the computer program about whom I told you. 5. I don’t believe the story which she told us about. 6. My friend Jack, who parents of him live in Glasgow, invited me to spend Christmas in Scotland. 7. The building at the end of the street has built since last year. 8. This is the gun with that the murder was committed. 9. Have you receive the parcel which we sent you? 10. My sister used to getting up late on weekends when she doesn’t have to work..

(47) TEST YOURSELF B I. Pick out the word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from that of the other words : 1. a. Moon 2. a. warm. b. book b. talk. c. food c. more. d. fruit d. work. 3. a. bird b. excursion c. teacher d. term 4. a. doctor b. today c. pagoda d. together II. Pick out the word that has the stress pattern different from that of the other words: 5. a. pagoda b. technology c. mysterious d. classmate 6. a. mentally b. development c. persuade d. computer 7. a. glorious b. wonderful c. demonstrate d. excursion III. Choose the word or phrase among A,B,C or D which best completes each sentence 8. They are going …………..a boat trip on the Thames. a. for b. in c. at d. on 9. He passed the exam with high grades, …………………….made everybody in the family pleased. a. which b. that c. what d. it 10. A teacher is a person …………………….gives lessons to students. a. whom b. whose c. that d. x 11. A new bridge ………………across the river recently. a. is built b. was built c. has been built d. were built 12. We are looking forward ................from you soon. a. hear b. to hear c. to hearing d. in hearing 13. They entered this area without...................... a. permission b. permit c. persuade d. persuasion 14. She ………………..the piano recently. a. played b. has played c. had played d. has been played 15. What should you do if you want to turn on the TV with the remote control? a. Press the POWER button b. Press the MUTE button c. Press the PROGRAM button d. Press the VOLUME button up or down 16. The birthday present is on the table. Hasn’t it ......................yet? a. opened b. been opened c. being opened d. been opening 17. Many letters................... a. has just typed b. have just been typed c. have just typed d. have been just typed 18. My parents may not .......................... a night away from home. a. want to let me stay b. want to let me to stay c. want let me stay d. want let me to stay 19. + Should I leave the umbrella at home? - It’s cloudy and windy. It ………………….. .Take it along. a. rain b. is raining c. is going to rain d. rained 20. My closest friend .................me tomorrow. a. visit b. is visiting c. will have visited d. visited 21. The man …………..I had seen before wasn’t at the party. a. whom b. that c. x d. all are correct 22. Mary failed the exam, ...................made her sad. a. that b. which c. this d. what 23. The teacher…………………..house is next to mine died this morning. a. which b. whose c. who d. that 24. Jack’s car was sold last year. This means she.................. a car. a. used to have b. used to having c. used for having d. didn’t use to have 25. Jane …………….for the telephone company, but now she has a job at the post office. a. works b. used to work c. having worked d. working 26. Ricky Martin, ……………………… is considered the hottest singer, comes from Latin America. a. that b. who c. whom d. whose 27. “.............” means “the height of sth above the sea level”. a. picnic b. resort c. altitude d. excursion 28. Mary .....................next week. a. will get married b. is getting married c. gets married d. has got 29. There are a lot of black clouds in the sky. It ...................soon. a. is going to rain b. will rain c. is raining d. rains 30. The first term is coming to …………………and my school is going ……………………some days off..

(48) a. an end-to have b. end-having c. a end-have d. an end-have had 31. One who is unable to use a part of his / her body properly is called a …………….. person. a. disabled b. dumb c. deaf d. retarded 32. Your bookshelf is full ………………….books. a. with b. of c. for d. in 33. A new bridge ………………across the river recently. a. is built b. was built c. has been built d. were built 34. The man was ………………when his son bought a computer. a. worry b. worrying c. worried d. to be worried 35. Have you got the money …………………..I lent you yesterday? a. which b. that c. x d. all are correct 36. Ha Long Bay, a ………………of the world, is 165 km from Ha Noi. a. relic b. wonder c. trace d. remain 37. The One-Pillar Pagoda in Ha Noi was built in 1049, in the ………………….of a lotus. a. resort b. forest c. shape d. sunshine 38. My teacher told me not to ................mistakes again. a. do b. take c. make d. have 39. ............is important to master a foreign language. a. This b. That c. They d. It 40. Computers can work ............... alot of information at the same time. a. with b. on c. at d. for 41. They can .....................information for a long time. a. hold b. stay c. keep d. remain 42. A television ..................... news . a. is used for watch b. is used to watch c. is used to watching d. used to watch IV. Choose the underlined part among A,B,C or D that needs correcting: 43. The building at the end of the street has built since last year. 44. Is this the person whose you asked me about? 45. Take an umbrella with you. It’s going to raining. 46. This is the gun with that the murder was committed. 47. We are looking forward for going on a wonderful summer holiday. 48. Hanoi, that is the capital of our country, is a city of peace. 49. A new hospital for children has built in our city. 50. This time tomorrow, I’ll be relax by my swimming pool. ......................

(49) Unit 7: THE MASS MEDIA (1) I. Match a word in A with its meaning or definition in B A. 1. comedy (n) B. a. worth remembering because it’s special in some ways. 2. cartoon (n) b. a change that is caused by sth 3. drama (n) c. very strong or uncontrolled 4. entertain (v) d. an amusing play / film that has an happy ending 5. interfere (v) e. to try to take part in sb’s affairs when you are not wanted 6. effect (v) f. a film that tells a story by using moving drawing instead of real people and places 7. memorable (a) g. a play for the theatre, radio, or television 8. violent (a) h. to interest and amuse sb II. Fill in each gap with a suitable word in column A, exercise I. Make any changes in the form if necessary: 1. She is one of the lovers of the ........................ 2. He .....................us with jokes all evening. 3. You shouldn’t .........................let the children make their own decisions. 4. “Tom and Jerry” is an interesting ......................which most children like. 5. His words had a strong .....................on me. 6. The concert was a .........................experience. 7. A .....................storm came to the city last week. 8. I prefer .......................to tragedy. III. Pick out the word that has the stress pattern different from that of the other words: 1. a. media b. cartoon c. series d. radio 2. a. video b. television c. theatre d. information 3. a. deliver b. visual c. different d. common 4. a. visually b. impossible c. formally d. probably 5. a. mountain b. popular c. media d. entertain 6. a. channel b. cartoon c. headline d. portrait 7. a. documentary b. recommend c. photography d. information 8. a. program b. media c. theatre d. entertain 9. a. memorable b. encourage c. relax d. responsible 10. a. drama b. comedy c. around d. music IV. Complete the sentences with since or for: 1. Tom’s father has been a teacher ......................over 25 years. 2. I haven’t met him .......................he left school. 3. ..................Christmas, the weather has been quite mild. 4. Ann has been on holiday .....................three days. 5. That’s a very old car. I’ve had it ......................a long time. 6. She has come here ..................last week. 7. I haven’t come to the restaurant ........................six months. 8. They’ve known each other ......................they were at school. V. Fill in the gap with one suitable word in the box learn. wastes. as. introduce. active. choose. addictive. problem. The best thing about TV is that it is cheap and it is funny. Furthermore, it is educational. When you (1).............. the right programmes, you can (2)..................a lot. TV is also a window on the world for old people (3)................... they can’t get out so much. Another benefit is that it can (4).....................people to new sports and another activities. The main drawback of TV is that it is (5) ...................... People can’t stop watching it. In addition, it (6) ............. time since people don’t do other things if we didn’t watch TV all the time. Another (7) ....................is that TV makes children passive. Because children watch so much TV, they don’t play (8)....................games. It’s bad for family life too. VI. Choose the best answer: 1. The department store has been in business .................many years. a. during b. since c. in d. for 2. This is the noisiest Rolls Royce ..................

(50) a. I ever heard b. I heard c. I’d ever heard d. I’ve ever heard 3. It’s nine years ................Sir Alfred returned from America. a. while b. since c. when d. as 4. If you can draw something, you can .............it move on the cinema screen. a. make b. get c. wish d. cause 5. In spite of ..............., the woman tries to climb the mountain very often. a. old age b. her age c. her old age d. her age old 6. I can’t come to your party because I’m too busy. a. I’m busy enough to come to your party. b. Because of my being too busy, I can’t come to your party. c. I’m not too busy to come to your party. d. I can’t come to your party if I’m not very busy. 7. Jean has been to London. a. Jean has just left for London and will soon be there. b. Jean left some time ago, and she is in London now. c. Jean has visited London many time in the past. d. Jean has visited London at some time but isn’t there now. 8. Tom said he would pay me when he had enough money. a. Tom had enough money, so he paid me. b. When Tom pays me, I will have enough money. c. Tom has enough money, but he still hasn’t paid me. d. Tom couldn’t pay me then because he didn’t have enough money. 9. She began to play the piano three years ago. a. She has played the piano since three years. b. She has played the piano for three years. c. She doesn’t play the piano now. d. She stops playing the piano now. 10. Tim gave up smoking to save money. a. Tim gave up smoking because he didn’t have enough money. b. Tim gave up smoking because he wanted to save money. c. Tim gave up smoking because he lack of money. d. Tim gave up smoking because his money was saved. VII. Complete the sentences with although / in spite of / because / because of: 1. ....................he was tired, he went on working. 2. a. ...................all our careful plans, a lot of things went wrong. b. ...................we had planned everything carefully, a lot of things went wrong. 3. a. I left in the middle of the film ......................it was much boring. b. I went to work the next day ........................I was still feeling sick. 4. I couldn’t get to sleep ......................there was a lot of noise. 5. He refused the job .....................good salary. 6. ....................the traffic was bad, I arrived on time. 7. I couldn’t sleep ........................I was really tired. 8. The meeting had to be cancelled .........................the chairman’s absence. 9. Hanh didn’t want to go out ........................her cold. 10. .....................I have taken the pills, I’m no better. 11. Nam went on working .......................feeling unwell. 12. I don’t eat apples .......................I don’t like it. 13. My sister got a job ........................she didn’t expect to. 14. I took a taxi ......................I was in a hurry. 15. The train was delayed .......................the storm. 16. .........................I told the whole truth, no one would believe me. 17. She wanted to go out ............................the danger. 18. ........................it was sunny, it was quite a cold day. 19. The street was crowded ...............................the football match. 20. Mai wants to fly .........................the fact that she feels afraid. VIII. Correct mistakes if necessary. Tick any which are already correct. 1. He is studying Chinese here since since 2005. ® ..................................................................... 2. He has not had dinner already. ® ............................................................................ 3. I didn’t contact him since he left. ® .............................................................................. 4. He has not yet written to me. ®.............................................................................. 5. She has started studying Spanish three years ago.®.................................................................................... 6. I have read three novels by Charles Dickens so far.®.................................................................................. 7. How long have you worked here as a teaching assistant? ®........................................................................ 8. This is the first time I see you in a red dress. ® .......................................................................................... IX. Rewrite each of the sentences, beginning as shown, so that the meaning stays the same. 1. Although it was cold, we went swimming. ® In spite of .....................................................................................

(51) 2. We stopped playing tennis because it started to rain. ® Because of.................................................................... 3. Although he felt tired, he still went on working. ® Despite ............................................................................... 4. Mrs Hoa is very busy. She helps his son with his homework, though. ® Even though ....................................... 5. I like fish, but I don’t like catching them myself.® ................................................................................................

(52) Unit 7: THE MASS MEDIA(2) I. Pick out the word that has the stress pattern different from that of the other words: 1. a. photograph b. program c. entertain d. channel 2. a. provide b. listen c. receive d. believe 3. a. popular b. happen c. global d. destroy 4. a. formal b. create c. today d. receive 5. a. visually b. impossible c. formally d. probably 6. a. country b. feature c. today d. weather II. Rewrite each of the sentences, beginning as shown, so that the meaning stays the same. 1. Although it was cold, we went swimming. ® In spite of .................................................................................... 2. We stopped playing tennis because it started to rain. ® Because of.................................................................... 3. Although he felt tired, he still went on working. ® Despite ............................................................................... 4. Mrs Hoa is very busy. She helps his son with his homework, though. ® Even though ..................................................................................... 5. I like fish, but I don’t like catching them myself. ® .......................................................................................................... 6. He got bad marks because of his carelessness in writing.® Because ................................................................. 7. Although Ann was ill, she insisted on going to work.® In spite of...................................................................... 8. I tried to persuade her. I didn’t succeed, however.® Even though .................................................................... 9. We went out in spite of the heavy rain. ® Although .......................................................................................... 10. Despite his injured foot, he managed to walk to the nearest town. ® Although .......................................................................................... 11. John began to play the piano ten years ago.® John has ................................................................................ 12. Even though we live on the same street, we hardly ever see each other ® Desipe ......................................................................................................... 13. They are always happy although they have very little money. ® In spite of .................................................................................... 14. Rice grows well here because of the warm and wet climate. ® Because........................................................................................................ 15. She didn’t go school because she was seriously ill. ® Because of .................................................................................................... III. Choose the best answer: 1. Although it was cold, we all went for a walk. a. Despite of the cold weather, we all went for a walk. b. Despite the cold weather, we all went for a walk. c. Despite the cold, we all went for a walk. d. Despite being cold, we all went for a walk. 2. It’s ages since I last saw a good cowboy film. a. I haven’t seen a good cowboy film for ages. b. I haven’t seen a good cowboy film since ages. c. I have seen this cowboy film for ages. d. The cowboy film has been good for ages. 3. Why was his boss so angry with him? - Because of ............late. a. him to be b. his being c. he was d. he is 4. Hue is famous for its ............spots. a. beauty b. beautiful c. beautify d. beautifully 5. Nobody could hear her ..............she spoke too quietly. a. so b. however c. although d. because 6. ............of all our efforts, we failed. a. Although b. Despite c. In spite d. However 7. We expected Mary to accept the job, but she didn’t. a. Mary didn’t accept the job we liked. b. Even though Mary was expected to accept the job, she didn’t. c. Mary expected to accept the job, but we didn’t want. d. Mary was turned down for the job we expected her to do. 8. You ...........better be careful not to miss the train. a. had b. would c. should d. did 9. Sam was lazy, so he lost his job. a. Sam lost his job because he was lazy. b. Sam lost his job because of his being lazy. c. Sam lost his job because of his laziness. d. All are correct. 10. Although Sue felt tired, she stayed up late talking to Jill. a. Despite feeling tired, Sue stayed up late talking to Jill. b. In spite feeling tired, Sue stayed up late talking to Jill. c. Sue wouldn’t feel tired despite staying up late talking to Jill. d. Sue stayed up late talking to Jill. As a result, she was tired.. 11. ...........want to take a train trip across western Canada, but my traveling companion wants to fly to Mexico City for our vocation. a. Although I b. Even if I c. I d. Despite I.

(53) 12. Timmy doesn’t do well in school .............his inability to concentrate on any one thing for longer than a minute or two. a. as b. because of c. because d. therefore 13. It was raining .............I couldn’t go outside. a. because b. so hard that c. so that d. too hard that 14. Emily is motivated to study ..............she knows that a good education can improve her life. a. therefore b. because of c. because d. so 15. By the end of the year, she ...............with a degree in business. a. will have already graduated b. already graduates c. has already graduated d. would graduate 16. I ...............on this project for days without success. a. have been worked b. have been working c. had being worked d. had been worked 17. They ...........together for five years when they decided to get married. a. had been b. have been c. were d. had being 18. She ..........extremely quiet since her husband died. a. is b. has been c. was d. is being 19. How long have you known them? - ........................... a. Since five years b. Ever since five years c. Five years d. For five years 20. He ..............to class this morning because he was sick. a. hasn’t come b. hadn’t come c. didn’t come d. won’t come IV. Find a mistake in each sentence: 1. Alice In Wonderland, first published in 1865, has since being translated into thirty languages. 2. The class was cancelled because of there weren’t enough students. 3. Although his early lead, Hudson lost the race. 4.Although they been advertised the position for six months, none of the people who have applied for thejob is qualified.. 5. Susan slept soundly for 10 hours! You must wake her. 6. Because of coming into the office on weekends, Mr. Smith never gets enough work done. 7. Sales of the newest computer have doubled since the past eight months. 8. The members of the personnel committee has decided to revise the employee handbook VI. Pick out the word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from that of the other words : 1. a. key b. they c. today d. survey 2. a. time b. fit c. fine d. Friday 3. a. voice b. coin c. coincide d. noise 4. a. famous b. face c. take d. catch 5. a. family b. sky c. type d. clarify 6. a. make b. late c. cake d. channel 7. a. animal b. like c. kite d. fine 8. a. play b. they c. key d. today 9. a. eight b. height c. neighbor d. weight 10. a. great b. head c. bread d. feather 11 a. boil b. soil c. croissant d. point 12 a. great b. lead c. eight d. break Unit 8: THE STORY OF MY VILLAGE (1) I. Fill in each gap with one word or phrase from the box: managed cash crops bumper crops make ends meet in need of better. shortage. 0. As poor farmers, they struggle to ...make ends meet...everyday. 1. These children don’t have books and pens. In fact they are ...............many things. 2. They have been working hard to ...............their lives. 3. Thanks to new farming methods, farmers can now have .................... 4. Despite difficulties, these villagers .............to send their children to school and college. 5. As he earned some money from ................for export, he bought a new motorbike. 6. There has been a ...............of water in this area during the last three months. So the citizens have to go to the neighboring village to take water. II. Read the passage and choose the best answer to each question: In a small village in North Yorkshire, there’s a big farmhouse where three families live together: Alice and George and their three children, Joe and Pam and their two children, and Sue and her baby daughter. The adults divide up the work between them. George does the cooking, Joe and Sue do most of the house- work, Pam looks after the shopping and does the repairs, and Alice takes care of the garden. Alice, George and Sue go out to work: Joe works at home designing computer systems, and Pam, who is a painter, looks after the baby during the day. Two of the children go to school in the village, but the three oldest go by bus.

(54) to the secondary school in the nearest town, ten miles away. 1. How many children do Alice and George have? a. two b. three c. four d. one 2. Who is a couple? a. Sue and Pam b. Joe and George c. Alice and Pam d. Joe and Pam 3. .................takes care of the garden. a. Alice b. Pam c. Joe d. George 4. What’s Pam’s job? a. A computer designer b. A painter c. A farmer d. a teacher 5. Who is responsible for the repairs? a. George b. Pam c. Joe d. Sue 6. All of the following statements are true except .............. a. All the children go to school in the village. b. There are three family living together in a small village in North Yorkshire. c. The adults divide the work between them. d. The three oldest children go to the secondary school by bus. III. Read the text below and choose the correct word or phrase for each space. For each question, circle the letter you choose A,B,C or D: A. The country and the city have advantages and (1) …… people in the country live in more beautiful surroundings. They enjoy (2) ……….and quiet, and can do their work at (3) ………..own pace because no one is in a (4) ………..They live in large, more comfortable houses, and their neighbors are more friendly, and ready to help them (5) …………they need it. Their life can be (6) ………..and they can be isolated, a long way from the nearest town, which is a serious problem if they (7) ……….ill or want to take children to school. The city has all the services the country lacks, but it (8) ………..has a lot of disadvantages. Cities are often ugly and polluted; they not (9) ……….have bad air but are noisy as well. Everyone is always in a hurry and this (10) ……….that people have no time to get to know each other and make friends. 1. A. annoyance B. disadvantages C. disappointment D. dissatisfaction 2. A. quiet B. quietly C. peaceful D. peace 3. A. them B. they C. their D. themselves 4. A. hurry B. hurried C. hurriedly D. hurrying 5. A. when B. which C. what D. that 6. A. bored B. bore C. boring D. bores 7. A. were B. are C. would be D. will be 8. A. also B. yet C. already D. so 9. A. never B. ever C. hardly D. only 10. A. means B. aims C. directs D. tells B. Living in the country is something (1)………people from the city often dream about. However, in reality, it has both advantages and (2)…………….. There are certainly many advantages to living in the country. First of all you can enjoy (3) …………and quiet. Moreover, people tent to be friendlier. A further advantage is that there is less (4) ………..., so it is safer for young children. However, there are certain drawbacks to life outside the city. Firstly, because there are (5) ………..people, you are (6) ……….to have few friends. In addition, entertainment is difficult to find, (7) ………in the evening. Furthermore, the fact that there are fewer shops and services means that it is hard to find (8) ……………….. In conclusion, it can be seen that the country is (9) ……………….suitable for some people than others. On the whole, it is often the best place for those who are retired or who have young children. In (10)……………… young people who have a career are better provided for in the city. 1. A. which B. who C. whom D. that 2. A. benefit B. difficulty C. hardship D. disadvantages 3. A. peace B. peaceful C. silent D. still 4. A. cars B. motors C. traffic D. vehicles 5. A. more B. fewer C. less D. little 6. A. like B. likely C. likelihood D. possibly 7. A. early B. particularly C. specially D. usually 8. A. career B. job C. place D. work 9. A. many B. more C. most D. much 10. A. contrary B. contrast C. convert D. conversion IV. Put out the word that has the stress pattern different from that of the other words. 1. a. enough b. money c. country d. nothing 2. a. center b. medical c. electricity d. plenty 3. a. disease b. insect c. decide d. another 4. a. better b. around c. realize d. future 5. a. carry b. visitor c. widen d. agree 6. a. resurface b. discussion c. atmosphere d. department.

(55) 7. a. direction b. difference c. everybody d. holiday 8. a. easily b. important c. tomorrow d. convenient V. Make a line in A with a line in B to make meaningful sentences: A B 1. If you go to Paris, a. we’ll be late for school. 2. If we can afford it, b. go inside the store. 3. If I don’t hear from you today, c. tell him I never want to see him again. 4. If the music is too loud d. we’ll buy a new car soon. 5. If we don’t leave soon, e. she’ll call you from the office. 6. If there’s nothing interesting in the window, f. you can turn down the radio. 7. If she has to work late, g. you must go to the top of the Eiffel Tower. 8. If Peter calls, h. I’ll call you tomorrow. 1. If you heat water to 100° C, 2. If the weather is fine, 3. If she doesn’t get a good night’s sleep, 4. It‘s easy. If you push this button, 5. Careful! Unless you slow down, 6. Unless it rains soon, 7. If you still feel awful tomorrow, 8. If she doesn’t pass the exam this year,. a. she can try again next year. b. all plants are going to die. c. she’s always tired in the mornings. d. it boils. e. we can go to the coast tomorrow. f. the camera rewinds automatically. g. you’re going to have an accident. h. take the day off work.. Unit 8: THE STORY OF MY VILLAGE (2) I. Pick out the word whole underlined part is pronounced differently from that of the other words : 1. a. cloud b. found c. would d. around 2. a. town b. bowl c. how d. cow 3. a. phone b. collect c. together d. provide 4. a. group b. couch c. mouse d. house 5. a. coat b. knot c. close d. bowl II. Put out the word that has the stress pattern different from that of the other words. 1. a. technical b. introduce c. villager d. family 2. a. technology b. important c. popularity d. impossible 3. a. result b. hardly c. method d. farmer 4. a. medical b. knowledge c. possible d. resurface 5. a. children b. farmer c. affect d. village 6. a. suggest b. manage c. visit d. listen 7. a. interesting b. direction c. knowledge d. narrow 8. a. decide b. educate c. supply d. provide 9. a. convert b. college c. shortage d. danger 10. a. event b. current c. until d. convenient III. Choose the correct answer: 1. She demanded that she ……………….allowed to meet her son in prison. ( was / would be / be / were ) 2. ………if you take the map with you. ( You will get lost / You will not get lost / You get lost / You got lost ) 3. Don’t worry. You …………told if there’s a change of the plan. ( are / will / will be / would be ) 4. There has been an accident on the motorway, …………long delays. ( resulting in / resulting from / resulting / resulting into) 5. All foreign language learners ……the advanced ones need practice. ( as well as / with / along with / even ) 6. The children won’t go to sleep …………..we leave a light on outside their bedroom. ( expect / but / unless / otherwise ) 7. The house is …………..need of a thorough clean.( in / of / into / with ) 8. After a lot of difficulty, he ……………..to open the door. ( managed / succeeded / obtained / realized ) 9. The teacher …………them that she was going to hold an English-speaking club. ( says / said / told / tells ) 10. I’ll give your regards to her ……………I meet her tomorrow. ( if / even if / when / while ) 11. Paris lies ……………the river Seine. ( over / on / next / at ) 12. I knew him …………I was a children. ( until / when / while / during ) 13. Who’s going to ……………after the children while you’re away? ( take / look / care / take care ) 14. The bus was so late reaching the station that I ………missed the train. ( almost / already / soon / entirely ) 15. You’ll ……………yourself a lot of time if you take the car. ( spend / make / save / spare ).

(56) 16. You’ll never finish that job by tomorrow morning unless you …......….some help. ( will get / would get / get / will have got ) 17. These old houses are going to be …………..soon. ( laid out / run down / pulled down / knocked out ) 18. You will become ill …………you don’t stop working so hard. ( until / when / unless / if ) 19. The brothers are so alike I cannot ………..one from the other. ( say / tell / notice / mark ) 20. We’ve …of time to catch the train so there’s no need to rush. ( plenty / great deal / enough / very much ) 21. Driving a car with faulty breaks is …………….quite a risk. ( taking / putting / setting / being ) 22. She did the work …………..her own. ( by / for / with / on ) 23. I’ve known him …………..I left college. ( when / during / if / since ) 24. He was unwilling to explain the reason …………..his absence. ( why / for / of / that ) 25. I find the times of English meals very strange - I’m not used …………….dinner at six pm. ( to having / to have / having / have ) 26. They had never come ………….such a beautiful little village before. ( off / along / across / at ) 27. I suggest we …………..outside the cinema tomorrow at 8:30. (meeting / meet / met / will meet ) 28. ………..playing professional basketball, she also enjoys tennis. ( Moreover / Apart / Together / Besides ) 29. I’ll show you around the city when you ……to visit me. ( come / will be coming / will come / are coming ) 30. He …………..ever goes to bed before midnight. ( almost / hardly / nearly / scarcely ) IV. Choose the underlined part among A,B,C or D that needs correcting: 1. Unless clients have trouble using software, they can call our computer help line. 2. The scientist will postpone the test if he will anticipate any problems. 3. When employees did an excellent job, it is wise of the company to reward them. 4. If it rains, we had to cancel the parade scheduled for today. 5. The raise in prices has caused many customers to reconsider unnecessary purchases. 6. One of the world’s best-selling authors, Louis L’Amour is told to have written 101 books, mostly westerns. 7. Alike other forms of energy, natural gas may be used to heat homes, cook food, and even run automobiles. 8. Although no country has exactly the same folk music like that of any other, it is significant that similar songs exist among widely separated people. 9. When a patient blood pressure is much higher than it should be, a doctor usually insists that he not smoke. 10. Almost all books have few errors in them because of the care taken to check their proof pages before the final printing. V. Choose the correct sentence among A,B,C or D which has the same meaning as the given one. 1. “I saw her in the park two hours ago,” said he. a. He said I had seen her in the park two hours before. c. He said I saw her in the park two hours before. b. He said he saw her in the park two hours before. d. He said he had seen her in the park two hours before. 2. “Joe has a lot on his mind,” Mrs. Baker said. a. Joe can’t quite decide what to do. c. Joe has refused to do something important. b. Joe is worried about several things. d. Joe has a wonderful mind. 3. I’ll break a promise if I tell you her name. a. I don’t know her name, so I can’t promise to tell you. c. I’ve made a promise not tell you her name. b. If I make a promise, I won’t tell you her name. d. I’ll tell you her name, because I didn’t promise not to. 4. “I’m leaving here for Da Lat next week,” said Mrs Lan. a. Mrs Lan said she was leaving there for Da Lat the next week. b. Mrs Lan said I was leaving here for Da Lat next week. c. Mrs Lan said she is leaving here for Da Lat next week. d. Mrs Lan said I was leaving there for Da Lat the next week. 5. She won’t come unless you invite her. a. She won’t come if you don’t invite her c. She will come even if you don’t invite her. b. She won’t come even if you invite her d. She won’t come though you don’t invite her. 6. His wife said it was quite unusual for him to read in bed. a. She said he nearly always read in bed. c. She said he read in bed quite often. b. She said he didn’t ever read in bed. d. She said he almost never read in bed. 7. She told me she had to be home by ten o’clock. a. She told me she was at home at ten o’clock. b. She told me that she would be going home at ten o’clock. c. She said it was necessary for her to get home before ten o’clock. d. She said she usually reached her home before ten o’clock. 8. If he doesn’t want to work, he shouldn’t leave school. a. He’s still at school but would like to work as soon as possible. d. He’s sorry he left school and began work. b. He isn’t interested in working and hasn’t left school. c. He hasn’t begun work yet but has already left school..

(57) 9. “I’ll tell you about this tomorrow, Mary,” said Tom. a. Tom said to Mary that he will tell you about that the next day. b. Tom told Mary that I would tell you about that the next day. c. Tom told Mary that he would tell her about that the next day. d. Tom told Mary that she would tell him about that the next day. 10. Study harder or you’ll fail in the next exam. a. Unless you study harder, you’ll fail in the next exam. c. If you study hard, you’ll fail in the next exam. b. You don’t study hard and you’ll fail in the next exam. d. You won’t fail in the next exam without studying hard.. Unit 8: THE STORY OF MY VILLAGE (3) I. Pick out the word whole underlined part is pronounced differently from that of the other words : 1. a. touch b. house c. cloud d. mouse 2. a. country b. tough c. found d. touch 3. a. coat b. bowl c. close d. how 4. a. cow b. flower c. town d. know 5. a. council b. coach c. couple d. counter 6. a. sound b. count c. soul d. ground 7. a. grow b. cow c. bow d. tower 8. a. house b. shoulder c. loud d. mountain 9. a. home b. comb c. alone d. dot 10. a. bone b. boss c. lost d. cost 11. a. bound b. moustache c. mouse d. round 12. a. hot b. lose c. lot d. not 13. a. low b. snow c. how d. flow 14. a. focus b. post c. most d. house 15. a. aware b. manly c. airless d. various II. Put the words with the same vowel sounds in the correct column. steak exploit bound smile town soil height telephone cow shake around hope home weight mouse road guide soul tight point / au /. / ei /. / ai /. / əu /. / ɔi /. …………………… ……………………. …………………………. ………………………. ……………… …………………. …………………… ………………………… ………………………. ……………… …………………… …………………… ……………………….. ……………………….. ……………… ……………………. …………………… …………………………. ……………………….. ……………… III. Pick out the word which is stressed on the second syllable: 1. a. result b. European c. medical d. villager 2. a. entertainment b. visitor c. community d. realize 3. a. farming b. important c. atmosphere d. product IV. Put said, told or talked into each gap. 1. Mary ……………………me that she was very tired. 2. The teacher …………………..the students to study harder. 3. At the meeting the director …………………about financial problems. 4. I ………………….my mother that I had finished my homework. 5. Lan ……………………that she couldn’t go to the cinema with us. 6. We …………………..about how to speak English fluently. 7. They ………………they had to stay up late to finish their work the night before. 8. She ………………..us she had just come back from Italy. V. Put the correct form of either say, tell or talk in each space: 1. I ………………….you that you had to be on time. Why are you late? 2. I think that Alan …………………….us a lie about his qualifications. 3. The students ………………….about the football match on TV when we came last night. 4. When I ………………….him what he was doing there, he …………..me it was none of my business. 5. I am wondering who they ………………….about. 6. I ………………… I would help you, so here I am. 7. Did you hear what Carol …………………….about her holiday? 8. There, you see! I …………………you the bus would be on holiday..

(58) HƯỚNG DẪN NGỮ PHÁP REPORTED SPEECH ( LỜI NÓI GIÁN TIẾP) * Lời nói gián tiếp (Reported speech) là tường thuật lại ý của người nói. * Nếu động từ của mệnh đề chính ở thì Simple Present (SAY), Present Perfect (HAVE / HAS SAID) hoặc Simple Future(WILL SAY) thì trong lời trích dẫn ta chỉ đổi đại từ (Pronouns). Ex1: The farmer says, “I hope it will rain tomorrow.”→ The farmer says he hopes it will rain tomorrow. Ex2: She has said, “I’m tired now.” → She has said that she is tired now. * Nếu động từ của mệnh đề chính ở thì Simple Past (SAID) thì trong lời trích dẫn ta phải đổi thì, các từ hoặc cụm từ chỉ thời gian, vị trí, đại từ... * Khi muốn chuyển từ lời nói trực tiếp sang lời nói gián tiếp, ta cần lưu ý một số thay đổi sau: I. Thay đổi động từ ( Changes in Tenses of verbs) Trực tiếp Gián tiếp Simple Present → Simple Past Present Continuous → Past Continuous Simple Past / Present Perfect → Past Perfect Continuous Past Continuous / Perfect Continuous → Future in the Past * Ta vẫn có thể dùng “Simple Present” thay vì “Simple Past” trong một lời nói gián tiếp khi diễn tả: - Một thói quen : “I work late every morning.” - Một chân lí : “The sun rises in the East.” * Đối với các động từ khiếm khuyết (không đủ hình thức) thì ta phải mượn các động từ có cùng nghĩa như: - must → had to / would have to - must not → was not to (were not to) - can → could / be able to - will / shall → would / should / be going to II. Thay đổi tính từ và trạng từ ( Changes in Adjectives and Adverbs) Trực tiếp Gián tiếp Trực tiếp Gián tiếp this → that yesterday → the day before / the previous day these → those tomorrow → the day after / the following day here → there ago → before now → then next week → the week after / the following week today → that day → Những sự thay đổi này đều được áp dụng cho các loại câu dưới đây: I. Mệnh lệnh gián tiếp: Động từ trong mệnh đề giới thiệu thường là: order, command, tell, ask, request,... S + V + O + (not) to ... Ex: - “Hurry up, Lan”. → He told Lan to hurry up. - “Shut the door”. → He ordered them them to shut the door. - “Don’t leave the room”. → He ordered them not to leave the room. - “Please don’t tell anybody what what happened”.→ She asked me not to tell anybody what what (had) happened. II.Câu hỏi gián tiếp: ( Có 2 loại) 1. Yes - No questions: thường mở đầu bằng các động từ như ask, inquire, wonder ... và theo sau có “if” “whether” Ex: - “Have you seen that film?”. → He asked if she had seen that film. - “Will Tom be here tomorrow?” → She wondered if Tom would be there the day after. 2. Wh - questions: mở đầu bằng các nghi vấn từ như: “ who, what, where, when, how, why...”. Trong lời nói gián tiếp được mở đầu bằng các động từ như : ask, require, wonder, want to know,... Ex: “What time does the film begin?” → He wanted to know what time the film began. III. Câu cảm thán gián tiếp: sử dụng động từ “exclaim” Ex: “What a lovely garden they have!” → He exclaimed what a lovely garden they had. * Khi đổi từ câu nói trực tiếp sang gián tiếp, ta không đổi thì trong mệnh đề phụ ở các trường hợp sau dù mệnh đề chính ở thì Simple Past. 1/ Động từ trong câu nói trực tiếp có thời gian xác định. Ex: He said, “I was born in 1980.” 2/ Câu điều kiện loại 2,3. → He said that he was born in 1980. 3/ Past subjunctive (trong wish-clause, as if...) Ex: Mary said, “I wish I were a boy.” 4/ Lời nói gián tiếp diễn tả 1 chân lí. → Mary said that she wished she were a boy. 5/ Trong lời nói trực tiếp có: could, would, should, might, used to, ought to, would rather, had better,....

(59) Unit 8: THE STORY OF MY VILLAGE (4) I. Change the sentences below into indirect (reported) speech: Ex : He said : “I am a student.” ® He said that he was a student. 1. She said : “I can’t find my umbrella.” ®………………………... …………………………………………………… 2. They said : “We are learning English now.” ® …………………………………………………………………………….. 3. Tom said : “My friend is coming next week.” ®…………………………………………………................... ……………… 4. Lynne said : “I will help my mum with housework this weekend.” ®……………………………………. ……………………………………..... 5. We said : “We shall overcome this difficulty.” ®…………………………………………………………………………… 6. He said : “My mother is a doctor here.” ®…………………………………………………………………………… 7. The boy said to his neighbor : “I am going on holiday tomorrow.” ®…………………………………………………………………....……… 8. The teacher said to his students: “You will have to finish all these exercises before next week.” ®…………………………………………………………………………………………………….…… 9. “I’ll see you tomorrow,” he said. ® He said .…………………………………………………………………………………………….… 10. Mary told me, “I saw them at this place” ® Mary told ……………………………………………………………………………………….…... 11. He said ,“I’ll leave here tomorrow.” ® He said ……………………………………………………………………………………..….…… 12. “I met her about three months ago,” he said. ® He told me …………………………………...........………….……………………………..…….. 13. “I’m trying to listen to the music,” she said. ® She said …………………………………………………..…………………………..…….. 14. “I must go out to post this letter now, Mum,” he said. ® He told ………………………………………………….........…………....................……... 15. “I can’t speak any foreign languages,” he said. ® He said ………………………………….....…………………………...........…………….. 16. “I’m going to do a project on environment,” said Elena. ® ………………………………………………………………………..............……………… 17. “She plays the piano very well,” the mother said. ®………………………………………………………………………...……………………… 18. “I came back here early yesterday,” she said. ®…………………………………………………………………......................………………. 19. “I’ve broken the vase,” she admitted. ®…............. …………………………………………………………………………………….. 20. “You stole my wallet!” accused the man. ®…………………………………………………………………………….........................….. 21. “I will never see you again,” the boy said to the girl. ®……………………………………………………………………………………………….. 22. “My husband hates to see me like this,” the woman said. ®…………………………………………………………………………………............…….. 23. “ He escaped from prison last week,” the man said. ®……………………………………………………………………………………...……… 24. “I’m sorry I’ve hurt you”, the boy apologized. ® ……………………………………………………………………………………………… 25. “Your dress is beautiful! I want to have one like yours,” the girl said. ®………………………………………………………………………………………………… 26. “ I won’t have enough time to finish this job.” ® He said ………………………………………………………………………….… 27. “It’s been a long time since I had such a good meal.” ® She said ………………………………………………………………………..…. 28. “The weather may get much worse tomorrow.”.

(60) ® He told us ………………………………………………………………………….. 29. “I think you should cut down on your smoking.” ® The doctor told me ………………………………………………………………… 30. “We’re going on holiday tomorrow.” ® They said .…………………………………… 31. “I always eat lots of fresh fruit and salad.” ® She said ……………………………………………………………………………. 32. “It’s time to go to bed, children.” ® She told .…………………………………………………………………………… 33. “We haven’t been to the art gallery for ages.” ® They said ………………………………………………………………………….. 34. “I’ll see you tomorrow, John.” ® Peter told John ……………………………………………………………………. 35. “I left my umbrella here two days ago.” ® Susan told them …………………………………………………………………… 36. “I like this hotel very much.” ® David said .……………………………………………………………………….. 37. “Your letter arrived yesterday.” ® David told me …………………………………………………………………… 38. “I gave you this yesterday.” ® John said …………………….……………………………………….…………. 39. Make me some coffee, and I’ll give you one of my biscuits. ® If you ………………………………………………….….…...................…….. 40. If you see Tom, tell him he should be here at 8.00. ® If you should ………………………………………………………..…………. 41. You press this button to stop the machine. ® If you ………………………………………………………………………….. II. Change the sentences below into directed speech: Ex: I said that I was fine. ® I said: “I am fine.” 1. The teacher told his students that he would be busy the following month. ® ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………. 2. Mum told me that she was sad then. ®……………………………………………………………………………………………………..........… 3. One of my friends said that she liked learning English with her teacher. ®……………………………………………………………………………………………………..………. 4. The doctor told me that I could leave the hospital that day. ®………………………………………............... ………………………………………………………. 5. The landlady told me that I could use those bed covers. ®………………………………………………………………………………………….……………. 6. The gardener said that those flowers were not very fresh in that garden. ®……………………………………………………………………………………………………….……. 7. The stamp collectors said that he was collecting stamps because he would attend a stamp contest the following year. ®………………………………………………………………………………………………………………. 8. The film director said that she was not willing to work then. ®…………………………………………………………………………………………..……. Read the passage and choose the correct answer to each question below: Inventors made the first TV pictures in the 1920s. Television station started broadcasting the first regular TV shows in the 1940s. The first TV sets had small screens and showed black and white pictures. TV sets have become better and better. Most TVs sold today show color pictures. TV screens have become bigger and bigger while TV sets have become thinner. In fact, plasma TV sets are so thin that you can hang them on a wall. TV can do many things other than entertainment V. Put the words whose underlined parts have the same sounds in the right column. cause professor airport summer school soon look first job evolve because book solve wrong full push problem doctor food sport tooth final cook talk tool nurse enter bird /u/ ……………………..…. /u:/ / / / / ……………………………. ………………………….. ………………………….

(61) ………………………… ……………………….. ……………………….. …………………………. ………………………….. …………………………. …………………………. ………………………….. ………………………….. …………………………. …………………………. ………………………….. ………………………… ………………………… ………………………… …………………………. VI. Put the words in the box into the correct column. repeat hat time guitar love pan read wildlife toy pen cousin radio bank bell better sad have study went left example destroy marvelous they happen father today play height expensive noise telephone buy subject fat meat family seven natural tell little camera type wonderful voice newspaper /e/. 1. a. typical. /æ/. / a: /. /^/. /i/. b. alternate. / i: /. /ai/. c. semester. / ei /. /ɔi/. d. origin. VI. Look at the map and complete the directions to the station. HOSPITAL. STATION STATION ROAD. Go along Wood Lane until you see (1) ……………… . When you see Mill Road, turn (2) …………….. Go along Mill Road until you reach the (3) ………………… Turn right into (4)………………..when you reach the hospital. Turn (5)……….. before you reach the (6) …………….of Ash Road. Go along (7)……………..until you see the (8)……………………. REVIEW FOR THE FIRST TERM (English 10) I. Pick out the word whole underlined part is pronounced differently from that of the other words : 1. a. kitchen b. history c. time d. finish 9. a. word b. demotic c. modern d. from 2. a. love b. come c. some d. jog 10. a. fat b. private c. cat d. mad 3. a. heavy b. head c. stream d. ready 11. a. spend b. lend c. send d. become 4. a. cook b. book c. look d. blood 12. a. dream b. stream c. ready d. beam 5. a. bank b. romance c. fancy d. famous 13. a. tragic b. mature c. husband d. another 6. a. time b. fit c. fine d. Friday 14. a. voice b. coin c. coincide d. noise 7. a. famous b. face c. take d. catch 15. a. animal b. like c. kite d. fine 8. a. play b. they c. key d. today II. Pick out the word that has the stress pattern different from that of the other words: 1. a. routine b. tobacco c. neighbor d. experience 2. a. interest b. middle c. wonderful d. announce 3. a. occupation b. national c. natural d. passenger 4. a. routine b. continue c. announce d. panic 5. a. biology b. chemistry c. geography d. technology 6. a. corner b. option c. provide d. narrow 7. a. visually b. impossible c. formally d. probably 8. a. mountain b. popular c. media d. entertain.

(62) 9. a. channel headline 10. a. documentary 11. a. ambitious 12. a. sorrow 13. a. exhibition 14. a. usually 15. a. program. b. profession b. passion b. demonstration b. afternoon. b. cartoon c. d. portrait b. recommend c. photography d. information c. diploma d. interrupt c. enclose d. schooling c. photogenic d. determination c. family d. buffalo b. media c. theatre d. entertain. III. Choose the best answer : 1. We are contented with what we do. ( interested in / excited about / keen on / satisfied with) 2. I haven’t met him since he ……………school. ( left / was leaving / had left / was left) 3. He’s not really interested in …………….on the farm. ( to work / work / working / worked) 4. My uncle …………..on this farm since he was 20. ( has worked / have worked / worked / was working) 5. Are you satisfied……………..your present work ? ( at / with / about / of) 6. I haven’t decided ………………to go for my holiday. ( which / what / who / where) 7. + …………..do you often go to school? - At 6.30 every morning. ( How / What time / Who / With whom) 8. What ………….. at nine o’clock last night? ( did you do / you did / you were doing / were you doing) 9. A teacher is a person ……….gives lessons to students. ( whom / who / that / who & that ) 10. “ Are you married or single? “ refers to “ ………… .” ( surname / date of birth / marital status / occupation) 11. “ ………….. do you go out in the evenings?” “ Once a week.” ( How long / When / How often / What) 12. “…………..did you come late?” “Because I missed the bus.” ( What / How often / Why / When) 13. They invited us ……………… dinner with them. ( having / to have / have / B or C ) 14. “……………… did you go to the USA?” “In 2001.” ( When / Where / Why / Which) 15. It’s cloudy and windy. It ………………….. .Take it along. ( rain / is raining / is going to rain / rained ) 16. He left after he ………………… his work. a. finished b. finish c. finishes d. had finished 17. He always ………..me. a. avoids to meet b. avoids meeting c. to avoid meeting d. avoiding to meet 18. She has been a teacher ……………..1992. a. in b. for c. ever d. since 19. ............of all our efforts, we failed. ( Although / Despite / In spite / However) 20. She began to play the piano three years ago. a. She has played the piano since three years. b. She has played the piano for three years. c. She doesn’t play the piano now. d. She stops playing the piano now. 21. While I ………. in the park, there was a terrible storm.( walk / walked / have walked / was walking) 22. Nam …………..in finding a good job in an advertising company. ( managed / gained / succeeded / got) 23. It’s better to avoid …………..during the rush hour. ( traveling / to travel / travel / traveled) 24. Her advice made him ……………his mind. ( change / to change / changing / changed) 25. You must try not to ……………….so many mistakes again. ( make / do / say / tell) 26. When you phoned me, I ………………my homework. ( was doing / did / am doing / have done). 27. He is used to ……………. late until he finishes his work. ( stay up / staying up / stayed up / to stay up ) 28. Please wait for her here until she …………………back. ( come / will come / comes / came) 29. It …………….me 15 minutes to get to school every morning. ( takes / took / has taken / had taken) 30. Do you mind …………………. the cooking? a. for doing b. to doing c. to do d. doing 31. How often does she …………………. shopping? - Twice a week. a. go b. do c. does d. goes 32. …………… did you buy for the meal? - $ 10. ( How many / How often / What / How much) 33. When they arrived, everything ……………… for the party an hour earlier. a. was prepared b. were prepared c. has been prepared d. had been prepared 34. It takes me 45 minutes to get ready. ( to go / to wake up / to prepare / to finish) 35. It rained yesterday after it ..............dry for months. (was / have been / had been / was being) 36. Would you like ………….. a plane? ( learning to fly / learning flying / to learn flying / to learn to fly) 37. Although they are poor, they are very …………. with their farm life. ( contented / busy / interested / tired) 38. When you phoned me, it ..............my lunchtime. ( was / is / being / were ) 39. In spite of ......., the woman tries to climb the mountain very often. ( old age / her age / her old age / her age old) 40. I ...............on this project for days without success. (have been worked / have been working / had being worked / had been worked) 41. He ..............to class this morning because he was sick. ( didn’t come / hadn’t come / hasn’t come / won’t come) 42. They ...........together for five years when they decided to get married..

(63) ( had been / have been / were / had being) 43. She ..........extremely quiet since her husband died. ( is / has been / was / is being) 44. Although it was cold, we all went for a walk. a. Despite of the cold weather, we all went for a walk. b. Despite the cold weather, we all went for a walk. c. Despite the cold, we all went for a walk. d. Despite being cold, we all went for a walk. 45. How ………………. does she run a day? _ 16miles. a. far b. fast c. long d. wide 46. ……………. this book bought yesterday? a. Did b. Was c. Had d. Has 47. The meeting had been cancelled .........the chairman's absence.( because / because of / despite / although ) 48........her difficult living conditions, she worked extremely hard. (In spite of/Despite of/Although/However) IV. Choose the one word or phrase that would not be appropriate: 1. “How long do you come here?” Once a week. 19. Mr. Smith left for Paris ago two days. 2. He made his first film when he is 12 years old. 20. Hung usually play tennis once or twice a week. 3. When did you buy your car? The last week. 21. No, we didn’t. We was at home yesterday. 4. Because of she was ill, she had to stay at home. 22. Do you like a cup of tea? “ Yes, please.” 5. He has stopped play football because he’s too old. 23. I spend most of my free time to read books. 6. Would you mind give me a hand with bag? 24. I’d like to retirement when I am sixty. 7. I always go to school by the bicycle. 25. How many students there are in your class? 8. I asked her who was she. 9. Jane couldn’t come to my birthday party, this made me feel sad. 10. Dennis used to smoking a lot of a year ago. 11. Ms Thuy doesn’t mind taking care for disabled. 12. It took him a long time to get used to drive on the left. 13. Jane congratulated me with my passing the entrance examination. 14. The class was cancelled because of there weren’t enough students. 15. Although his early lead, Hudson lost the race. 16. Susan slept soundly for 10 hours! You must wake her. 17. Because of coming into the office on weekends, Mr. Smith never gets enough work done. 18. The members of the personnel committee has decided to revise the employee handbook. CONSOLIDATION (1st term - English 10) (08-09) Choose the correct answers: 1. (You watch) ...........T.V last night?( Have you watched / Did you watch / Have you been watching / a & b) 2. He (ask) .............me why we (come) .............. so early. ( asked - had come / asks - come / asks - have come / asked - have come ) 3. Look! A man (run) ...............after the train. He (want)........... to catch it. ( runs - wants / is running - want / was running - want / is running - wants ) 4. Jane …………….for the telephone company, but now she has a job at the post office. ( works / used to work / having worked / working ) 5. They spent a lot of time ………………..about what they would do.( to talk / talk / talking / talked) 6. They (live) ..............in this city since last June. ( lived / have lived / were living / live) 7. We all feel sad ……………….the bad news.( because / because of / though / despite) 8. It's two years .............I last saw Quoc Anh. ( since / for / ago / now ) 9. They arrived home 10 minutes ............ (since / for / ago / now ) 10. The house is very dirty. I .........it for ages. ( didn't clean / have cleaned / haven't cleaned / hadn't cleaned ) 11. Although Jane felt tired, she stayed up late talking to John. A. In spite feeling tired, Jane stayed up late talking to John. B. Jane wouldn't feel tired despite staying up late talking to John. C. Jane stayed up late talking to John. As a result, she was tired. D. Despite feeling tired, Jane stayed up late talking to John. 12. We couldn't go out because it was raining outside. A. We couldn't go out because of the rain outside. B. It was raining outside, but we decided to go out. C. We went out despite the rain outside. D. Thanks to the rain outside, we couldn't go out. 13. He is ...........of doing the work well. ( capable / able / unable / possible ) 14. We had a discussion on how to study well..............week. ( ago / next / since / last ) 15. Mary visits usually her grandparents with her parents on Sundays. 16. When we arrived, she (cry) .................( could cry / cries / would cry / was crying) 17. Remote controls are used to ...........with T.V. ( interact / interacted / interacting / interaction ) 18. A teacher is a person ……….gives lessons to students. ( whom / who / that / who & that ).

(64) 19. Here's the computer program about that I told you. 20. How did you manage getting here so quickly? 21. I can't talk now. I ................the dinner. ( was cooking / am cooking / will be cooking / have cooked ) 22. Because of coming into the office on weekends, Mr. Smith never gets enough work done. 23. I'm not used ............up early on Sundays. ( for getting / to getting / by getting / at getting ) 24. Now I don't take the bus to school as I ........... ( used to / did / took / was ) 25. She is seldom late ..........school. ( at / for / to / in ) 26. Mr. Smith (teach) ...........at this school since he (graduate) ............from university in 1986. ( teaches - graduates / had taught - graduated / has taught - graduated / is teaching - graduate) 27. After Tom had finished doing his homework, he had gone to bed. 28. ............Christmas, the weather has been quite good. ( For / In / Since / Ago) 29. Although our poor living conditions, we all feel happy. 30. Because of he was ill, he had to stay at home. 31. Computers are capable ..............doing almost anything you ask. ( of / in / at / with ) 32. The meeting had been cancelled .........the chairman's absence.( because / because of / despite / although ) 33. Would you ……………looking after my children for a while ? ( mind / agree / stand / care) 34. This is the gun with that the murder was committed. 35. It’s cloudy and windy. It ………………….. .Take it along. ( rain / is raining / is going to rain / rained ) 36. Would you mind .............me a hand with bag? ( to give / gave / give / giving ) 37. .............of all our efforts we failed. ( Although / Despite / In spite / However ) 38. He passed the exam with high grades, .....made everybody in the family pleased. ( which / that / what / it ) 39. .....her difficult living conditions, she worked extremely hard. ( In spite of / Despite of / Although / However) 40. Computers are very ……………..in our life. ( usefully / use / useful / useless ) 41. When I was a child, I ………………go to the zoo with my father on Sundays. ( was used to / was used for / used for / used to ) 42. We haven’t seen each other ………….we left school. ( since / for / before / after ) 43. Yesterday, my father (buy).............a new watch. ( buys / was buying / had bought / bought) 44. A fridge is …………......keeping fruit fresh. ( used to / used / used for / use ) 45. ………does it take you to get to school? “-15 minutes” ( How much / How many / What time / How long ) 46. He can’t walk ………….his leg was broken. ( because / because of / despite / in spite of ) 47. ………….she was still tired, she insisted on going to work. ( Although / Because / In spite of / Because of ) 48. They decide …………… a new car. ( buying / to buy / bought / buy ) 49. I hope you won’t ………………..mistakes again. ( tell / give / do / make ) 50. We didn’t meet Lan a long time ………………….( ago / for / since / now ) 51. The man ……………daughter is standing over there is my father’s friend. ( that / who / whom / whose ) 52. It rained yesterday after it ...........dry for a long time. ( was / have been / had been / was being ) 53. Ms. Lan enjoys .........because she loves working with children. ( to teach / to be taught / teaching / teach ) 54. I’m going to wait until you ………………your work. ( have finished / finished / had finished / will finish ) 55. Although his early lead, Hudson lost the race. 56. You ..........better be careful not to miss the train. ( had / would / should / did ) 57. Hue is famous for its .............spots. ( beauty / beautiful / beautify / beautifully ) 58. It was a nice day, so we decided ..............for a walk. ( to have / to go / to take / to make ) 59. The Prime Minister (be).................to Tokyo several times. ( was / had been / is / has been) 60 I fell asleep while I (watch) ............television.( watched / am watching / were watching / was watching) 61. By next month, I (finish) .............. my first novel. ( will have finished / have finished / finish / will finish ) 62. After she had had lunch, she had taken a nap. 63. My friend Jack, who parents of him live in Glasgow, invited me to spend Christmas in Scotland. 64. The class was cancelled because of there weren't enough students. 65. Mary is interested in …………….. Vietnamese. ( to learn / learning / learn / learnt ) 66. You ..........better be careful not to miss the train. ( had / would / should / did ) 67. Mr. Green (phone).............the Scots after they had sold their house. ( had phoned / phones / phoned / is phoning ) 68. This morning while I (wait)...............for the bus, the rain (stop)................ ( waited-stopped / was waiting-stopped / waited-was stopped / was waiting-was stopping) 69. The farmers (work)...............in the field at the moment. ( have worked / are working / will work / worked) 70. When we came to the stadium, the match (already, begin).................. ( was already beginning / has already begun / had already begun / have already begun) 71. It (rain) ............. now. ( is raining / rains / rained / was raining).

(65) 72. My father (not watch)..........T.V every night. ( don't watch / doesn't watch / didn't watch / hasn't watched) 73. I (finish) ................ school in 1995. ( finished / have finished / finish / can finish ) 74. Mr. Green always (go) ........... to work by bus. ( go / went / has gone / goes) 75. We (start) .............. our plan next week. ( started / starting / are started / will start) 76. Tom (see) ..............a serious accident while he (stand) ................ at the bus stop. ( saw - was standing / was seeing - stood / sees - was standing / saw - is standing ) 77. The man ...........I had seen before wasn’t at the party. a. whom b. that c. whose d. whom / that 78. Ricky Martin, ………………… is considered the hottest singer, comes from Latin America. a. that b. whom c. whose d. who 79. Jane .............for the telephone company, but now she has a job at the post office. a. works b. used to work c. having worked d. working 80. + Should I leave the umbrella at home? - It’s cloudy and windy. It ………………….. .Take it along. ( rain / is raining / is going to rain / rained ) REVIEW FOR THE FIRST TERM (English 10) (08-09) Choose the correct answer: 1. A nurse is a person ...............looks after patients. ( who / whom / that / who & that ) 2. Money ...............buying or selling goods. ( is used / is used to / is used for / is used with ) 3. I ....Mary, but now she gets on my nerves. ( used love / used to love / am used to loving / am used for loving) 4. Would you mind .............me a hand with bag? ( to give / gave / give / giving ) 5. Computers are capable ..............doing almost anything you ask. ( of / in / at / with ) 6. Sheila couldn't come to the party, ............was a pity. (this / which / that / what ) 7. A new bridge ...........across the river recently. ( is built / was built / has been built / were built ) 8. Minh and Lan ................in HCM city since 1990. ( live / are living / have lived / had lived ) 9. The city is very strange. We ...............here for long time. ( haven't lived / have lived / lived / had lived ) 10. Although our poor living conditions, we all feel happy. 11. Because of he was ill, he had to stay at home. 12. We couldn't go out because it was raining outside. A. We couldn't go out because of the rain outside. B. It was raining outside, but we decided to go out. C. We went out despite the rain outside. D. Thanks to the rain outside, we couldn't go out. 13. We told the police ...............had happened. ( who / which / what / why ) 14. Here's the computer program about that I told you. 15. .............of all our efforts we failed. ( Although / Despite / In spite / However ) 16. He passed the exam with high grades, .....made everybody in the family pleased. ( which / that / what / it ) 17. The meeting had been cancelled ........the chairman's absence.( because / because of / despite / although ) 18. Despite feeling cold, we kept walking. A. We kept walking if we didn't feel cold. B. Although we felt cold, we kept walking. C. We kept walking so we felt cold. D. We kept walking without feeling cold. 19. Tìm từ có phần gạch dưới phát âm khác : capable machine another apart 20. When they arrived, everything ..............for the party an hour earlier. ( has been prepared / was prepared / were prepared / had been prepared ) 21. After she had had lunch, she had taken a nap. 22. ............her difficult living conditions, she worked extremely hard. ( In spite of / Despite of / Although / However ) 23. It rained yesterday after it ...........dry for a long time. ( was / have been / had been / was being ) 24. Ms. Lan enjoys .........because she loves working with children. ( to teach / to be taught / teaching / teach ) 25. The class was cancelled because of there weren't enough students. 26. Although his early lead, Hudson lost the race. 27. You ..........better be careful not to miss the train. ( had / would / should / did ) 28. Hue is famous for its .............spots. ( beauty / beautiful / beautify / beautifully ) 29. It was a nice day, so we decided ..............for a walk. ( to have / to go / to take / to make ) 30. Would you ............looking after my children for a while? ( agree / mind / stand / care ) 31. I can't come to your party because I'm too busy. A. I'm busy enough to come to your party. C. Because of my being too busy, I can't come to your party. B. I'm not too busy to come to your party. D. I can't come to your party if I'm not very busy. 32. ..........Christmas, the weather has been quite good. ( For / In / Since / Ago) 33. He’s always ………………to his mother. ( helping / help / helpful / helped ) 34. Ms Thuy has twenty-five students, most of ……………..are disabled. ( them / who / those / whom) 35. The little boy is helping ………………..cross the street. ( the poor / the rich / the blind / the young).

(66) 36. My friend Jack, who parents of him live in Glasgow, invited me to spend Christmas in Scotland. 37. This is the gun with that the murder was committed. 38. + Should I leave the umbrella at home? - It’s cloudy and windy. It ………………….. .Take it along. ( rain / is raining / is going to rain / rained ) 39. While I .................TV last night, a mouse ...................across the floor. a. watch / runs b. watched / ran c. was watching / ran d. am watching / is running TRIAL TEST (08-09) Choose the correct answer: 1. ............her difficult living conditions, she worked extremely hard. ( In spite of / Despite of / Although / However ) 2. Because of he was ill, he had to stay at home. 3. When I was a child, I ………………go to the zoo with my father on Sundays. ( was used to / was used for / used for / used to ) 4. We haven’t seen each other ………….we left school. ( since / for / before / after ) 5. A fridge is …………......keeping fruit fresh. ( used to / used / used for / use ) 6. ………does it take you to get to school? “-15 minutes” ( How much / How many / What time / How long ) 7. He can’t walk ………….his leg was broken. ( because / because of / despite / in spite of ) 8. ………….she was still tired, she insisted on going to work. ( Although / Because / In spite of / Because of ) 9. He’s not really interested in …………….on the farm. ( to work / work / working / worked) 10. + Should I leave the umbrella at home? - It’s cloudy and windy. It ………………….. .Take it along. ( rain / is raining / is going to rain / rained ) 11. I'm not used ............up early on Sundays. ( for getting / to getting / by getting / at getting ) 12. A nurse is a person ...............looks after patients. ( who / whom / that / who & that ) 13. Money ...............buying or selling goods. ( is used / is used to / is used for / is used with ) 14.I...Mary, but now she gets on my nerves.(used love / used to love / am used to loving / am used for loving) 15. He ……………. up late until he finishes his work. ( used to stay / is used to staying / stayed / stay ) 16. When I woke up this morning, it …………. ( rained / was raining / has rained / is raining) 17. Although they are poor, they are very ........their farm life. a. contented b. interested c. busy d. tired 18. We all feel sad .............the bad news. a. because b. because of c. though d. despite 19. A new bridge ...........across the river recently. ( is built / was built / has been built / were built ) 20. He ……………..in hospital for a week so far. a. was b. has been c. had been d. would be 21. This box…….........…..for a long time yet. a. hasn’t been opened b. hadn’t been opened c. wasn’t opened d. wasn’t been opened 22. The document needs ............ a. typing b. to type c. to be type d. be typed 23 We ................on a two-day trip to Vung Tau next week. a. are going b. are going to c. are going to go d. will be going 24. The traffic jam prevented me from going to work. a. I could go to work although there was traffic jam. b. There was traffic jam but I went to work on time. c. I couldn’t go to work because of the traffic jam. d. I went to work and there was traffic jam. 25. While I woke up this morning, it ............... a. rained b. was raining c. has rained d. is raining 26. Wood .............building houses. a. is used to b. is used for c. used to d. uses 27. The man ...........I had seen before wasn’t at the party. a. whom b. that c. whose d. whom / that 28. They aren’t used to drive on the left. 29. Jane .............for the telephone company, but now she has a job at the post office. a. works b. used to work c. having worked d. working 30. While I .................TV last night, a mouse ...................across the floor. a. watch / runs b. watched / ran c. was watching / ran d. am watching / is running 31. Ricky Martin, ………………… is considered the hottest singer, comes from Latin America. a. that b. whom c. whose d. who 32. The factory ..............we are working has just been built for a month. a. in that b. in which c. which d. that 33. We were watching TV when the lights ................out. a. went b. has gone c. had gone d. were going 34. Can you come next weekend? - Sorry we’d love to, but we .......to the countryside to visit our relatives. a. have gone b. will have gone c. are going d. would go 35. Check and cards are used for replace money. 36. Does John usually comes to school late? 37. atomic b. radium c. ambitious d. diploma 38. mentally b. glorious c. brilliant d. mature REVIEW FOR THE FIRST TERM (ENGLISH 10 - 1). (08-09).

(67) I. Phonetic: 1. a. heat b. head c. eaten d. repeat 2. a. read b. meat c. leave d. deaf 3. a. together b. term c. other d. teacher 4. a. shirt b. heard c. hear d. early 5. a. foot b. look c. cook d. food 6. a. put b. pull c. full d. June 7. a. photogenic b. resurface c. destination d. picturesque 8. a. stimulate b. photography c. glorious d. attitude II. Choose the best answers: 9. Tom’s father ....................him an electronic computer last week. (had bought / bought / buys / was buying) 10. We ..................a new house next week. ( build / is going to build / built / are building) 11. (1) The rich (2) has (3) a (4) lot of money. 12. Should I leave the umbrella at home? - It’s cloudy and windy. It ..................... Take it along. ( rains / is raining / is going to rain / will rain) 13. If you ...................before 4.30, I will come and pick you up. ( finish / would finish / will finish / finished) 14. Mary wants to become a ................. She is doing a ..................research now. (science - scientist / scientist - scientific / scientific - science / scientist - science) 15. The class was cancelled .................the teacher’s absence. ( in spite of / despite / because / because of) 16. The class was cancelled .................the teacher was absent. ( in spite of / although / because / because of) 17. Although he felt tired, he kept talking. a. He kept talking if he didn’t feel tired. c. Despite feeling tired, he kept talking. b. He kept talking so he felt tired. d. He kept talking without feeling tired. 18. Tommy visited his father ..................week. (ago / next / since / last) 19. This is the man ..................I am talking about. (whom / whose / that / whom & that) 20. John said: “I’ll see you tomorrow, Jane”. a. John told Jane he would see her the following day. c. John told Jane he will see her the following day. b. John said Jane that he will see her the next day. d. John told to Jane he would see you the next day. 21. Nguyen Van Cu High school was .....................many years ago. ( discovered / provided / founded / located) 22. The football match ...................when he got to the stadium. (had begun / began / begun / begins) 23. You should stop .................because it’s bad for your health. (to smoke / smoking / smoked / smoke) 24. More than 1000 books ................this month. ( sell / were sold / have been sold / have sold) 25. He passed the (1) final exam, (2) that (3) made his parents very (4) happy. 26. The old man couldn’t get sleep ..................the noise. (although / because of / in spite of / because) 27. Remote controls are used to .................with T.V. ( interacting / interact / interaction / interacted) 28. We aren’t used to ...................on the left-hand side. ( travelling / travel / travelled / to travel) 29. ...................films should be shown at schools. ( Educated / Educating / Educational / Educate) 30. Because it has been raining heavily, we decide ..................... at home. ( stay / to stay / staying / to be staying) 31. ................her injured feet, she managed to get home before dark. (Although / Because / In spite of / Because of) 32. ..................have you stay here? - For a week. ( When / How far / How many / How long) 33. “In need of many things” means “.............................................” a. Making one’s life better b. Have just enough money to pay for the things that you need c. Having to have many things that you do not have d. Crops to be sold, not for use by the people who grow it.

(68) 34. They haven’t met each other .................he moved to London. ( since / for / when / before) 35. My aunt .................us that she wouldn’t able to come the next weekend. (said / told / talked / asked) 36. At the meeting the teacher ....................about the problems our school had. ( said / told / talked / asked) 37. We ................him since he ................a child. ( knew - was / had known - was / know - is / have known - was) 38. Which sentence is incorrect? a. Tom always is late for school. b. I sometimes play tennis. c. I think he will never come here. d. We usually go to the cinema. 39. His name was .................... to David. ( adjusted / changed / renamed / developed) 40. My closest friend .................me tomorrow. ( visit / is visiting / will have visited / visited) Good luck to you! ........................................................................ MORE EXERCICES I. Pick out the word whole underlined part is pronounced differently from that of the other words 1. a. head b. meat c. defeat d. beat 2. a. food b. foot c. school d. afternoon 3. a. today b. teacher c. term d. other 4. a. heard b. church c. early d. about 5. a. eaten b. heat c. meat d. deaf II. Put out the word that has the stress pattern different from that of the other words: 1. a. together b. glorious c. sorrow d. attitude 2. a. holiday b. stimulate c. resurface d. comedy 3. a. picturesque b. destination c. miraculous d. exhibition III. Give the correct verb/ word form: 1. TV is used to ..................films, news... (watch) 2. Mary wants to become a ................. She is doing a ....................research now. (science) 3. Tom ................his parents next month. (visit) 7. The poor ................... little money. (have).

(69) 4. He .................when we arrived. (leave) 8. If you ...................me, I’ll come. (invite) 5. Yesterday, I ............... a book about wildlife.( buy) 9. Many books ......................this month. (sell) 6. We decided .................for a walk. (go) 10. We ...................him since he ..................a child. (know / be) *** 1. “ ...............” means “ making one’s life better”. ( bettering one’s life / make ends meet / in need of many things / bummper crops) 2. The man ..................you visited last month is a famous scientist. 3. Lan (1) is always (2) late (3) for class, (4) that annoys the teacher. 4. Although they had a lot of money, they didn’t feel happy. Despite .................................................................. MORE EXERCICES I. Pick out the word whole underlined part is pronounced differently from that of the other words 1. a. head b. meat c. defeat d. beat 2. a. food b. foot c. school d. afternoon 3. a. today b. teacher c. term d. other 4. a. heard b. church c. early d. about 5. a. eaten b. heat c. meat d. deaf II. Put out the word that has the stress pattern different from that of the other words: 1. a. together b. glorious c. sorrow d. attitude 2. a. holiday b. stimulate c. resurface d. comedy 3. a. picturesque b. destination c. miraculous d. exhibition III. Give the correct verb/ word form: 1. TV is used to ..................films, news... (watch) 2. Mary wants to become a ................. She is doing a ....................research now. (science) 3. Tom ................his parents next month. (visit) 7. The poor ................... little money. (have) 4. He .................when we arrived. (leave) 8. If you ...................me, I’ll come. (invite) 5. Yesterday, I ............... a book about wildlife.( buy) 9. Many books ......................this month. (sell) 6. We decided .................for a walk. (go) 10. We ...................him since he ..................a child. (know / be) *** 1. “ ...............” means “ making one’s life better”. ( bettering one’s life / make ends meet / in need of many things / bummper crops) 2. The man ..................you visited last month is a famous scientist. 3. Lan (1) is always (2) late (3) for class, (4) that annoys the teacher. 4. Although they had a lot of money, they didn’t feel happy. Despite .................................................................. REVIEW FOR THE FIRST TERM OF ENGLISH 10 (09-10) I. Phonetics: A. Put these words into the correct columns: together term semester other determination wrong call four box more persuade better shirt pagoda church photography sport teacher work / ə / : ...................................................................................................... / 3: / : ............................................................................................ / / : ............................................................................................. / / : ............................................................................................. B. Srtess syllable: wildlife profession harbour permission education disabled ambitious semester diploma mentally opposition stimulate mature atmosphere background holiday shortage passion II. Give the correct verb form: 1. My brother (go)...................to London last month and since then he (live)...................there. 2. Minh and Lan (live) .....................in Hai Phong since June. 3. Tom said that he (do)....................since 7 o’clock. 4. I remember (meet) .......................you somewhere before. 5. Would you mind (close) ......................the door? 6. More than 50 films (show).........................in this cinema since March. 7. Mai (get).......................... married next week. 8. She (not come) .......................here two weeks ago..

(70) III. Choose the best answer : 1. We are contented with what we do. ( interested in / excited about / keen on / satisfied with) 2. I haven’t met him since he ……………school. ( left / was leaving / had left / was left) 3. My uncle …………..on this farm since he was 20. ( has worked / have worked / worked / was working) 4. Are you satisfied……………..your present work ? ( at / with / about / of) 5. + …………..do you often go to school? - At 6.30 every morning. ( How / What time / Who / With whom) 6. A teacher is a person ……….gives lessons to students. ( whom / who / that / who & that ) 7. Tom .............that he couldn’t go out with me. ( told / talked / tells / said) 8. It’s cloudy and windy. It ………………….. .Take it along. ( rain / is raining / is going to rain / rained ) 9. He left after he ………………… his work. ( finished / finish / finishes / had finished) 10. She has been a teacher ……………..1992. ( in / for / ever / since) 11. It’s better to avoid …………..during the rush hour. ( traveling / to travel / travel / traveled) 12. Her advice made him ……………his mind. ( change / to change / changing / changed) 13. He is used to ……………. late until he finishes his work. ( stay up / staying up / stayed up / to stay up ) 14. ................. does she go shopping? - Twice a week. ( How often / How long / How far / How much) 15. It rained yesterday after it ..............dry for months. (was / have been / had been / was being) 16. Although they are poor, they are very …………. with their farm life. ( contented / busy / interested / tired) 17. In spite of ......., the woman tries to climb the mountain very often. ( old age / her age / her old age / her age old) 18. They ...........together for five years when they decided to get married. ( had been / have been / were / had being) 19. Although it was cold, we all went for a walk. a. Despite of the cold weather, we all went for a walk. b. Despite the cold weather, we all went for a walk. c. Despite the cold, we all went for a walk. d. Despite being cold, we all went for a walk. 20. How ………………. does she run a day? _ 16miles. a. far b. fast c. long d. wide 21. The meeting had been cancelled .........the chairman's absence.( because / because of / despite / although ) 22........her difficult living conditions, she worked extremely hard. (In spite of / Despite of/Although/However) 23. Jane …………….for the telephone company, but now she has a job at the post office. ( works / used to work / having worked / working ) 24. They (live) ..............in this city since last June. ( lived / have lived / were living / live) 25. We all feel sad ……………….the bad news.( because / because of / though / despite) 26. It's two years .............I last saw Quoc Anh. ( since / for / ago / now ) 27. They arrived home 10 minutes ............ (since / for / ago / now ) 28. We had a discussion on how to study well..............week. ( ago / next / since / last ) 29. Remote controls are used to ...........with T.V. ( interact / interacted / interacting / interaction ) 30. I'm not used ............up early on Sundays. ( for getting / to getting / by getting / at getting ) 31. Now I don't take the bus to school as I ........... ( used to / did / took / was ) 32. Would you ……………looking after my children for a while ? ( mind / agree / stand / care) 33. He passed the exam with high grades, .....made everybody in the family pleased. ( which / that / what / it ) 34. We haven’t seen each other ………….we left school. ( since / for / before / after ) 35. A fridge is …………......keeping fruit fresh. ( used to / used / used for / use ) 36. ………does it take you to get to school? “-15 minutes” ( How much / How many / What time / How long ) 37. He can’t walk ………….his leg was broken. ( because / because of / despite / in spite of ) 38. ………….she was still tired, she insisted on going to work. ( Although / Because / In spite of / Because of ) 39. They decide …………… a new car. ( buying / to buy / bought / buy ) 40. We didn’t meet Lan a long time ………………….( ago / for / since / now ) 41. The man ……………daughter is standing over there is my father’s friend. ( that / who / whom / whose ) 42. Ms. Lan enjoys .........because she loves working with children. ( to teach / to be taught / teaching / teach ) 43. The man ...........I had seen before wasn’t at the party. a. whom b. that c. whose d. whom / that 44. The cat isjust behind the rat. It ................the latter ( catch / is catching / is going to catch / caught ) 45. A nurse is a person ...............looks after patients. ( who / whom / that / who & that ) 46. Money ...............buying or selling goods. ( is used / is used to / is used for / is used with ) 47. She ...................up early because she has to review her lesson. ( is used to getting / isn’t used to getting / is used for getting / used to get) 48. Would you mind .............me a hand with bag? ( to give / gave / give / giving ) 49. Sheila couldn't come to the party, ............was a pity. (this / which / that / what ) 50. A new bridge ...........across the river recently. ( is built / was built / has been built / were built ) 51. Minh and Lan ................in HCM city since 1990. ( live / are living / have lived / had lived ) 52. The city is very strange. We ...............here for long time. ( haven't lived / have lived / lived / had lived ).

(71) 53. We couldn't go out because it was raining outside. A. We couldn't go out because of the rain outside. B. It was raining outside, but we decided to go out. C. We went out despite the rain outside. D. Thanks to the rain outside, we couldn't go out. 54. Despite feeling cold, we kept walking. A. We kept walking if we didn't feel cold. B. Although we felt cold, we kept walking. C. We kept walking so we felt cold. D. We kept walking without feeling cold. 55. Ms. Lan enjoys .........because she loves working with children. ( to teach / to be taught / teaching / teach ) 56. The little boy is helping ………………..cross the street. ( the poor / the rich / the blind / the young) 57. “ ………….. do you go out in the evenings?” “ Once a week.” ( How long / When / How often / What) 58. “In need of many things” means “.............................................” a. Making one’s life better b. Have just enough money to pay for the things that you need c. Having to have many things that you do not have d. Crops to be sold, not for use by the people who grow it 59. They haven’t met each other .................he moved to London. ( since / for / when / before) 60. My aunt .................us that she wouldn’t able to come the next weekend. (said / told / talked / asked) 61. At the meeting the teacher ....................about the problems our school had. ( said / told / talked / asked) 62. She won’t come unless you invite her. a. She won’t come if you don’t invite her c. She will come even if you don’t invite her. b. She won’t come even if you invite her d. She won’t come though you don’t invite her. 63. Many people were killed in the plane crash. The bodies of people had died were taken away. People who were injured were taken to the hospital. (the dead - injured person / people dead - the injured / the dead - the injured / the injured - the dead) IV. Choose the one word or phrase that would not be appropriate: 1. “How long do you come here?” Once a week. 2. Hung usually play tennis once or twice a week. 3. He has stopped play football because he’s too old. 4. Jane couldn’t come to my birthday party, this made me feel sad. 5. Dennis used to smoking a lot of a year ago. 6. After she had had lunch, she had taken a nap. 7. Mary visits usually her grandparents with her parents on Sundays. 8. This is the gun with that the murder was committed. 9. I am looking forward to hear from you soon. 10. Ms Thuy doesn’t mind taking care for disabled.. TEST YOURSELF C I. Pick out the word whole underlined part is pronounced differently from that of the other words 1. a. mature b. atmosphere c. background d. holiday 2. a. ambitious b. semester c. diploma d. mentally 3. a. profession b. harbour c. passion d. shortage 4. a. wildlife b. stimulate c. educate d. disabled 5. a. permission b. opposition c. education d. disappointed II. Put out the word that has the stress pattern different from that of the other words: 6. a. together b. term c. semester d. better 7. a. determination b. church c. shirt d. persuade 8. a. wrong b. sport c. more d. call 9. a. box b. photography c. crop d. four III.Choose the correct answers: 10. He ................the meeting two days ago. (wasn’t attend / didn’t attend / did attended / did attended) 11. He ..............his job last month and since then he ...................out of work. (has lost - is / had lost - was / lost - has been / lost - had been) 12. Sheila couldn't come to the party, ............was a pity. (this / which / that / what ) 13. Many people were killed in the plane crash. The bodies of people had died were taken away. People who were injured were taken to the hospital. (the dead - injured person / people dead - the injured / the dead - the injured / the injured - the dead) 14. Do you know the man .................is standing over there? ( whom / that / which / whose).

(72) 15. The old man couldn’t get sleep ..................the noise. (although / because of / in spite of / because) 16. Mary..............that she couldn’t go out with him. (say / tells / talked / said) 17. “ ………….. do you go out in the evenings?” “ Once a week.” ( How long / When / How often / What) 18. “In need of many things” means “.............................................” a. Making one’s life better b. Have just enough money to pay for the things that you need c. Having to have many things that you do not have d. Crops to be sold, not for use by the people who grow it 19. The cat isjust behind the rat. It ................the latter ( catch / is catching / is going to catch / caught ) 20. Mary ................ next week.. ( will get married / is getting married / gets married / will marry) 21. They ..............in this city since last June. ( lived / have lived / were living / live) 22. I remember ..................you somewhere before.(to meet / meet / meeting / met) 23. Tom .............that he couldn’t go out with me. ( told / talked / tells / said) 24. Hoa and Quan quarreled with each other some time ................ ( ago / since / along / for) 25. More than 50 films ..............in Hanoi since June. ( show / have shown / have been shown / has been shown) 26. More than 1000 books ................this month. ( sell / were sold / have been sold / have sold) 27. He passed the (1) final exam, (2) that (3) made his parents very (4) happy. 28. Nam .................the class yesterday. (didn’t attend / did attended / wasn’t attend / didn’t attended) 29. We weren’t close friends a long time ................... (since / for / ago / during) 30. Would you mind .................... the cooking? (doing / for doing / to do / to doing) 31. Lan ...................up early because she has to help her mother with housework. ( is used to getting / isn’t used to getting / is used for getting / used to get) 32. Tommy visited his father ..................week. (ago / next / since / last) 33. One of the .....................programmes....................television in Britain is called “That’s life”. (more popular - in / popularest - for / popularer - by / most popular - on) 34. My father ....................a lot but now he gives it up. (used to smoke / is used to smoking / is used to smoke / is used for smoking) 35. These poor children don’t have enough books and pens, in fact they are ..............need of many things. (on / at / in / for) 36. She offers ............... to pay for my house. ( lend me money / borrow me money / lend to me money / borrow money to me ) 37. I haven’t met him since he ……………school. ( left / was leaving / had left / was left) 38. My uncle …………..on this farm since he was 20. ( has worked / have worked / worked / was working) 39. They haven’t met each other .................he moved to London. ( since / during / when / if) 40. John said: “I’ll see you tomorrow, Jane”. a. John told Jane he would see her the following day. c. John told Jane he will see her the following day. b. John said Jane that he will see her the next day. d. John told to Jane he would see you the next day. 41. We need to do more for ...............poor. ( a / people / the / person) 42. We miss the first bus, .................means we have to wait for the next. ( which is / that / this / which ) 43. You won’t pass the exam unless you study hard. a. You won’t pass the exam even if you don’t study hard. b. You will pass the exam even if you don’t study hard. c. You won’t pass the exam if you don’t study hard. d. You won’t pass the exam though you don’t study hard. 44. They ..................a new house next month. (will build / will be built / are building / build ) 45. We are looking forward to hear from you soon. 46. If I will have enough money, I will go to Paris. 47. Mai said that she did her exercise since 2 pm. 48. Tom ..........up early because he has to review the lesson. (get usually/ gets usually/ usually gets / usually get) 49. We are contented with what we do. ( interested in / excited about / keen on / satisfied with) 50. “Our lives have changed a lot thanks to the knowledge our children brought home”, an old farmer said..

(73) → An old farmer said ................................................................................................................................................. ....................................................... Good luck to you!. Test for the first term Choose the correct answers: 1. He ................the meeting two days ago. (wasn’t attend / didn’t attend / did attended / did attended) 2. He ..............his job last month and since then he ...................out of work. (has lost - is / had lost - was / lost - has been / lost - had been) 3. He said that he ....................his homework since 7 o’clock. (did / was doing / had done / had done) 4. She ..........up early because he has to review the lesson. (get usually/ gets usually/ usually gets / usually get) 5. ...................do you go out in the evening? - Once a week. (How long / How often / When / What) 6. Do you mind.................the cooking? (for doing / doing / to do / to doing) 7. I remember .................the door before I came home yesterday. (to lock / lock / locking / locked) 8. Many people were killed in the plane crash. The bodies of people had died were taken away. People who were injured were taken to the hospital. (the dead - injured person / people dead - the injured / the dead - the injured / the injured - the dead) 9. She ...................up early because she has to review her lesson. ( is used to getting / isn’t used to getting / is used for getting / used to get) 10. He ............... football, but now he usually plays tennis. ( is used to play / is used to playing / used to play / is used for playing ) 11. John is always late for class, that annoys the teacher. 12. The farmers find that they are contented with what they do. “Contented with” means “......................” (interested in / satisfied in / satisfied with / disappointed with) 13. She earned a degree in physics with ..................colours. ( flied / fly / flying / to fly) 14. We need to do more for ...............poor. ( a / people / the / person).

(74) 15. I’m looking forward to see you soon. 16. Minh and Lan ..............in Hanoi since June. ( are living / live / have lived / lived) 17. Can you help me find the man .................saved the girls? ( whom / that / which / whose) 18. She can’t sleep..............the noise. (because of / because / although / in spite of) 19. Lan ..............that she couldn’t go to the movie with us. (say / tells / talked / said) 20. The scientist will postpone the test if he will anticipate any problems. 21. She won’t come unless you invite her. a. She won’t come if you don’t invite her c. She will come even if you don’t invite her. b. She won’t come even if you invite her d. She won’t come though you don’t invite her. 22. I’ve known him .................I left school. (when / during / if / since) 23. “...............” means “ have just enough money to pay for the things that you need”. (better one’s life / make ends meet / grow bumper crops / grow cash crops) 24. Mary ................next week. ( will get married / is getting married / gets married / will marry) 25. Hoa and Quan quarreled with each other some time ................ ( ago / since / along / for) 26. More than 50 films ..............in Hanoi since June. ( show / have shown / have been shown / has been shown) 27. Their lives were simple and they were ................need of many things. (at / in / on / for) 28. The cat is just behind the rat. It ................the latter. ( is catching / catches / will catch / is going to catch) 29. At the meeting, the teacher ................... about the problems our school had. (talked / says / said / told) 30. “Our lives have changed a lot thanks to the knowledge our children brought home”, an old farmer said. a. An old farmer said their lives have changed a lot thanks to the knowledge their children brought home. b. An old farmer said our lives had changed a lot thanks to the knowledge our children brought home. c. An old farmer said their lives have changed a lot thanks to the knowledge their children had brought home. d. An old farmer said their lives had changed a lot thanks to the knowledge thier children had brought home.. Unit 9: UNDERSEA WORLD (1) I. Complete the sentences with the correct form of the words in brackets: 1. Water was found at a …………………… of 30 feet underground. (deep) 2. The house is ……………………by beautiful countryside. (surround) 3. What makes you want to become a ………………………..in the future? ( science) 4. The couple have split up and are now living ………………………..( independent) 5. The hours of waiting seemed ……………………….(end) 6. Researchers have recently made some important new ………………………… ( discover) 7. ……………………….is the main industry of this area. (fish) 8. I had an ………………………meeting with a friend on the way to work this morning. ( accident) A. Grammar: Type 1: Future Possible: If + S + V (simple present), S + will / shall / can / ... + V (bare inf.) Ex: If he runs, he’ll get there in time. Type 2: Present Unreal: If + S + V (simple past), S + would / should / could / ... + V (bare inf.) (be → were) Ex: If I had time, I would go to the cinema. B. Exercises: II. Complete the sentences with the verbs in brackets: 1. If she (read).................. in bad light, she’ll ruin her eyes. 2. He’ll be late for school if he (not start) ....................at once. 3. John isn’t at home right now. If he (be) ...............at home, I (visit).................. him. 4. I couldn’t understand the French teacher if she (speak) ...................more slowly. 5. I (accept) ................if they invite me to the party..

(75) 6. We could go for a drive if today (be) ...............Sunday. 7. If I made a promise,I (keep) ..................it. 8. She won’t open the door unless she (know) ..................who it is. 9. If I (know) ……………..his phone number, I would call him. 10. I (not / buy) ………………that coat if I were you. 11. I ( help) ………………you if I could, but I afraid I can’t. 12. According to the timetable, if the train leaves on time, we (arrive) ……………at 5.30. 13. We would need less money if we (live) ……………..in the country. 14. If it (be) …………….fine tomorrow, we will go to the coast. 15. If I (have) …………………….wings, I (have to, not) ………………….take an airplane to fly home. 16. This letter has got to be in Chicago in two days. I’m sure if I (send) .......it today, it will arrive in time. 17. 18. If the machine (stop) ……………………., press this button. 19. You’re always tired. If you (not / go) …………….to bed so late every night, you (not / be) …………..tired all the time. 20. If I didn’t get up late, I (not, be) ......................... late for the meeting. III. Choose the correct answers: 1. Mr. Brown ..................a car if he had enough money. (will buy / would buy / bought / had bought ) 2. If I ................Mary’s address, I .................her a letter. (have / would write; have / write ; had / would write; had / wrote) 3. Of course, she would come to the meeting if you ................her. ( asked / will ask / have asked / have been asked) 4. They.................a lovely garden if they did some work in it.( will have / would have / are having / have had). 5. ....................he comes half an hour, I shall go alone. (If / Because / Unless / When) 6. If you could take the trip to the moon, ......................? (what would you do/ what will you do / what are you going to do / what had you done) 7. If you ..............not here, where would you like to be? (be / were / was / are) 8. If you ...............me a book, I’ll read it. (lend / will lend / lent / would lend ) 9. If I ..................you, I’d take an aspirin. (am / are / would be / were ) 10. If it ................nice tomorrow, we’ll go to the zoo. (is / will / will be / would be ) 11. Unless we .................back now, we’ll be late. ( turned / are turning / will turn / turn ) 12. She said she wouldn’t refuse him if he .................her out again. ( would ask / has asked / asked / would have asked ) 13. If you .................go away, I’ll send for the police. (didn’t / don’t / won’t / wouldn’t ) 14. He would be happy if he .................here tomorrow. ( were / had been / would be / be ) 15. If you wrote nicely, you ..................higher marks. (would get / would have got / would had got / would have had got ) 16. She told me I would have an accident if I .................more carefully. ( am not taking / haven’t taken / won’t take / didn’t take ) 17. If I were you, …………..phone and tell her you’re going to be late. ( I’d / I’ll / I’d have / I ) 18. If Americans ate fewer food with sugar and salt, their general health …….better. ( be / will be / is / would be) 19. The children were ……………..into small groups to discuss the problems of the disabled. ( divided / apart / separated / classified ) 20. You will become ill………………you stop working hard. ( until / when / unless / if ) 21. I don’t know her phone number, so I can’t call her yet. a. I know her phone number but I haven’t called her. c. If I knew her phone number, I’d call her. b. You didn’t give me her phone number, and I didn’t call her. d. I’ll look up her phone number and I call her. 22. If he wrote to her, she would be happy. a. She isn’t happy because he doesn’t write to her. c. When he wrote to her, she wasn’t happy. b. She’s happy because he has written to her. d. He didn’t write to her, so she wasn’t happy. 23. Why don’t you wear a hat when it’s raining? a. It’s better if you wear a hat in the rain. c. Do you or don’t you wear a hat when it’s raining. b. When it’s raining, why do you wear a hat? d. It’s not raining, so why are you wearing a hat? 24. Without money for food and drink he’ll die. a. When he dies, he’ll have no money for food and drink. b. He’ll die if he has no money for food and drink. c. He’ll spend his money on food and drink, and then he’ll die. d. He’s going to die, so money for food and drink is not good for him..

(76) 25. If I ……………..his phone number, I would call him. a. know b. knew c. had known d. didn’t know 26. I ……………………that coat if I were you. a. didn’t buy b. don’t buy c. wouldn’t buy d. will not buy IV. Rewrite each sentence, beginning as shown, so that the meaning stays the same. 1. We don’t visit you very often because you live so far away. → If you………………………………………………………………………………..………… 2. That book is too expensive, so I’m not going to buy it. → If the book……………………………………………………….………………..…………. 3. We don’t go out very often because we can’t afford it. → If we …………………………………………………………………………………..……. 4. I have to work late tomorrow, so I can’t join your party. → If I …………………………………………….…………………………………………… 5. I’ve got a lot of work to do, so I can’t go home for lunch now. → If I ………………………………………………………………………………………… V. Use should or shouldn’t with a correct verb from the list to complete the sentences: take play look for have give up go (x2) apply 1. I think this job is suitable for you. You ……………………for this job. 2. Why are you looking so tired? You …………….a rest. 3. This work is exhausting you. You ……………………….another job. 4. Tom plays games all the time. He never does his homework. He …………computer games so much. 5. Linda has a bad cold. She …………………out in such bad weather. 6. Your hair is long. You …………………….it cut. 7. Mr. Nam has a bad cough. He ……………………..smoking. 8. There’s a cavity in your tooth. You ……………………to a dentist. VI. Complete the sentences with SHOULD or SHOULDN’T: 1. You …………………..drive too fast. 2. Your sister …………………go to the dentist if she has a bad toothache. 3. Drivers ……………………..obey the speed limit. 4. It’s too dark. You …………………ride your bike without lights. 5. I think he ……………………stay home tonight because his mother is risk. 6. All motorists ………………..wear seat - belts. 7. He …………………….. stay up too late. 8. Children ………………….go to bed early.. Unit 9: UNDERSEA WORLD (2) I. Pick out the word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from that of the other words 1. a. sperm b. percentage c. fertilizer d. diversity 2. a. clear b. pearl c. gear d. hear 3. a. actual b. individual c. careful d. casual 4. a. group b. tour c. poor d. sure 5. a. concern b. conserve c. water d. prefer 6. a. here b. bear c. hear d. engineer 7. a. careful b. atmosphere c. share d. everywhere 8. a. ocean b. modern c. biology d. population II. Pick out the word that has the stress pattern different from that of the other words. 1. a. ocean b. divide c. modern d. water 2. a. pacific b. satellite c. century d. animal 3. a. temperature b. photograph c. information d. consequence 4. a. organism b. investigate c. diversity d. technology 5. a. entrapment b. gestation c. population d. intelligent 6. a. seafood b. pollute c. mammal d. proper 7. a. follow b. complete c. release d. increase 8. a. mysterious b. medicine c. discover d. description III. Choose the correct answers: 1. You will not succeed ....................working harder. (without / unless / if / although) 2. If man were less greedy, more animal species could avoid ...................

(77) ( danger / death / threat / extinction) 3. The house is ………………..by beautiful countryside. ( surrounding / being surrounded / surrounded / surround ) 4. Mr. Nam has a bad cough. He …………...………smoking. ( should take / should stop / shouldn’t give up / shouldn’t apply) 5. What makes you want to become a ………………………..in the future? ( scientist / science / scientific / scientists ) 6. There are many …………………species that need human protection. ( danger / endanger / dangerous / endangered ) 7. John always has difficulty getting up. He ……………………… . a. should go to bed late b. should go away for a few days c. shouldn’t go away for a few days d. shouldn’t go to bed late 8. I think this problem can be got …………………..without too much difficult.( over / through / into / on ) 9. You really ………………..stop smoking, you know. It’s bad for you.( must / should / ought / would ) 10. If I could speak Spanish, I ...............next year studying in Mexico. ( will spend / would have spent / had spent / would spend) 11. ...............interested in that subject, I would try to learn more about it. ( If I an / Should I / I was / Were I ) 12. Do you think there would be less conflict in the world if all people ................the same language? ( speak / will speak / spoke / had spoken) 13. If the weather .............nice on Sunday, we’ll go to the beach. (is / would be / will be / was) 14. Unless you ..............to her, she will never talk to you any more. (don’t apologise / apologise / will apologise / won’t apologise ) 15. I wish I ..............a millionaire so that I could travel around the world. (am / were / am being / have been) 16. We can go water skiing if Jeff’s boat .............gas. (have / had / has / have had ) 17. If you were a fish, what kind of fish .................? (will you be / would you be / are you / were you) 18. Frank .................the test if he studied more often. (would have passed / will have passed / had passed / would pass ) 19. My friends usually walk to school if they ................enough time. (have / had / have had / will have) 20. My brother would eat a snake only if it ...................the last food on Earth. (is / has been / were / would be) 21. I ..................it if I didn’t see it with my own eyes. (would believe / wouldn’t believe / will believe / won’t believe) 22. The thief .................money if he were rich. (had stolen / had stolen / would steal / wouldn’t steal ) 23. You .................return late tonight because I’m tired and will go to bed early. (can / can’t / should / shouldn’t) 24. Should she ................ the boss for a pay rise? ( ask / asked / asking / asks) 25. I think you ................to visit her before. (should come / should have become / shouldn’t come / shouldn’t have become ) 26. If Mary could be an animal, she ..................to be a dolphin. (would like / likes / will like / liked ) 27. My sister would go dancing in a club if she .................how to dance. ( knows / would know / knew / knowing ) 28. Will she marry him if he .................her everything she needs. (give / gave / will give / gives) 29. You can’t drive a car unless you hold a driving ................ ( permission / ticket / pass / licence) 30. We would need less money if we ……………..in the country. ( live / lived / have lived / would live) IV. Find a mistake in each sentence: 1. If he didn’t speak so quick, we could understand him. 2. If you had the chance to meet famous writers, what do you ask them? 3. We should try to contact him, should we? 4. If drivers obeyed the speed limit, fewer accidents occur. 5. I was extremely tired because of I hadn’t slept the night before. V. Fill in each gap with ONE suitable word. The first letter of each word has been done for you. The earth has a tremendous amount of water, but almost all of it is in the oceans. The (1) o ...............cover about 70 per cent of the earth’s surface. They (2) c .................about 97 per cent of all the water on earth, and are the source of most precipition (3) t ...................falls to earth. Ocean water is salty to be used (4) f ................. drinking, agriculture, or industry. But the salt is left behind during evaporation, (5) a ................ the precipitation that falls to earth is unsalty water. (sự bốc hơi) (lượng mưa) VI. Reading:.

(78) THE DOLPHIN Can dolphin talk? Maybe they can’t talk with words, but they talk with sounds. They show their feelings with sounds. Dolphins travel in a group. We call a group of fish a “school”. They don’t study, but they travel together. Dolphins are mammals, not fish, but they swim together in a school. Dolphins talk to the other dolphins in the school. They give information. They tell when they are happy or sad or afraid. They say “Welcome” when a dolphin comes back to the school. They talk when they play. They make a few sounds above water. They make many more sounds under water. People can’t hear these sounds because they are very very high. Scientists make tapes of the sounds and study them. Sometimes people can catch a dolphin for a large aquarium. (An aquarium is a zoo for fish.) People can watch the dolphins in a show. Dolphin don’t like to be away from their school in an aquarium. They are sad and lonely. There are many stories about dolphins. They help people. Sometimes they save somebody’s life. Dolphin meat is good, but people don’t like to kill them. They say that dolphins bring good luck. Many people believe this. Read the passage above carefully and answer the following questions: 1. Can dolphins talk with words? ........................................................................................... 2. How do dolphins show their feelings? ........................................................................................... 3. Are dolphins mammals or fish? ........................................................................................... 4. When do they say “Welcome”? ........................................................................................... 5. Do they make more sounds above or under water? ........................................................................................... 6. Can people hear a dolphin’s sounds? Why or why not? ........................................................................................... 7. How does a dolphin feel in an aquarium? ........................................................................................... 8. Which sentence is not true? A. A dolphin can save people’s life. B. People like to catch dolphins. C. Dolphins bring good luck. D. A dolphin can talk with sounds. VII. Fill in each gap with an appropriate preposition: 1. This book will provide you ..................all information you need. 2. The class are divided ................small groups to discuss the problem. 3. I’ll meet you .......................the corner at 10 o’clock. 4. I opened the door and went .................the room. Unit 9: UNDERSEA WORLD (3) I. Pick out the word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from that of the other words 1. sure / mutual / square /tour 5. casual / usually / annual / square 2. atmosphere / care / idea / year 6. everywhere / beer / wear / share 3. clear / pair / here / dear 7. near / sphere / fair / tear 4. chair / annual / actually / poor 8. where / here / clear / atmosphere II. Complete each of the following sentences with a suitable word from the box. provide indication. investigating contribution. reveal huge. mystery overcome. 1. Everyone in the community is ready to make their ....................to the building of a new school. 2. The findings of the study ......................that jellyfish have high medical value. 3. The elephant is a ...................... land animal which is quite gentle. 4. Scientists are ......................to find out the cause of the death of these fish. 5. Don’t give up! Try your best to .........................the difficulties and you will make progress. 6. Why he left school and went abroad is still a ......................... 7. The oceans ..................us with a good source of food and many other things. 8. Formal exams are thought to be an unfair ....................of a student’s ability. III. Write a sentence using should or shouldn’t and the words in brackets. 0. I’m not very well. I feel dizzy. (a rest) → You should take a rest..

(79) 1. John smokes a lot and is having a bad cough. (smoking) ........................................................................................ 2. It’s raining hard and I don’t have a raincoat. (taxi) ........................................................................................ 3. Mike has a bad backache. (heavy things) ........................................................................................ 4. Ann has suffered from a toothache for a week. (dentist’s) ........................................................................................ 5. Harry has drunk too much at the party. (his car) ........................................................................................ 6. Tom got a C for his English exam. (harder) ........................................................................................ IV. Matching: A 1. You should / shouldn’t play near the river 2. You should / shouldn’t tell your parents where you’re going 3. You should / shouldn’t drink plenty of water 4. You should / shouldn’t stay up too late 5. You should / shouldn’t smoke cigarettes 6. You should / shouldn’t leave early 7. You should / shouldn’t try harder 8. You should / shouldn’t drive too fast B. a. to replace the fluids you lost b. in order not to miss the first part of the performance c. unless you want to risk your life d. because it’s dangerous e. so that they won’t worry about you. f. so that you can pass the exam. g. because they are not good for your health. h. since you may have difficulty getting to sleep. 1. d (shouldn’t) 2. ........................ 3. ........................ 4. ........................ 5. ........................ 6. ........................ 7. ........................ 8. ........................ V. Find the antonyms: carnivores descrease. female independent. birth oversized. cold dangerous accidental. 0. safe dangerous 1. male ........................... 5. hot ............................. 2. dependent ........................... 6. increase ............................ 3. omnivores ........................... 7. planned ............................ 4. death ........................... 8. small ............................ VI. Complete each sentence with one word from the box: life span maintain fall into exist. populations offspring. habitat. 1. Winter is usually time for this species to produce ...................... 2. Sperm whales live very long. They can have a ........................of seventy year. 3. Plants and animals of the sea, however small or oversized help ...................its biodiversity. 4. Marine plants and animals ......................three major groups. 5. The panda’s natural ........................is the bamboo forest..

(80) 6. Few of these species still ....................in the wild. 7. Hunting also puts sperm whale .......................at risk. VII. Use should or shouldn’t and one of the phrases from the box in each dialogue: call an ambulance give you a new cup drive home in her car leave everything where it is move the person yourself borrow money do anything about it let him eat so much make him do lots of sport touch anything report it to the police ask someone to take her 0. A: There is a house near my home where I often hear a child crying. B: You should report it to the police 00. A: My daughter wants to marry a sailor. What should I do about it? B: In my opinion, you shouldn’t do anything about it. Your daughter should decide for herself. 1. A: If someone has a serious accident, what’s the right thing to do? B: Well, you ..................................................... It’s not a good idea to move an injured person. Instead, you ........................................................ to take the person to the hospital. 2. A: Last Saturday I bought some coffee cups but one of the handles was broken. What can I expect the shop to do? B: They ........................................................ 3. A: My son is 12 years old and he’s aready very fat. B: Well, it’s important not to eat too much, so you ................................................................. Also, you .................................................................... 4. A: If you come home and see that you’ve been robbed, what’s the best thing to do? B: Well, you ........................................................ . You ..........................................................and call the police. 5. A: Mary can’t work because she ‘s feeling sick. How can she get home? B: Well, she ......................................................... . She ......................................................... home. 6. People ..............................................if they can’t pay it back. VIII. Each sentence contains one mistake, underline the mistake and correct it: 1. I’d travel around the world if I am rich. ........were........ 2. If I had my money with me I bought this camera. ........................ 3. You shouldn’t to eat much chocolate. ........................ 4. If I weren’t tired now, I will go to the theatre with you. ........................ 5. If we are in Beijing now, we could enjoy the games. ......................... Unit 10: CONSERVATION (1) I. Complete each sentence with a suitable word given in the box: damage. eliminated circulation valuable danger. without hydroelectronic. supply. 1. About 5,000 species of plants and animals are already being .................... each year. 2. Man and most animals need a constant .................of water to live. 3. .................dams hold back needed water and provide power for homes and industries. 4. Many articles are written about the ....................people are doing to the environment. 5. We can not live ................air and water. Let’s do something to save the earth. 6. Without plants, water would run off and take away .................soil. 7. In summer fire is the greatest ..................to forests. 8. Trees play an important role in the natural ...................of water. II. Give the corresponding verbs of the nouns below: 0. destruction ® destroy 1. conservation ® 6. threat ® 2. disappearance® 7. damage ® 3. circulation ® 8. variety ® 4. elimination ® 9. pollution ® 5. danger ® 10. prison ® III. Give the correct form of the words provided..

(81) 0. This river has been seriously polluted ( pollute) 1. New laws have been passed to ………………………………….wildlife in the area. ( conservation) 2. Pollution along the coastline is ……………………………….. marine life. ( threaten) 3. Human beings are causing extensive damage to the ………………………. ( environment). 4. There are many ……………………… species that need human protection.( danger) 5. Prices …………………….. according to the type of room you require. ( variety) 6. The country has had many ……………………….disasters recently. ( nature) IV. Complete each sentence with a pair of verbs from the box with opposite meanings. clean up cut down destroy let plant pollute prevent protect recycle throw away 1. People should be encouraged to ………………..the environment, rather than ………………… it. 2. We should try to …………………….disasters happening, not just ……………………. them happen. 3. Everyone should try to …………………………beaches, and not …………………….. them. 4. It would be a good idea to ………………………. more trees, not to ……………………trees. 5. We can use things again if we ………………………… rather than ……………………….. them. V. Put out the word that has the stress pattern different from that of the other words. 1. a. destroy b. planet c. farmer d. forest 2. a. destruction b. movement c. important d. appearance 3. a. eliminate b. disadvantage c. environment d. endanger 4. a. wildlife b. passage c. disease d. injure 5. a. imprison b. dangerous c. consequence d. natural VI. Choose the most well-formed sentence from the cues given. All the correct sentences refer to invitations and suggestions. 1. you / feel / like / the concert / go / tonight/? a. Do you feel like to going to the concert tonight? b. Do you feel like going to the concert tonight? c. Do you feel like to go to the concert tonight? d. Are you feeling to like going to the concert tonight? 2. we / go / shopping / now /? a. Shall we go shopping now? c. What about we go shopping now? b. Will we go shopping now? d. Why not we go shopping now? 3. How / try / cake / I / just / make /? a. How about trying the cake I’ve just made? c. How about trying the cake I just made? b. How trying the cake I’ve just made? d. How about try the cake that I’ve just made? 4. Let / stop / lunch/. / I / hungry/. a. Let stop for lunch. I’m very hungry. c. Let we stop for lunch. I’m very hungry. b. Let’s stoppng for lunch. I’m very hungry. d. Let’s stop for lunch. I’m very hungry. 5. you / like / have / look / it /? a. Would you like to have looked at it? c. Do you like to have look at it? b. Would you like having a look at it? d. Would you like to have a look at it? 6. Why / we / not / write / complain / letter/ ? a. Why not we write a complaint letter? c. Why don’t we write a complaint letter? b. Why do we not write a complained letter? d. Why not to write a letter we complain? VII. Read the sentences given. Find a sentence with a similar meaning by putting the words in order. There is one extra word in each group. The first one has been done as an example. 0. Let’s go to the concert. ( concert, when, to, about, a, how, going) → How about going to a concert? 1. Would you like to go to dinner? (going, about, to, how, let’s, dinner) → ..................................................................... 2. Do you feel like joining us at the dinner party? (like, we, to, dinner party, would, you, invite, to, the, why) → .................................................................................................................... 3. We would like to ask you to come and stay with us for a few days. (come, why, stay, for,you, with us, don’t, and, a few days) → ...................................................................................................................

(82) 4. We were wondering if you could go to the movie. (going, a, about, to, how, go, movie) → ..................................................................... 5. Sorry, but I can’t. (I, afraid, plans, I’m, other, have, busy) → ..................................................................... VIII. Check (Ö) the sentence that has the same meaning as the original one: 0. These young people always wear jeans. --Ö-- (a) Jeans are always worn by these young people. ----- (b) Jeans were always worn by these young people. 1. We ask visitors not to smoke in this area. ------ (a) Visitors asked not to smoke in this area. ------ (b) Visitors are asked not to smoke in this area. 2. A falling tree injured several people. -------(a) Several people are injured by a falling tree. -------(b) Several people were injured by a falling tree. 3. They are fixing a machine. -------(a) A machine is fixed. -------(b) A machine is being fixed. 4. The man was delivering the mail. -------(a) The mail was being delivered by the man. -------(b) The mail is being delivered to the man. 5. He was using the phone when I needed it. 8. They may cancel the flight. -------(a) The phone is being used when I needed it. ------(a) The flight may cancel. -------(b) The phone was being used when I needed it. ------(b) The flight may be canceled. 6. They have hired Peter to do this job. 9. They didn’t finish their work. ------(a) Peter has been hired to do this job. -------(b) Their work isn’t finished. ------(b) Peter has hired this job. -------(a) Their work wasn’t finished. 7. We will appreciate your assistance. 10. They speak French in Quebec. ------(a) Your assistance will appreciate us. ------(a) French was spoken by them. ------(b) Your assistance will be appreciated. -------(b) French is spoken in Quebec. Unit 10: CONSERVATION (2) I. Reading A. About nine thousand years ago, almost forty percent of the land surface of Earth was covered by forests. Today, because of the ax and the mighty power of bulldozers and chain saws, about half of these forests have vanished. Few forests which remain are still ecologically intact. It is difficult to measure the extent of the loss, because forests are so central to life on Earth. They tend to stable climate, foster and maintain bio-diversity and prevent flooding and erosion. The effects of deforestation by logging are more deadly than they may first appear. Erosion begins, hunters and miners move in as the land become more accessible, and then farming takes over as the last trees are cleared away. Once farming establishes itself, there is little hope for reforestation. 1). What is the author’s purpose? A). To hold a controversial position B). To release new scientific research C). To sell forests to developers D). To warn readers of a dangerous situation 2). Why are the effects of logging so hard to measure? A). Forests are so vast. B). They appear late. C). The hope of reforestation remains. D). They are so widespread. 3). Which of the following is NOT mentioned as one of the roles of forests? A). Stabilizing the climate B). Maintaining bio-diversity C). Making farming accessible D). Prevent flooding and erosion 4). What is a common order of events for forests that are cut? A). They are reforested and re-cut. B). They stablize the climate, foster bio-diversity, and stop flooding. D). They are cleared by loggers and exploited by others. C). They are cut down and die. 5). In the last paragraph, which two words are antonyms?.

(83) A). deadly- accessible B). deforestation and reforestation C). hunters-miners D). farming-logging B. Once there were lots of pandas in the mountains of Western China. Today they are becoming extinct. The reason is that they can not find enough food. Pandas eat bamboo leaves. They do not like another food. The bamboo grows very slowly. It can take 10 years for a bamboo to grow from a seed to a big plant. Some types of bamboo have seeds only once every 60 years. Pandas must wait many years for their food to grow. While the bamboo is growing, pandas do not have enough leaves to eat. Farmers are using more and more of the land on the mountain side to grow food for man. The farmers cut down the bamboo. Bamboo leaves become less plentiful. Pandas can not find enough to eat. They starve and die. China and World Wildlife Fund (WWF) are trying to save the pandas. In 1979 they began to set up special parks where pandas live. One such park is the Wolong Reserve in Sichuan. The Wolong Reserve has the highest number of pandas in the world. Scientists come here to study the panda’s eating and mating habits. By learning more about the panda’s habits, scientists can save it from extinction. 1. Where could we find a lots of pandas? A. In the mountains in the West of China. C. On bamboo trees. B. In the national parks of the world. D. On the coast of Western China. 2. What is the main food of pandas? A. Bamboo trees. B. Bamboo leaves C. Bamboo roots. D. Young bamboo trees. 3. How long does it take a bamboo to grow into a big plant? A. 10 month B. a decade C. a century D. 60 years 4. Why do farmers cut down bamboo trees? A. To get food for pandas B. To drive pandas away. C. To make pandas starve and die. D. To get farm land. 5. What do the scientists do to save pandas from extinction? A. They plant bamboo trees. B. They set up parks for them. C. They study about pandas’ habits. D. Both B and C are correct. II. Complete the sentences with the correct form of the words in brackets: 1. The gaint panda is an ..........................species. (endanger) 2. She entered the room without ..................... . (knock) 3. She is very interested in ......................... (conserve) 4. The young .......................declares that he has completed the experiement successfully. (science) 5. The machine has an .............................fault. (electricity) 6. Astronomy makes him ......................... (interest) 7. It may be .....................for him to carry in his pocket all his unspent money. (risk) III. Choose the most suitable tense form: 1. Their new house hasn’t been finished / wasn’t finished yet. 2. The robbers were arrested / have been arrested as soon as they left the bank. 3. Sue told us her baby is born / had been born two weeks earlier than expected. 4. If there is too much snow, the match has been cancelled / will be cancelled. 5. By the time we got there, the rain had stopped / had been stopped. 6. The winning horse was ridden / was riding by Pat Murphy. 7. I don’t think that you will be asked / are being asked to show your passport. 8. When were you told / have you been told about the new rules? IV. Write another sentence with the same meaning. Begin each sentence as shown. 0. Someone stole my bag in the store. ® My bag was stolen in the store. 1. The bill includes service. ® Service ...……………………………....…………………. 2. People don’t use this road very often. ® This road ………………...........…………………………. 3. The teacher corrects our exercises at home. ® Our exercises ....................................................................... 4. They cancelled all flights because of fog. ® All flights ………………………………………….……. 5. I didn’t realize that someone was recording our conversation. ® I didn’t realize that our conversation …………………………………………………. 6. They have changed the date of the meeting. ® The date of the meeting …………………………………….. 7. They are building a new shopping center downtown. ® A new shopping center …………………………………………………………………………………..…….

(84) 8. Binh told me that someone had attacked and robbed him in the street. ® Binh told me that he …………………………………………………………………………………………….. 9. The teacher doesn’t allow me to take the seat by the window. ® I ................................................................................................... 10. They are building several new schools in our town. ® Several new schools ....................................................................... 11. No one has opened that box for the past hundred years. ® The box .......................................................................................... 12. We shall discuss the matter this afternoon. ® The matter ..................................................................................... 13. The government encourages the farmers to grow more rice. ® The farmers ................................................................................... 14. People all over the world speak English. ® English ............................................................................... 15. My mother gave me this watch two days ago. ® I..………………………………………………………… ® This watch..………………………………………………………… V. Choose the word or phrase that would not be appropriate. 1. These pills should be take every four hours. 2. They were questioning by the police. 3. The letter should been delivered in the afternoon. 4. He was died at the age of twenty. 5. This carpet are being cleaned by a professional carpet cleaner now. 6. A young man has put in prison. 7. The bell was rang several times. 8. If I don’t like you, I wouldn’t invite you to my house. 9. The mail has sent to the wrong address. 10. Will the new road being built soon?. Unit 10: CONSERVATION (3) I. Pick out the word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from that of the other words: 1. a. camp b. plant c. pneumonia d. protect 2. a. sob b. comb c. herb d. cab 3. a. pea b. provide c. psychology d. power 4. a. lamb b. tomb c. climb d. tube 5. a. planet b. photograph c. campfire d. pneumatic II. Complete the passive sentences using the verbs in brackets in this conversation. Laura: Our house (break) …………………into on the weekend. Melanie: Oh no! Laura: Some jewelry (take) …………………….. But luckily no damage (do) …………………………. Melanie: Did the police come and see you? Laura: Yes, they did. I (ask) ……………………….many questions. Melanie: I don’t suppose they know who did it. Laura: Well, amazingly they do. Some fingerprints (find) …………and the burgular (identify) …………. by the police computer. Later, a man (arrest) …………………….. Melanie: Wonderful. Laura: There’s only problem. The jewelry (not find) …………………………. III. Find the error in each sentence and correct them. 1. My wedding ring made of yellow and white gold. 2. That car was such unreliable that they hardly ever drove it. 3. A traveler can reach some of the village along the Amazon only by riverboat. 4. Fewer babies born with birth defect because of advances in prenatal care during this decade. 5. In spite interruption, she was still able to finish her assignment before class. 6. Your typewriter has been fixed and you can pick him up any time. 7. If I don’t like you, I wouldn’t invite you to my house. 8. There has been six cases of the disease so far in this hospital..

(85) 9. The camping trip ...............................(cancel) by the headmaster. IV. Underline the errors in these sentences. Then rewrite each sentence. 0. Many pet dogs are losing every year. ® Many pet dogs are lost every year. 1. The injured man was been taken to hospital. ® 2. A new bridge is be built across the river. ® 3. All the food at the party was ate. ® 4. Nothing will being decided before next Saturday. ® 5. The match is playing on Friday evening. ® 6. The robber unlocked the door by a false key. ® 7. This book was writing by Sam’s father. ® V. Choose the best answers: 1. I still can’t believe it! My bicycle …………………….last night. a. was stolen b. was stealing c. stolen d. stole 2. The current constitutional problem is ………………by the top legal minds in the country. a. studying b. being studying c. being studied d. been studied 3. Something funny ………………..in class yesterday. a. happened b. was happened c. happens d. is happened 4. Today, many childhood diseases ……………….. by early immunization. a. preventing b. can prevent c. prevent d. can be prevented 5. I ………………… with you on that subject. a. am agree b. am agreed c. agreeing d. agree 6. Let’s go ahead and do it now. Nothing ………………….by waiting. a. accomplishes b. accomplish c. has accomplished d. will be accomplished 7. “When ………………….?” -“In 1928.” a. penicillin was discovered b. did penicillin discovered c. was penicillin discovered d. did penicillin discover 8. Vitamin C ……………by the human body. It gets into the blood stream quickly. a. absorbs easily b. is easily absorbing c. is easily absorbed d. absorbed easily 9. I didn’t think my interview went very well, but I guess it must have. Despite all my anxiety, I ………….. for the job I wanted. I’m really going to work hard to justify their confidence. a. was hiring b. hired c. got hiring d. got hired 10. “How did that window ……………………?” - “I don’t know.” a. get broken b. broke c. got broken d. broken 11. Renoir is one of the most popular French impressionist painters. His paintings …………..masterpieces all over the world. a. had considered b. are considering c. are considered d. consider 12. When I woke up and looked out side, the landscape had changed. The ground had been slightly …………. with a dusting of snow during the night. a. covering b. cover c. covers d. covered 13. “………………….about the eight o’clock flight to Chicago?” _ “Not yet.” a. Has been an announcement made b. Has an announcement made c. Has an announcement been made d. Has been made an announcement 14. Last night the tornado swept through Rockville. It …………………….everything in its paths. a. had been destroyed b. was being destroyed c. was destroyed d. destroyed 15. Be sure to wash these vegetables thoroughly. A lot of pesticide residue ……………..on unwashed products. a. can find b. can found c. can be found d. can be finding 16. On Friday afternoon before a three-day holiday weekend, the highways ……………..people on their way out of the city. a. are crowding by b. are being crowd with c. are crowded with d. crowd by 17. Can you ………………… the papers with you when you come to see me, please? a. bring b. collect c. take d. get 18. Can you tell me the ………………. of these shoes? a. charge b. price c. amount d. expense 19. I don’t feel well-but I don’t know what the matter ……….me. a. of b. for c. to d. with 20. She tried to prevent the dog ………………. running into the road. a. from b. to c. against d. for 21. By cutting down trees we ……………the natural habitat of birds and animals. a. damage b. harm c. hurt d. injure 22. I love traveling in Scandinavia; the ………………. is so beautiful there. a. country b. countryside c. environment d. nature 23. Blood flow …………by the heart. a. which is controlled b. being controlled c. controlled d. is controlled 24. The house is ………….at the corner of a busy street. a. situated b. placed c. stood d. put.

(86) 25. The water company will have to …………………of water supplies while repairs to the pipes are carried out . a. cut b. take c. break d. set 26. I wish you would stop ……………….. me whenever I speak. a. interrupted b. interrupting c. to interrupt d. interruption 27. The coins are ……………….to be over a thousand years old. a. described b. told c. said d. mentioned 28. My sister is an expert on wildlife and its ………. a. conserve b. preserve c. conservation d. reservation 29. Because it had not rained for several months, there was a ………………… of water. a. shortage b. drop c. scarce d. waste 30. We looked everywhere but the intruder was nowhere …………………… a. to see b. seen c. to be seen d. having seen 31. The newspaper report contained ………important information. a. many b. a lot of c. an d. another 32. It’s essential to …………………the environment. a. shelter b. protect c. prevent d. restrict 33. Trees and shrubs ......an important part in preserving land because their roots bind the soil and retain water. a. make b. keep c. have d. play 34. We sat at the table until all the food …………..a. were eating b. was eating c. were eaten d. was eaten 35. He showed us the house …………… he was born. a. which b. where c. in where d. in that 36. She gave sweets to each child in the room. a. Sweets were given by her to each child in the room. b. Sweets were given to her by each child in the room. c. Sweets were given to each child by her in the room. d. Sweets were given to each child in the room by her. 37. You drink too much coffee, that’s why you can’t sleep. a. If you drank less coffee, you would be able to sleep. b. You can sleep better without coffee. c. You would sleep well if you didn’t drink any coffee. d. You drink much coffee and you can sleep. 38. Every poor child is given some money. a. They give some money to a poor child. b. They give money to some of the poor child. c. Every poor child must give some money d. They give money to every the poor child. 39. Janet’s afraid she’s lost her car keys. a. Janet thinks her car keys are lost. b. Janet’s lost the keys and she’s afraid to tell anyone . c. Janet’s worried in case she loses her car keys. d. When Janet’s worried, she loses her car keys.. UNIT 11: NATIONAL PARKS (1) I. Complete each sentence with one word from the box. variety species wilderness contaminated. located. survival. 1. Cuc Phuong National Park is ……………………160 kilometers south west of Hanoi. 2. Continued trade in these products is a threat to the ………………….of the species. 3. Everglades National Park is a sub-tropical ………………….in the southeastern United States. 4. The drinking water has been ………………….with lead. 5. There’s a ………………..of animals living in Nairobi National Park. 6. This is the conservation area for endangered ………………… . II. Pick out the word that has the stress pattern different from that of the other words: 1. a. recognize b. expensive c. animal d. vary 2. a. restaurant b. survival c. dependent d. national 3. a. bicycle b. variety c. transport d. comfortable 4. a. interesting b. contamination c. mountain d. forest III. Fill in each blank in the passage with one suitable word. Make any changes in the form if necessary: border cover. variety. recognize tropic. protect. locate strecth. high dense. Bach Ma National Park is (1) ......................in the central Vietnam in the provinces of Thua Thien Hue. The national park (2) .....................an area of about 22,000 ha in the districts of Phu Loc and Nam Dong. It was created in 1991 (3) .....................the centre of the last corridor of forest (4) ....................... from the South China Sea to the Annamite mountain range at the (5)........................... with the Lao PDR. With steep mountains and (6) ................ forests this area is home to a wide (7) ..................... of animals and plants. At the base of the mountains there is ... (8) ...................monsoon forest, above 900 m sub-tropical forest. There are species from both northern and southern Vietnam, and Bach Ma is (9) ..................as one of the areas of Indochina with high biodiversity. Bach Ma mountain peak is the (10) .....................point in the park at 1450 m above sea level and is only 18 km away from the coast..

(87) IV. Match a word in A with its meaning or definition in B: A 1. wilderness (n) 2. survival (n) 3. explore (v) 4. contaminate (v) 5. endanger (v) 6. minority (n) 7. feature (n) 8. habitat (n). B a. to travel around a place in order to learn about it b. the smaller number or part of a group less than half c. an area of land with very few signs of human life d. the state of continuing to live or exist e. an important or noticeable part of sth f. to add a substance which will make sth dirty, harmful or dangerous g. the natural home of a plant or an animal h. to cause danger to sb / sth. V. Complete the sentences with the correct form of the words in brackets. 1. You may be surprised at the large ....................of animals in national parks.(varied) 2. We all want to know how one species is dependent upon another for ...................... (survive) 3. Have you ever been to Cuc Phuong .....................Park? (nation) 4. The natural home of a plant or an animal is called ....................... (habitation) 5. Smoking ...................... your health. (danger) 6. It’s very dangerous to .......................these caves. (exploration) 7. Cuc Phuong was .......................opened in 1960. (office) 8. Everglades National Park is a sub- .................... wildreness in the southeastern United States. (tropic) VI. Read the letters below, then decide whether the letter is acceptance (A) or refusal (R) 1. ............. Dear Quang, Thank you very much for inviting me. I’d love to come, but I have to look after my young sister because my parents are away on business. Shall we make it another time? Long 2. .............. Dear Nhi, Thanks so much for your invitation to the picnic. Of course, I’d be happy to come. shall I bring anything? I’m really looking forward to it. Thanh 3. ................ Dear Minh, I’m afraid I can’t come to your birthday party this Friday because I’m going to visit my aunt in Danang. She’s been seriously ill for a long time. If we can’t see her soon, it’ll be too late. Anyway, thank you very much for your invitation. Maybe we’ll meet up some time when I caome back. Nhat VII. The following sentences are removed from a letter. They are in the wrong order. Write the letter of each sentence in the correct order: Dear Betty, A. I wish I would go with you but I can’t. B. So, I have to learn much more than usual for the exam. C. I have just received your note for a three-day trip to the beach. D. Next week I’ll have an examination of English, Maths and Chemistry. E. I hope I will go with you on another occasion. F. Thank you for your invitation. Yours truly, Mary Key:.

(88) VIII. Choose the words that best fits each of the blanks: Dear Nam, It’s very (1) ....................of you to (2) ..................me to the party on Sunday evening. I only wish I (3) ................ come but I am (4) .................. I couldn’t. All of my family (5) ....................going to leave (6) ................. Vung Tau on Friday to visit our grandfather (7) ....................... we haven’t seen (8) .................... a long time. Thank you for (9) ...................of me. Hope you would have great (10) ................. Your friend, Nhi 1. a. afraid b. kind c. pleased d. happy 2. a. say b. refuse c. accept d. invite 3. a. can b. will c. could d. shall 4. a. nice b. pleasant c. afraid d. disappointed 5. a. are b. will c. can d. would 6. a. at b. for c. in d. to 7. a. which b. whose c. whom d. who 8. a. during b. for c. from d. with 9. a. telling b. asking c. inviting d. thinking 10. a. fun b. funny c. funnily d. more funny IX. Underline the correct word or phrase in each sentence. 0. If you phoned / had phoned me yesterday, I had given / would have given you the news. 1. If you took / would have taken more exercise, you might feel / had felt better. 2. If Tim drove / had driven more carefully, he wouldn’t have crashed / didn’t crash. 3. If you had come / came to see the film, you had enjoyed / would have enjoyed it. 4. If I’d known / would know it was your birthday, I would send / would have sent you a card. 5. If people had helped / helped one another more often, the world might be / was a better place. 6. If our team had scored / scored more goals, we had won / could have won. 7. If you would have worn / wore a coat, you wouldn’t get / didn’t get wet. 8. Why didn’t you tell me? If you told / had told me, I had helped / would have helped you. 9. If you help / helped me with this exercise, I will do / would do the same for you one day. 10. If you invited / had invited me last week, I had been able / would have been able to come. UNIT 11: NATIONAL PARKS (2) I. Put the verbs in brackets into the correct form. 0. If you had phoned her, she wouldn’t have been (not, be) so worried. 1. If he had been more careful, he …………….……..( not, fall). 2. If my brother ……………… (be) here, he ………………..(help) us solve this problem. 3. If you ……………(arrive) a day earlier, you could have met them all before they left. 4. If you hadn’t woken me up this morning, I ………………….(be) late for school. So thank you. 5. It’s getting colder and colder. If it ……………(snow) tomorrow, I ………….(stay) home. 6. It’s a pity David is sick. If he ………………..(play), we ………………(win) the match. 7. If she …………(take) your advice, she …………….(not, be) in trouble now. 8. Jack feels regret. If he ………………..(study) harder, he ………………(pass) the exam. II. Complete the sentence for each situation. 1. Hang didn’t leave early, and so she missed the bus. ® If Hang ………………………………., she ……………………………………………the bus. 2. I didn’t buy more milk, so I didn’t have enough for breakfast. ® If I ………………………………………., I ……………………………….enough for breakfast. 3. We forgot to take a map, so we got lost in the mountains. ® If we …………………………………., we ………………………………in the mountains. 4. Minh didn’t make a shopping list, and he forgot to buy some coffee. ® If Minh …………………………………….., he ……………………………………….some coffee. 5. I didn’t realize you were tired when I asked you to go for a walk. ® If I ……………………………..…………, I ……………….………….…….for a walk. 6. The Romans didn’t sail across the Atlantic, so they didn’t reach America. ® If the Romans ……………………………………, they ……………………………………..America. 7. I didn’t turn left at the station, and I lost my way. ® If I …………………………………, I …………………………………my way..

(89) 8. I didn’t go bed early, so I didn’t wake up at 7.00. ® If I ……………………………………..early, I ………………………………….at 7.00. III. Rewrite the sentences below using if. 1. He didn’t hurry, so he missed the train. ® …………………………………………………………………… 2. She wasn’t able to answer the questions, so she failed the exam. ® ……….………………………………………………………………………………………………………. 3. I didn’t see you there, otherwise I’d have said hello. ® ……….………………………………………………………………………………………………………. 4. He lost his job because he was late every day. ® ……………………................…………………………. 5. Susan felt sick because she ate four cream cakes. ® ……...........…………………………………………. 6. We didn’t go because it rained. ® …………………………………………………………… 7. They didn’t go to the seaside because the weather was so cold. ® ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………. 8. Of the reasons why I didn’t phone you was that I was very busy. ® ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………. 9. They won the match because two of our players were injured. ® …………………………………………………………………………………………………………………. 10. We stayed up all night and that’s why we’re so tired this morning. ® ………………………………………………………………………………………………………………. IV. Choose the correct answers: 1. Henry ……….a rich man today if he had been more careful in the past. (would be / is / will be / was) 2. I left my last job because I had no ………………….to travel. (place / position / opportunity / possibility) 3. The house is conveniently ……………about a mile from the shopping center.(lay / placed / located / put) 4. If I …..the chance, I would have trained to be a doctor. ( would have had / would have / have had / had had) 5. If I hadn’t drunk so much coffee, ……………better. (I’d have slept / I slept / I’ll sleep / I sleep) 6. ………………. an accident in the High Street, traffic is moving very slowly on the London Road. ( Due to / Through / Because / Since) 7. Do you …………………..to use a computer? ( able / know / know how / understand) 8. You looked terribly tired. You really …………………to get more sleep. ( ought / should / must / could) 9. If we continue to …………………the world’s resources at this rate, there will soon be none left. (finish / use up / throw away / damage) 10. There are now six billion people living on ………………… ( world / globe / earth / universe) 11. That / sound / great! a. That sounds great! b. That sound’s great! c. That’s a great sound! d. That will sound great! 12. Yes,/ be / delighted/. a.Yes, that is delighted. b.Yes, that’ll be delighted. c. Yes, I’d be delighted. d. Yes, it is very delighted. 13. I / love / but / I / oral test / that day /. a. I love coming, but I have an oral test that day. b. I’d love coming, but I am having an oral test that day. c. I’d love to come, but I am having an oral test that day. d. Yes, I love, but I take an oral test on that day. 14. Thank / you / very much / invite / me / stay/, / it / so / kind / you/. a. Thank you very much inviting me staying, it’s so kind of you. b. Thank you very much for inviting me to stay, it’s so kind of you. c. To thank you very much for inviting me to stay, it’s so kind for you. d. Thank you very much you invited me to stay, it’s so kind with you. 15. I / look / forward / try / your cooking /. a. I am looking forward to try your cooking. b. I‘d look to forward in order to try your cooking. c. I look forward and try your cooking. d. I am looking forward to trying your cooking. 16. I / sorry / can / not / my mother / sick/. a. I’m sorry I can’t because my mother has been very sick. b. I’m sorry I can’t although my mother has been very sick. c. I sorry I can not because my mother has been very sick. d. I’m sorry I can’t because of my mother is very sick. 17. I / afraid / be / able / come / your party /. a. I afraid I won’t be able to come to your party. b. I’m afraid I am not able coming to your party..

(90) c. I’m afraid I won’t be able to come to your party. d. I will be afraid that I can’t be able to come to your party. V. Choose the underlined part among A,B, C or D that needs correcting. 1. The capital of Yemen is situating 2,190 meters above sea level. 2. What did you do if they had spoken to you like that? 3. If they offered you the job, will you accept it? 4. This packet is containing 500 grams of coffee. 5. George is not enough intelligent to pass this mathematics class without help. VI. Put the words in the box into the correct column according to how ed -ending is pronounced. laughed lived passed enjoyed walked washed closed stopped rained collapsed liked played watched contained talked happened offered worked arrived organized promised surprised /t/ :………………………………………………………………….…………………………………. ................................................................................................................................................................... /d/: …………………………………………………………………………………………………….. ................................................................................................................................................................... VII. Pick out the word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from that of the other words. 1. a. worked b. hoped c. loved d. attacked 2. a. hired b. abandoned c. survived d. linked 3. a. studied b. picked c. fixed d. kissed 4. a. banned b. liked c. belonged d. orphaned 5. a. planned b. seemed c. prepared d. missed 6. a. accepted b. endangered c. needed d. invited 7. a. signed b. liked c. washed d. watched 8. a. laughed b. moved c. happened d. arrived VIII. Put out the word that has the stress pattern different from that of the other words. 1. a. afraid b. attack c. express d. common 2. a. poison b. sentence c. forest d. combine 3. a. chemical b. expensive c. November d. location 4. a. recognize b. contaminate c. orphanage d. everglade 5. a. survival b. wilderness c. dependent d. intention REVIEW ( UNIT 9,10,11) I. Put the verbs in brackets into the correct tense: 2. If I (know) …………..his phone number, I would call him. 3. I (not / buy) ……………that coat if I were you. 3. If it (be) …………….fine tomorrow, we will go to the coast. 4. If you ……………(arrive) a day earlier, you could have met them all before they left. 5. If you hadn’t woken me up this morning, I ………….(be) late for school. So thank you. II. Rewrite the sentences below 1. I have to work late tomorrow, so I can’t join your party. ® If I ……………………………………………………………………………………………………… 2. That book is too expensive, so I’m not going to buy it. ® If the book…………………………………………………………………….………………..…………. 3. I’ve got a lot of work to do, so I can’t go home for lunch now. ® If I ………………………………………………………………………………………………………… 4. He lost his job because he was late every day. ® ………………………………………………………………………………………………..

(91) 5. He didn’t hurry, so he missed the train. ® …………………………………………………………………………… 6. She wasn’t able to answer the questions, so she failed the exam. ® ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………. 7. They won the match because two of our players were injured. ® ……………………………………………………………...............……………………………………. 8. They are building several new schools in our town. ® Several new schools .................................................................................................................................. 9. Someone stole my bag in the store. ® My bag …………………………………….………………….. 10. They have changed the date of the meeting. ® The date of the meeting ………………………………………..……………………………………… III. Complete the sentences with the correct form of the words in brackets: 1. The country has had many ……………………….disasters recently. ( nature) 2. This river has been seriously ……………………..( pollute) 4. Water was found at a …………………… of 30 feet underground. (deep) 5. The house is ……………………by beautiful countryside. (surround) IV. A. Complete the sentences with SHOULD or SHOULDN’T: 1. It’s too dark. You …………………ride your bike without lights. 2. I think he ……………………stay home tonight because his mother is sick. 3. You …………………..drive too fast. 4. Children ………………….go to bed early. B. Use should or shouldn’t with a correct verb from the list to complete the sentences: take play look for have give up go apply 1. I think this job is suitable for you. You ……………………for this job. 2. Linda has a bad cold. She …………………out in such bad weather. 3. Mr. Nam has a bad cough. He ……………………..smoking. 4. Why are you looking so tired? You …………….a rest. V. Pick out the word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from that of the other words: 1. a. camp b. plant c. pneumonia d. protect 2. a. sperm b. percentage c. fertilizer d. diversity 3. a. studied b. picked c. fixed d. kissed 4. a. pea b. provide c. psychology d. power 5. a. banned b. liked c. belonged d. orphaned 6. a. concern b. conserve c. water d. prefer 7. a. here b. bear c. hear d. engineer 8. a. tour b. chair c. square d. where VI. Put out the word that has the stress pattern different from that of the other words. 1. a. destruction b. movement c. important d. appearance 2. a. bicycle b. variety c. transport d. comfortable 3. a. eliminate b. disadvantage c. environment d. endanger 4. a. seafood b. pollute c. mammal d. proper 5. a. temperature b. photograph c. information d. consequence VII. Choose the underlined part among A,B, C or D that needs correcting. 1. A young man has put in prison. 2. Will the new road being built soon? 3. The letter should been delivered in the afternoon. 4. Fewer babies born with birth defect because of advances in prenatal care during this decade 5. If they offered you the job, will you accept it? VIII. Choose the correct answers: 1. If I were you, …………………..phone and tell her you’re going to be late. ( I’d / I’ll / I’d have / I ) 2. The house is conveniently …………………about a mile from the shopping center. a. lay b. placed c. located d. put 3. If I ………..the chance, I would have trained to be a doctor. a. would have had b. would have c. have had d. had had 4. Trees and shrubs ………...an important part in preserving land because their roots bind the soil and retain water. a. make b. keep c. have d. play 5. We sat at the table until all the food ……………...

(92) a. were eating b. was eating c. were eaten d. was eaten 6. I still can’t believe it! My bicycle …………………….last night. a. was stolen b. was stealing c. stolen d. stole 7. The current constitutional problem is ………………by the top legal minds in the country. a. studying b. being studying c. being studied d. been studied 8. John always has difficulty getting up. He ……………………… . a. should go to bed late b. should go away for a few days c. shouldn’t go away for a few days d. shouldn’t go to bed late 9. I don’t know her phone number, so I can’t call her yet. a. I know her phone number but I haven’t called her. b. I’ll look up her phone number and I call her. c. You didn’t give me her phone number, and I didn’t call her. d. If I knew her phone number, I’d call her. 10. If he wrote to her, she would be happy. a. She isn’t happy because he doesn’t write to her. b. When he wrote to her, she wasn’t happy. c. She’s happy because he has written to her. d. He didn’t write to her, so she wasn’t happy. 11. If I hadn’t drunk so much coffee, ……………better. a. I’d have slept b. I slept c. I’ll sleep d. I sleep 12. Today, many childhood diseases ……………….. by early immunization. a. preventing b. can prevent c. prevent d. can be prevented 13. On Friday afternoon before a three-day holiday weekend, the highways ………..people on their way out of the city. a. are crowding by b. are being crowd with c. are crowded with d. crowd by 14. If we continue to …………………the world’s resources at this rate, there will soon be none left. a. finish b. use up c. throw away d. damage 15. There are now six billion people living on ………………… a. world b. globe c. earth d. universe 16. It’s essential to …………………the environment. a. shelter b. protect c. prevent d. restrict 17. She tried to prevent the dog ………. running into the road. a. from b. to c. against d. for 18. You really ……………….. stop smoking, you know. It’s bad for you. a. must b. should c. ought d. would 19. I ……………………that coat if I were you. a. didn’t buy b. don’t buy c. wouldn’t buy d. will not buy 20. There are many …………………species that need human protection. a. danger b. endanger c. dangerous d. endangered. TEST YOURSELF D I. Choose the correct answers: 1. The house is ………………..by beautiful countryside. a. surrounding b. being surrounded c. surrounded d. surround 2. Mr. Nam has a bad cough. He …………...………smoking. a. should take b. should stop c. shouldn’t give up d. shouldn’t apply 3. She tried to prevent the dog ……. running into the road. a. from b. to c. against d. for 4. He was using the phone when I needed it. a. The phone was being used when I needed it. b. The phone is used when I needed it. c. The phone is being used when I needed it. d. The phone was used when I needed it. 5. We should try to …………………beaches, and not ………………them. a. pollute / clean up b. clean up / pollute c. prevent / destroy d. destroy / prevent 6. You really ………………..stop smoking, you know. It’s bad for you..

(93) a. must b. should c. ought d. would 7. If I hadn’t drunk so much coffee, …….…………better. a. I’d have slept b. I slept c. I’ll sleep d. I sleep 8. The current constitutional problem is ……….…………by the top legal minds in the country. a. studying b. being studying c. being studied d. been studied 9. What makes you want to become a ………………………..in the future? a. scientist b. science c. scientific d. scientists 10. If I ……..his phone number, I would call him. a. know b. knew c. had known d. didn’t know 11. I ………that coat if I were you. a. didn’t buy b. don’t buy c. wouldn’t buy d. will not buy 12. Henry ……….a rich man today if he had been more careful in the past. a.would be b. is c. will be d. was 13. “I’m afraid I can’t come because my mother has been sick.” can be interpreted as a .................... a. acceptance b. invitation c. refusal d. suggestion 14. Cuc Phuong National Park is ……………………160 kilometers south west of Hanoi. a. located b. contaminated c. polluted d. lived 15. Everglades National Park is a sub-tropical ………………….in the southeastern United States. a. survival b. wilderness c. variety d. species 16. If you ………………….me yesterday, I …………………….you the news. a. phoned / had given b. had phoned / would have given c. phoned / would have given d. had phoned / had given 17. If you …………… a day earlier, you could have met them all before they left. a. arrive b. arrived c. had arrived d. would arrive 18. If you ………………………… to see the film, you ………………………………it. a. came / had enjoyed b. had come / had enjoyed c. came / would have enjoyed d. had come / would have enjoyed 19. If you …………………….a coat, you ……………………………wet. a. would have worn / wouldn’t get b. wore / didn’t get c. would have worn / didn’t get d. wore / wouldn’t get 20. If he had been more careful, he ……………………….…….. . a. wouldn’t have fallen b. wouldn’t fall c. didn’t fall d. would have fallen 21. We sat at the table until all the food …………….. a. were eating b. was eating c. were eaten d. was eaten 22. He showed us the house ………………… he was born. a. which b. where c. in where d. in that 23. It would be a good idea to ………………………. more trees, not to ……………………trees. a. clean up / pollute b. protect / destroy c. prevent / let d. plant / cut down 24. you / feel / like / the concert / go / tonight/? a. Do you feel like to going to the concert tonight? b. Do you feel like going to the concert tonight? c. Do you feel like to go to the concert tonight? d. Are you feeling to like going to the concert tonight? 25. You drink too much coffee, that’s why you can’t sleep. a. If you drank less coffee, you would be able to sleep. b. You can sleep better without coffee. c. You would sleep well if you didn’t drink any coffee. d. You drink much coffee and you can sleep 26. My sister is an expert on wildlife and its …………………. a. conserve b. preserve c. conservation d. reservation 27. …………………to join us? a. How about b. Why don’t you c. Would you like d. Let’s 28. There are many …………………species that need human protection. a. danger b. endanger c. dangerous d. endangered 29. John always has difficulty getting up. He ……………………… . a. should go to bed late b. should go away for a few days c. shouldn’t go away for a few days d. shouldn’t go to bed late 30. I ..................it if I didn’t see it with my own eyes. a. would believe b. wouldn’t believe c. will believe d. won’t believe 31. “Would you like to go swimming tomorrow?” “.....................”.

(94) a. Yes, I do. b. Yes, I want to. c. Yes, I’d love to. d. Yes, I am. 32. The synonym of “pollution” is “ ....................” a. survival b. species c. contamination d. release 33. Thanks for your invitation ...................dinner. I’ll be there on time. a. for b. to c. at d. with 34. “........................” means “continue to live or exist.” a. Establish b. Visit c. Depend d. Survive 35. If An .....................so intelligent, Hoang wouldn’t have married her. a. isn’t b. hadn’t been c. hasn’t been d. weren’t II. Find mistake in each sentence and correct them: 1. If they offered you the job, will you accept it? 2. A young man has put in prison. 3. Many pet dogs are losing every year 4. Will the new road being built soon? 5. If I don’t like you, I wouldn’t invite you to my house. 6. There has been six cases of the disease so far in this hospital. 7. The letter should been delivered in the afternoon. 8. The mail has sent to the wrong address. 9. This carpet are being cleaned by a professional carpet cleaner now. 10. If you phoned me yesterday, I would have given you the news. III. Rewrite the sentences below: 1. We don’t go out very often because we can’t afford it. ® If we …………………………………………………………………………………………………..……. 2. Water these plants or they will wither. ® If you ………………………………………….………………. 3. I didn’t go bed early, so I didn’t wake up at 7.00. ® If I .…….……….…..early, I ……….…….…….at 7.00. 4. Someone stole my bag in the store. ® My bag …………………………..………………………………… 5. They are building a new shopping center downtown. ® A new shopping center …………………………………………………………………………………..…… IV. Pick out the word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from that of the other words: 1. a. worked b. hoped c. loved d. attacked 2. a. planned b. seemed c. prepared d. missed 3. a. concern b. conserve c. water d. prefer 4. a. here b. bear c. hear d. engineer 5. a. tour b. where c. square d. chair V. Put out the word that has the stress pattern different from that of the other words. 1. a. bicycle b. variety c. transport d. comfortable 2. a. destruction b. important c. movement d. appearance 3. a. disadvantage b. eliminate c. environment d. endanger 4. a. seafood b. pollute c. mammal d. proper Unit 12: MUSIC (1) I. Complete each sentence with one word from the box: expresses entertained relax uplifted lulled communicate listening composed delight 1. This news will ……………. his fans all over the world. 2. Last night he ………………….us for hours with his stories and jokes. We really had a good time at his house. 3. When I get home from work I like to ……………..with a piece of music. 4. She ……………..herself most fully in her paintings. 5. When I was a child, the vibration of the train ……………… me to sleep. 6. Mozart ………………. his last opera shortly before he died. 7. We enjoy ………………to music every day because it’s a way of relaxation. 8. Everyone left the concert feeling ………………… 9. Dolphins use sound to ……………….with each other. II. Pick out the word which is stressed on the third syllable..

(95) 1. a. different b. combination c. communicate d. energy 2. a. engineer b. compose c. musician d. family 3. a. following b. describe c. anthem d. entertainment 4. a. American b. famous c. European d. classical 5. a. celebration b. composer c. appreciate d. national 6. a. important b. magazine c. whenever d. favourite 7. a. African b. international c. especially d. communicate 8. a. however b. emotion c. Vietnamese d. example III. Complete the sentences with the appropriate form of the words in brackets: 1. Mozart is an internationally famous ………………. (compose) 2. What do you know about Hue ……………..songs? (tradition) 3. The architecture in the downtown area is a successful ………………of old and new. ( combine) 4. It‘s too dark to see ………………..(clear) 5. I’ve never had such a …………………holiday. (relax) 6. We are in regular …………………with each other by telephone or letter. ( communicate) 7. He is a highly ……………… musician. ( talent) 8. Here’s the ………………..of the bicycle which was stolen. (describe) IV. Read the passage and choose the best answer to each question from the four choices. Romantic music of the nineteenth century differed greatly from the classical music of the eighteenth century. Classical music was primarily concerned with strict form and style. Romantic composers, however, wanted to express their feelings and thoughts through music. Their music was less structured than the music of the classicists; its goal was to fill the listener with emotions, with thoughts of beauty, wonder, and nature, and with poet. 1. What is the topic of this passage? A. The characteristics of romantic music C. Popular music in the eighteenth century B. Various types of music D. A comparison of romantic and classical music 2. According to the passage, classical music ………………… A. express feelings and thoughts C. has rigid forms B. was popular in the nineteenth century D. is less structured than romantic music 3. It can be inferred from the passage that romantic music ………………….. A. developed prior to the eighteenth century. C. came before classical music B. did not have a strict form D. was more concerned with form than feelings 4. The word “emotions” in line 4 is closest in meaning to …………………… A. feelings B. forms C. sounds D. movements 5. According to the passage, romantic music filled the listener with all of the following EXCEPT …………….. a. thoughts of poetry B. thoughts of wonder C. thoughts of loveliness D. thoughts of strictness V. Use the prompts below to write complete sentences about Sir Arthur Conan Doyle, creator of the great detective. 1. Sir Arthur Conan Doyle / be famous / writer / the Sherlock Holmes’ stories. ……………………………..…………………………………………………………………………………….. 2. He / born / Scotland / 1859. ……………..……………………………………………………………………………………………………….. 3. He / go to Edinburgh University / studied / medicine. …………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..….. 4. He / work as / doctor / several years / but when he / thirty-two / became / full-time writer. ……………………………………………………………..………………………………………………..……….. 5. He wrote romances / adventure stories / histories / historical events / but it be / detective stories / make him famous. …………………………………………………………………………………….. ………………………… 6. He / wrote / first story / 1887 / while / still doctor / and in twenty years / wrote / fifty more. ……………………………………………………………………………………..………………. 7. Sherlock Holmes / live / Baker Street, London / his friend / assistant / Doctor Watson. ……………………………………………………………………………………………………… 8. Enemy / many stories / man / call / Moriarty. ……………………………………………………………………………………………………… 9. Sir Arthur Conan Doyle / died / 1930 / aged seventy-one. ............................................................................................................................................................. VI. Write the biography of Stephany Hardy, a writer, in the full form, using the notes for the events in her life..

(96) 1950 Born in Lincolnshire, England. 1969 Her husband died 1955 Started school. 1970 Married 1956 Wrote short stories about animals. June 20, 1971 Graduated. Sep. 16, 1961 Her mother die. 1972 Have her daughter on June 14. 1965 Wrote first novel (not published) 1968 Went to Cambridge University. ................................................................................................................................................................................... ................................................................................................................................................................................... ................................................................................................................................................................................... .................................................................................................................................................................................... ................................................................................................................................................................................... .................................................................................................................................................................................... ................................................................................................................................................................................... .................................................................................................................................................................................... VII. Read the text and then decide which word (A,B,C or D) best fits each space. FILM MUSIC In the early days of the cinema, before sound was introduced, silent films were (0) ……………….by a pianist, or even a small orchestra playing in the cinema itself. One reason (1) ……………this was to cover up the noise of the projector. However, a more important role was to provide (2) ……………..for what was going on in the film, and (3) …………….the audience through the story. Different kinds of music were (4) ……………with different situations, (5) …………….as fights, chases, romantic scenes and so on. Music was (6) ……….used to identify the geographical location or historical setting of the story. In (7) ……………., individual characters often had their own tune, which could also (8) ………………what sort of person they were. 0. a. chased b. pursued c. taken d. accompanied 1. a. on b. about c. for d. of 2. a. support b. description c. suggestion d. comment 3. a. allow b. guide c. follow d. send 4. a. grouped b. joined c. associated d. collected 5. a. if b. for c. such d. so 6. a. too b. also c. additional d. more 7. a. plus b. addition c. all d. total 8. a. see b. point c. put d. indicate VIII. Match a question in A with its answer in B. A B 1. What do you often do in your free time? a. Folk music. 2. Who did you go out with last night? b. 120.000 dong. 3. Why are you wearing a suit? c. I listen to music or read books. 4. Which newspaper do you read? d. It’s today. 5. When’s your birthday? e. Nam and Hung. 6. How many students are there in your class? f. Because I’m going to a very important meeting. 7. What kind of music do you like to listen to? g. Forty-five. 8. How much money did you buy for your shoes? h. The Daily Times.. Unit 12: MUSIC ( 2) I. Complete the profile of Charles Chaplin by making sentences from the sets of words given. 1. Charles Chaplin / born / 1889. ...................................................................................................................... 2. He / marriy / three times / and have / eleven children. ...................................................................................................................................................

(97) 3. Chaplin / well-known worldwide / as / comic actor / film director. ................................................................................................................................................. 4. He / make / many short films. ...................................................................................................................... 5. He also / produce / act in / and direct / eleven full-length films. ............................................................................................................................................... 6. His last film / be / A Countess from Hong Kong / 1967. ............................................................................................................................................. 7. Chaplin / die / 1977 / age / 88. ...................................................................................................................... II. Write a profile of William Shakespeare using the promts given. Name: William Shakespeare Born: April 16,1564 Place of birth: Straford-on-Avon Moved to London: when young 35 years old: already a well-known writer Artistic works: many plays, some poems Kinds of plays: history play, tragedy, and comedy Died: 1616 Considered a genius with many ideas about life, and with a wonderful wayswith words. ................................................................................................................................................................................... ................................................................................................................................................................................... ................................................................................................................................................................................... ................................................................................................................................................................................... ................................................................................................................................................................................... ................................................................................................................................................................................... ................................................................................................................................................................................... ................................................................................................................................................................................... ................................................................................................................................................................................... III. Use the cues to write about Eric Clapton’s life. 1. Eric Clapton / is / one / most successful / rockstars / all time. ................................................................................................................................................................................. 2. He / sell / millions / records. ................................................................................................................................................................................. 3. He / appear / live concerts / all over / world. ................................................................................................................................................................................. 4. Clapton / be / born / 1945 / small town near London. ................................................................................................................................................................................. 5. When he / be / only two / his mother / leave him. ................................................................................................................................................................................. 6. He / be / bring up / his grandparents. ................................................................................................................................................................................. 7. Until / he / be / nine / he / think / they / be / his parents. ................................................................................................................................................................................. 8. They / treat / him / good. ................................................................................................................................................................................. 9. They / buy / him / first guitar. ................................................................................................................................................................................. 10. When he / leave school / they / pay / him / go to art college. .................................................................................................................................................................................. IV. Use the cues to write about Isaac Newton’s life. 1642 December 25, born in Lincolnshire, England. 1656 Was brought home from school to run the farm. 1660 Went to Cambridge University. 1665-1667 School closed because of Great Plague. Went on with his studies at home. Laid the foundations for his famous discoveries in mathematics and physics..

(98) 1667 Went back to Cambridge and became a professor. 1727 March 20, died, was buried in Westminter Abbey. ................................................................................................................................................................................... ................................................................................................................................................................................... ................................................................................................................................................................................... ................................................................................................................................................................................... ................................................................................................................................................................................... ................................................................................................................................................................................... ................................................................................................................................................................................... ................................................................................................................................................................................... ................................................................................................................................................................................... ................................................................................................................................................................................... V. Combine the following sentences using “phrases of purpose”: 1. Mary prepares her lesson carefully. She wants to get high marks in class. . …………..……………………………………………………………………………………………………….. 2. You should study hard. You want to keep pace with your class. . …………..……………………………………………………………………………………………………….. 3. Tom often gets up early in the morning. He doesn’t want to be late for school. . …………..……………………………………………………………………………………………………….. 4. She needs a job. She wants to support her old parents. . …………..……………………………………………………………………………………………………….. 5. My brother drove carefully. He didn’t want to cause accident. . …………..……………………………………………………………………………………………………….. VI. Use a sentence in A and a sentence in B to make a new sentence. A B 1. I shouted. 2. I had to go to the bank. 3. I need a bottle opener. 4. I’m saving money. 5. I called the police. 6. I’m wearing two sweaters. 7. I went to the hospital. 8. I need a few days.. a. I want to keep warm. b. I wanted to report that my car had been stolen. c. I want to go to Canada. d. I had to have an operation. e. I want to open this bottle. f. I want to think about your proposal. g. I needed to get some money. h. I wanted to warn people of the danger.. VII. Make an action with its purpose. Action Purpose ..e..1. He enrolled in the English course because he a. didn’t want to get any phone calls. …… 2. She took a bus because she b. wanted to store information. …… 3. She went to the store because she c. didn’t want to be late. ….. 4. We disconnect our phone because we d. wanted to listen to the news. …… 5. He didn’t tell me he was sick because he e. wanted to learn to the language. …… 6. He turned on the radio because he f. needed to buy some food. …… 7. She bought a computer because she g. didn’t want to worry me. Combine the sentence parts above. Use the infinitive of purpose. Example: 1. He enrolled in the English course to learn to the language. 2. …………..……………………………………………………………………………………………………….. 3. …………..……………………………………………………………………………………………………….. 4. …………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….. 5. …………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….. 6. …………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….. Unit 12: MUSIC (3) I. Ask questions for the underlined words / phrases in the following sentences. 1. I often read detective stories when I have free time. 2. She likes pop music. 3. I often listen to classical music to relax my mind. 4. Most of us listen to music for pleasure. 5. Music engineers have developed a new computer program that will change the future of music..

(99) 6. A computer can analyze a singer’s voice. 7. If you give the computer the lyrics and music of a song, the computer can “sing” it in that voice. ……………..……………………………………………………………………………………………………….. 8. In the 1960s, it took pop and rock groups one or two days to record their songs. ……………..……………………………………………………………………………………………………….. 9. Nowadays, it can take months and months. 10. Rock began in the USA in the early 1950s. 11. Many people like ABBA’s songs because they had catchy tunes and simple pop lyrics. ………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….…. 12. In Viet Nam children start school at the age of 6. 13. My favorite composer is Tran Tien. 14. I practice English to sing English song. 15. He stayed at home because the weather was bad. 16. It takes me 5 minutes to go to school. 17. This school was built over a hundred years ago. 18. We have been learning English for over ten years now. 19. Tom studied medicine because he wants to become a doctor. 20. I paid only $ 10 for this new shirt. 21. Jane went out with her classmates. 22. Her parents often go and help the homeless children at the orphange at weekends. ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….. 23. They spent their holiday in Spain last summer. 24. Among the subjects at school, Mike likes mathematics the most. 25. Her motorcycle can go 100 km an hour. 26. The children go to their club twice a week. 27. She can speak French very well. II. Match questions for underlined parts: 1. ......................................................................................................... Music makes people different from all other animals. 2. ......................................................................................................... Yes, it is. (Music is one of the most powerful means of communication.) 3. ......................................................................................................... When she came, I was practising my piano lesson. 4. ......................................................................................................... My favorite composer is Chopin. 5. ......................................................................................................... We had to cancel our picnic because the weather was bad. 6. ......................................................................................................... I practise speaking English to sing English songs. 7. ......................................................................................................... I like listening English at night. 8. ......................................................................................................... No. (I don’t know why he was absent yesterday.) III. Choose the best answer: 1. The school boys are in a hurry ……………..be late for school. a. so as to b. in order not to c. in order that d. to 2. They were talking in whispers ………………nobody could hear them. a. in order to b. so that c. in order that d. b & c are correct 3. My mother needs a tin-opener ………………… this bottle. a. to open b. in order to open c. so as to open d. all are correct 4. You may put money in a small coin bank …………………keep it safe. a. so that to b. so as not to c. in order to 5. I’m wearing two sweaters ………………..get cold. a. so as to not b. in order that will not c. so as not to 6. I’m really looking forward ……………….. to university. a. to going 7. She came quietly ……………….. not to wake the baby. a. as if b. such as c. so as. d. not to d. in order to not b. to go c. going d. if so. d. go.

(100) 8. He telephoned me ………………..me to his birthday party. a. invite b. to invite c. inviting d. for inviting 9. I like pop music ………………..it helps me relax. a. because b. because of c. due to d. owing to 10. I prefer classical music ………………..rock ‘n’ roll. a. to b. than c. rather than d. more than 11. …………….catch up with his studies, he worked through the summer. a. In order to b. To c. For d. Both a & b 12. He said the government would do its best to ………………..the problem of unemployment. a. solve b. decide c. answer d. relax 13. If only he ………………….told us the truth in the first place, things wouldn’t have gone so wrong. a. has b. had c. would have d. should have 14. Music is clearly different ………………language. a. with b. from c. in d. of 15. I wish I had enough money ………………a computer. a. buying b. to buy c. to buying d. for buying 16. She’s practicing …………………a new piece on the piano. a. play b. to play c. to playing d. playing 17. That music is too ………………- please turn it down. a. aloud b. loud c. louder d. loudly 18. Neither Janet nor Susan can dance well. a. Janet can’t dance well and Susan can’t either. c. Janet can’t dance well but Susan can. b. Both Janet and Susan can dance well. d. Susan can’t dance well but Janet can. 19. Why are you saving money? a. What reasons are you saving money for? c. What kind of money are you saving? b. For what are you saving money? d. What are you saving money for? 20. I want to ……………….some pictures by a new painter the other day. a. watch b. see to c. look at d. visit 21. We had to get up early, ………………….I’d have missed the train. a. so b. otherwise c. despite d. though 22. The music sounds ……………….I love this kind of music very much. a. attracting b. interesting c. expressing d. inquiring 23. He began …………music when he was very young. a. to play b. playing c. play d. a & b 24. Van Cao was ……………a very talented musician and highly appreciated by the Vietnamese people. a. known as b. known of c. famous for d. called as 25. Please go in. Mr. Jones is free ……………..you now. a. to see b. see c. seeing d. will see 26. He prefers typing to writing by hand. a. He doesn’t like to write by hand at all. c. He’d rather type than write by hand. b. He likes typing better. d. He doesn’t like typing. 27. How old do you think this house is? a. When do you think the house was built? c. When do you think the house is built? b. Do you know when the house is built? d. When is the house built? 28. “………………….” “Minh.” a. When did Minh break the vase? c. How was the vase broken? b. What did he break? d. Who broke the vase? 29. “Why are you learning English?” is closest in meaning to ……………….. a. What are you learning English for? c. What kind of English are you learning? b. What are you learning English? d. Are you learning English? 30. I went to the baker’s ………………… a. for some bread b. to buy some bread c. to buying some bread d. a or b 31. “National” has the …………….stress pattern. a. 000 b. 00 c. 000 d. 000 32. ………are you so late? - Because of heavy traffic. a. What b. Why c. When d. Which Unit 12: MUSIC (4) I. Choose the best answer: 1. “………… does she jog every day for?” “To stay fit.” a. Why b. What c. Which d. When 2. The letter “t” in the following words is pronounced as /t/ except …… a. picture b. stayed c. tea d. continue 3. “If An …..so intelligent, Hoang wouldn’t have married her. a. isn’t b. hadn’t been c. hasn’t been d. weren’t 4. ………………….do you look unhappy? - I got bad marks in mathematics. a. Why b. What c. How d. Which 5. - …………………? - 100 kilometers per hour..

(101) a. How fast is your car b. How many kilometers does your car run per hour c. a and b are correct d. a and b are incorrect 6. “ ……” “Three times a month.” a. How do you like the food? c. Do you often eat at this restaurant? b. How old is the restaurant? d. How often do you eat at this restaurant? 7. …………………….? - 50 kilos. a. How much do you weigh b. What is your weight c. How heavy are you d. all are correct 8. He studied very hard ………………. a. in order to fail the exam b. so as to pass the exam c. so that to get knowledge d. in order that he could be illiterate 9. I often …………………with a piece of music after a hard-working day. ( relax / entertain / uplift / delight ) 10. ……………..his help, we couldn’t have finished the project. ( Unless / If not / No / Without) 11. When I was a little child, my mother often told me a fairly tale to …………… me to sleep. ( delight / relax / express / lull ) 12. … is modern music that is popular with young people. ( Jazz / Rock ‘n’ roll / Pop music / Classical music) 13. ‘………………….’ means ‘continue to live or exist.’ ( Establish / Visit / Depend / Survive ) 14. The letter ‘d’ in ‘ ………………..’ is silent. ( deal / doctor / destroy / handsome ) 15. ‘ ……………’ has a different ed-sound. ( Covered / Booked / Enjoyed / Lived) II. Pick out the word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from that of the other words 1. a. sense b. music c. discuss d. serious 2. a. delights b. lives c. business d. roles 3. a. easy b. classical c. style d. sleep 4. a. human b. use c. musical d. uplift 5. a. pour b. mournful c. young d. your 6. a. relax b. reason c. rouse d. besides 7. a. describe b. compose c. beats d. most 8. a. tradition b. combination c. human d. about 9. a. entertain b. conserve c. preserve d. prefer 10. a. about b. sound c. famous d. count III. Pick out the word that has the stress pattern different from that of the other words 1. a. anthem b. lyric c. excite d. poem 2. a. wonderful b. talented c. celebrate d. appreciate 3. a. tradition b. especial c. imagine d. classical 4. a. about b. language c. success d. agree 5. a. criticize b. description c. delightful d. exciting 6. a. composer b. artistic c. European d. musician 7. a. American b. classical c. occasion d. emotion 8. a. atmosphere b. entertain c. industry d. joyfulness 9. a. popular b. different c. integral d. expression 10. a. solemn b. express c. success d. event IV. Choose the word or phrase that would not be appropriate. 1. What do you buy flowers? - Because today is Mary’s birthday. 2. How many time does it take you to come to school? 3. Why do you need such a big sum of money for? 4. How length is the river? - About 200 kilometers. 5. How often have you learnt English? - For 3 years. 6. Which do these people run for? - To lose weight. 7. She has left university two years ago. 8. It isn’t necessary finishing the work to day.. Unit 13: FILMS AND CINEMA (1) I. Pick out the word that has the stress pattern different from that of the other words 1. a. cinema b. history c. movement d. discover 2. a. position b. develop c. audience d. replace 3. a. musical b. industry c. character d. Titanic 4. a. detective b. cartoon c. horror d. exciting 5. a. dancing b. engage c. adventure d. disaster II. Complete each sentence with the correct form of the words in brackets:.

(102) 1. It was not until 1915 that cinema ………………………….. became an industry. (real) 2. The cinema changed ……………………….. at the end of 1920s. (complete) 3. Titanic is a …………………… love story film. (tragedy) 4. This is the most ……………………… race that I’ve ever taken part in. ( thrill) 5. Which do you ……………………….. detective films or science fiction films? (preference) 6. The cinema or the motion picture is one of the most popular forms of …………………….. (entertain) 7. You must place these events in their ………………………. context. ( history) 8. Since 1950s the cinema has developed ……………………… (rapid) 9. I like ……………….detective stories very much. (read) III. Choose the correct word to complete the following sentences: 1. I was disappointing / disappointed in the movie. I had expected it to be better. 2. Are you interesting / interested in soccer? 3. The soccer game was quite exciting / excited. I had a great time. 4. It’s sometimes embarrassing / embarrassed when you have to ask people for money. 5. Do you get embarrassing / embarrassed easily? 6. I had never expected to get the job. I was really amazing / amazied when it was offered to me. 7. I didn’t find the situation funny. I was not amusing / amused. 8. Why do you always look so boring / bored? Is your life really so boring / bored? 9. We were all horrifying / horrified when we heard about the disaster. 10. It was a really terrifying / terrified experience. Afterward everybody was very shocking / shocked. IV. Complete the sentences by choosing a word from the box. amusing / amused boring / bored. confusing / confused surprising / surprised. exciting / excited exhausting / exhausted. 1. He works very hard. It’s not ………………that he’s always tired. 2. I don’t have anything to do. I’m ……………….. 3. The teacher’s explanation was ……………… Most of the students didn’t understand it. 4. I’ve been working hard all day, and now I’m ……………………. 5. Tom is good at telling funny stories. He can be very ………………… 6. I’m starting a new job next week. I’m very ………………about it. 7. The lecture was ……………….. I fell asleep. 8. She was very …………….to see him there. V. Complete the chart about films. .....Action films. .......................... .......................... .......................... .......................... .......................... ........................... Films Types of films. ...screen... ........................ ........................... Others. ........................... ........................... ........................... ............................ People involved ........................ ........................... ..Film director.. ........scene........... ............................. ......................... Unit 13: FILMS AND CINEMA (2) I. Read the text and then decide which word (A,B,C or D) best fits each space. CARTOON FILMS Cartoon films have very few limits. If you can draw something, you can (1) ………it move on the cinema screen. The use (2) ………new ideas and advanced computer programs means that cartoons are becoming exciting again for people of (3) …………ages. By the (4) ……….of the 1970s, the cinema world had decided that cartoons were only for children..

(103) But soon (5) …………, one or two directors had some original new ideas. They proved that it was possible to make films in which both adults and children could (6) …………..the fun. However, not (7) ………..cartoon film was successful. The Black Cauldron, for example, failed, mainly because it was too (8) ………….for children and too childish for adults. Directors learnt from this (9)……….., and the film companies began to make large (10) ……………….of money again. 1. a. get b. cause c. wish d. make 2. a. for b. of c. with d. by 3. a. more b. other c. all d. these 4. a. end b. finish c. departure d. back 5. a. afterwards b. later c. next d. then 6. a. divide b. add c. mix d. share 7. a. every b. both c. any d. each 8. a. nervous b. fearful c. afraid d. frightening 9. a. damage b. crime c. mistake d. fault 10. a. accounts b. amounts c. numbers d. totals II. Put a, an or the in the dialogues: 0. - Have they got any pets? - Yes, they’ve got ..a.. dog and ..a.. cat. - Does ...the.. dog like .. the.. cat? 1. - I’m reading …………..interesting book. - Who’s ………. author? - Jane Sinclair-you know, she’s ………..woman who has her own show on TV. 2. - Have you got any ruler that I can borrow? - I’ve got …………plastic one and …………….wooden one. But …………wooden one is broken. - Well, lend me ………….plastic one then, please. 3. - We saw …………wonderful film last weekend. - Who was ………….director? - Bob Pine. He’s never made ………….film before. 4. - Why is ………….earth hottest at ………….equator? - Because that is ………….part of …………..earth is closest to …………sun. III. Fill in A, An or THE or NO ARTICLE : 1. Tom and Mary went to …………..school yesterday and then studied in ………..……library until 6 p.m. 2. On our trip to ………………Switzerland, we crossed ………………Pacific Ocean. 3. What did you eat for ………………..breakfast this morning? 4. My father plays ………………football and ………………basketball. 5. My brother plays ……………….violin and my sister plays ……………….guitar. 6. We can’t go out …………………tonight because we have to write …..…………….essay. 7. David attended ………………..Princeton University. 8. My friend has been admitted to ………………School of Medicine. 9. My grandmother is in …………………hospital so we went to visit her …………………last night. 10. Last night there was ……………….bird singing outside my house. IV. Choose the word or phrase that would not be appropriate. 1. What do you often have for the lunch? 2. Can you play guitar? “Yes, I can.” 3. It was surprised that she passed the exam. 4. It is not until 1915 that the cinema really became an industry. 5. We had a very good weather when we were on vocation. 6. I was disappointed that my exam results were so badly. 7. It was not until 1937 when the southernmost source of the Nile River was discovered. 8. He was extreme pleased that she got an A for her assignment. 9. He’s one of the most bored people I’ve ever met..

(104) 10. The students were interested in take a field trip to the National Museum, but they were not able to raise enough money. V. Pick out the word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from that of the other words 1. wife / of / leaf / life 2. different / halfpenny / joyful / festival 3. photograph / Stephen / phone / orphan 4. film / prefer / fiction / office 5. spread / dream / teacher / really 6. wife/ knife / leaves / leaf 7. laugh / caught / enough / photograph 8. daughter / through / high / cough 9. though / rough / laugh / life 10. a. first / fan / leave / slough VI. Complete the following conversations. Use the correct form -ing or -ed of the word given in brackets. 0. Nam : I’m surprised how warm it is for March. Minh : Yes, all this sunshine is quite …surprising… 1. Tu : I’m not very fit. I was pretty tired after climbing. Mai: Yes, I think everyone felt ………………….. 2. Quoc :I think I need to relax. Hung : lying by the pool should be …………………. 3. Nhung : It was annoying to lose my ticket. Quynh : You looked really ……………..when you had to buy another one. 4. Mai : The story was amusing. Phuong : Hang was certainly …………………… She couldn’t stop laughing. 5. Phong : The museum was interesting, wasn’t it? Lan : It was OK. I was quite ………………in those old maps. 6. Minh : I’m fascinated by these old photos. Long : I always find it ……………….to see what people looked like as children. 7. Lien : You look exhausted. You should go to bed. Hanh : Driving down from Hanoi was pretty …………………… 8. Anne: That was an (0) ..exciting… (excite) film, wasn’t it? Allen : Oh, do you think so? I’m (1) ……..(surprise) you liked it. I thought it rather (2)…………(disappoint) Anne: Well, I was (3)……......….(puzzle) once or twice. I didn’t understand the whole story. It was (4) …..............…… (confuse) in places. But the end was good. Allen : I was (5) ………………..(bore) most of the time. I didn’t find it very (6) ………………(interest) VII. Choose the best answer: 1. I had to wear ……………uniform when I worked in the hotel. ( a. some b. a c. an d. any ) 2. He didn’t come until 6 o’clock. (It was not until 6 o’clock that he came./ It was 6 o’clock, but he didn’t come./ It was 6 o’clock when he came./ a and b are correct) 3. We didn’t recognize him until he came into the light. a. We recognized him when he came in. c. There was a power cut until we saw him b. It was not until he came into the light that we recognized him. d. We recognized him after the light was on. 4. I’d like to invite him to ……………..dinner next week, if that’s OK with you. ( a.  b. the c. a d. an ) 5. For lunch I had a sandwich. I can’t remember what filling was in ……..sandwich. ( a.  b. the c. a d. an ) 6. When you come out of the lift, you’ll see two doors, ………..red one and …………….blue one. My door is …………… red one. ( a.  /  /  b. the / the / an c. a / a / the d. a / a / a ) 7. Dr. John is ……………..most insufferable person I know. ( a.  b. the c. a d. an ) 8. My father plays ……….football and …………guitar. ( a.  /  b. the / the c.  / an d.  / the ) 9. Last night I went out for …….meal. ( a.  b. the c. a d. an ) 10. Make sure you put your name at ……………..end of the report. ( a.  b. the c. a d. an ) 11. We need to do more for ………….. poor. ( a.  b. the c. a d. an ) 12. I’m looking for ……………new job. ( a.  b. the c. a d. an ) 13. Diana is ………….very nice person. ( a.  b. the c. a d. an ) 14. She is very ……………and as a result she has few friends. a. interesting b. interested c. boring d. bored 15. I’m ……………….in that film because it was based on the stories written by my favourite novelist. a. interesting b. interested c. interest d. interests 16.“You look …when you see me.”“Yes. I think you are in China.” a. astonish b. astonishing c. astonishingly d. astonished 17. She looked ………as if she had seen a ghost. a. frightened b. frightening c. frighten d. frightens 18. We can’t go out …tonight because we have to write … essay. ( a.  /  b. the / the c.  / an d.  / the) 19. It was very ………..to work more than eight hours a day. a. tiring b. tired c. tire d. tires 20. “The Spy Returns” is a very ……………….film about a wealthy man who visits Italy. a. exciting b. excited c. excitement d. excite.

(105) Unit 13: FILMS AND CINEMA (3) I. Pick out the word that has the stress pattern different from that of the other words 1. a. passage b. rapid c. prepare d. story 7. a. cartoon b. fiction c. instead d. herself 2. a. voyage b. suppose c. tragic d. iceberg 8. a. fascinate b. suggestion c. titanic d. detective 3. a. cinema b. character c. calendar d. already 9. a. disaster b. detective c. history d. digusting 4. a. century b. usually c. introduce d. photograph 10. a. listen b. enjoy c. replace d. relate 5. a. existence b. character c. scientist d. interesting 6. a. information b. adventure c. entertainment d. disappointment II. Rewrite the following sentences, beginning with “It was not until…” 1. I didn’t get up until half past ten. →............................................................................................................. 2. We didn’t meet her until we moved to Hanoi. →.................................................................................................... 3. We didn’t recognize him until he came into light.→............................................................................................... 4. He didn’t eat anything until he got home.→.......................................................................................................... 5. John didn’t celebrate until he received the offer of promotion in writing. ............................................................................................................. 6. I didn’t solve the problem until the teacher helped.→............................................................................................. 7. He didn’t go to the concert until he was 20.→......................................................................................................... 8. The football match didn’t start until 3 yesterday afternoon.→................................................................................ 9. The match won’t start until March 23. →................................................................................................... 10. The letter won’t arrive until tomorrow.→............................................................................................................ III. Read the following paragraph and do the tasks below: CARTOON FILMS Cartoon films have very few limits. If you can draw something, you can make it move on the cinema screen. The use of new ideas and advanced computer programs means that cartoons are becoming exciting again for people of all ages. By the end of the 1970s, the cinema world had decided that cartoons were only for children. But soon afterwards, one or two directors had some original new ideas. They proved that it was possible to make films in which both adults and children could share the fun. However, not every cartoon film was successful. The Black Cauldron, for example, failed, mainly because it was too frightening for children and too childish for adults. Directors learnt from this mistake, and the film companies began to make large amounts of money again. Task 1: True or False? ....... 1. Cartoon films don’t have many limits. ....... 2. They are becoming exciting for young people only. ....... 3. By the late 20th century, cartoons were decided to be only for children. ....... 4. The Black Cauldron was suitable for adults. ....... 5. The Black Cauldron, was not suitable for children because it was so frightening. Task 2: Answer the following questions: 1. Besides the new ideas, what help cartoons become exciting again? ........................................................................................................................ 2. When did cartoon films begin to be made for both adults and children? ....................................................................................................................... 3. Why was The Black Cauldron mentioned in the last paragraph? ....................................................................................................................... 4. Why was The Black Cauldron not successful? ....................................................................................................................... 5. How could film companies make large amounts of money again? ....................................................................................................................... IV. Choose the best answer: 1. It is not until December 25 ... the exam results will be announced. a. which b. that c. when d. what 2. My father …from university until 1970. a. graduated b. doesn’t graduate c. graduates d. didn’t graduate 3. He didn’t call me …………..he received my message. a. until b. while c. if d. during 4. … not until 1915 that the cinema really became an industry. a. It is b. It was c. There was d. There were 5. I’m going to wait ……….it stops raining. a. until b. for c. while d. if 6. Go back ……the hotel and wait there ……I call you. a. until ...until b. to…until c. at ...when d. a or b 7. She ……………she had been followed until she got to the post office. a. realized b. does not realize c. didn’t realize d. wasn’t realized.

(106) 8. I saw .................horrible car accident on the way to work yesterday. a. one. b. the. c. an. d. a. UNIT 14: THE WORLD CUP (1) I. Match a word in column A with a suitable definition in column B: A B 1. event a. gain a goal in a game 2. audience b. the man who controls a football match 3. defeat c. any of the competitions in a sports programme 4. tournament d. a series of contests 5. champion e. a group of people who come to watch a game 6. referee f. a person or team that has defeated all others in a competition 7. participate in g. see something happening 8. score h. win a vctory 9. witness i. take part in II. Complete the sentences with a suitable word part I : 1. Rivaldo ...................an amazing goal from a free kick in the last minute. 2. Over twenty countries .........................the sporting event and Brazil won the gold medal. 3. For winter sports, figure skating has the biggest .............................. and the most expensive tickets. 4. That was a delibrate foul and the .....................sent him off with a red card. 5. The Olympic Games are among the most popular sporting ........................ in the world. 6. Allen .........................all the other competitors and won the gold medal. III. Complete each sentence with the correct form of the words in brackets: 1. World Cup, the ............................football tournament is held every four years. (nation) 2. Football is considered the most .....................sporting event in the world. (popularity) 3. There are 22 .................... in each football team. (play) 4. Long was selected to play in the ........................foootball team last week. (profession) 5. The World Cup is followed with great ......................around the globe. (interesting) 6. He was in ....................with ten others, so he did well to win the race. (compete) 7. Manchester players have been trying to score another goal but their efforts are ..................... (succeed) 8. All competitors take part in the Olympic Games in the spirit of ........................... ( sportsman) IV. Pick out the word that has the stress pattern different from that of the other words 1. a. champion b. consider c. tournament d. interest 2. a. defeat b. attract c. audience d. compose 3. a. Japan b. Germany c. Korea d. Brazil 4. a. international b. announcement c. together d. computer 5. a. popular b. national c. university d. comfortable I. Fill in each blank with one of the words in the box: runner-up attracts honoured champion popular defeat final audience 1. Before becoming one of the 32 nations in the ....................... tournament, the football team must take part in qualifying games within their own continents. 2. Football is certainly the most ......................sport in Vietnam. 3. Beckham was the ...................in the vote for the best football player in the world in 1999. 4. An....of millions watched Beckham’s physical test before he joined Real Madrid Football Club in July. 2003. 5. Founded in 1930 with only 13 members, the World Cup now .....................over 140 countries. 6. With a number of key players suffering injuries, Manchester United faces ......................in their home match. 7. Brazil became the ......................of the 2002 World Cup after their six successive winning matches and is the first team to win the ........................Cup five times. II. Pick out the word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from that of the other words 1. a. cat b. cut c. champion d. clock 2. a. gate b. gentle c. goal d. girl 3. a. Christmas b. come c. call d. city 4. a. gun b. giraffe c. gentle d. general 5. a. bicycle b. center c. cinema d. cancel III. Complete the conversations with will (‘ll) or going to and the verbs in parentheses. Sometimes both forms are possible. 0. A. I am very hungry. B. Are you? I (get) will get you some food. 1. A. I have a headache. Do you have any aspirin? B. Yes. It’s in the bathroom. I (get) ……………………………some for you..

(107) 2. A. Why are you wearing your old shoes? B. Because I (wash) ………………………………..the car. 3. A. Don’t forget to call me if you need help. B. Thank you. I (give) …………………………..you a call if I think of anything. 4. A. Why are you making sandwiches? B. Because we (have) …………………………..a picnic at the beach. 5. A. I’m going now! Bye! B. Bye! What time (you / come) ……………………………………….back tonight? A. I don’t know. I (call) ………………………….you later. 6. A. Your test is in two weeks. When (you / start) ……………………………studying for it? B. I know. I (start) …………………………………tonight. A. I (start) ……………………………….tomorrow night, then. 7. A. You still owe me ten dollars. Did you forget? B. I’m sorry. Yes, I forgot. I (give) ……………………………….it back tomorrow. 8. A. Do you like the shirt I bought Peter for his birthday? B. Yes, I’m sure he (like) …………………………..it, too. 9. A. We need some more wine for the party. B. Do we? Well, I ……………………………..(go and buy) some. 10. A. We have decided to change our car. B. Oh, really? What make …………………….you ………………………….(buy)? 11. A. I am bored. B. I …………………………..(go) out with you tonight. A. No, thanks. I ………………………….(go) out with Tommy tonight. 12. A. Have you typed that letter for me? B. Sorry, I haven’t but I …………………………..(type) it tomorrow morning. 13. A. Don’t forget to lock the door, dear! B. Oop! I ……………………………(lock) it now. 14. A. I don’t know how to solve this problem. B. It’s quite easy. I ……………………………(show) you how to do it. 15. A. This room looks dirty. B. I ………………………(clean) it this afternoon. 16. A. Where are you going? B. I am going to town. I …………………….(meet) my friends at a café. IV. Choose the most suitable tense: 1. Why are you going to buy / will you buy a new mountain bike? 2. Look out! That tree will fall / is going to fall. 3. Let me know as soon as Lan will get / gets here. 4. Great news! Jean and Chris will come / are coming to stay with us. 5. According to this timetable, the bus is going to arrive / arrives at 6.00. 6. The doctor says I will have / am going to have a baby! 7. Don’t worry! I’m going to fix / I’ll fix it tomorrow. 8. I feel terrible. I think I’m going to be sick / I’ll be sick. V. Choose the best answer: 1. There’s someone knocking at the door. …………………… a. I’ll answer it b. Let me open it c. I’m opening it d. Both a and b 2. Why have you bought so much food? - I …………………. for ten people. a. will cook b. am going to cook c. cooked d. have cooked 3. Look out! That tree ……………….. a. is going to fall b. will fall c. falls d. will be falling 4. “Why are you so sad? - “I think ……………in the exam next week.” a. I would fail b. I will fail c. I failed d. I fail 5. Let me know as soon as Mary ……………..here. a. will get b. is going to get c. gets d. is getting 6. George…………………back until ten o’clock. Can I take the massage? a. is going to be b. will be c. is d. won’t be 7. Great news! Jean and Chris ………………to stay with us. a. will come b. are coming c. would comed. were coming 8. Don’t worry. I’m sure your son …………….the exam. a. will pass b. won’t pass c. is passing d. passes.

(108) 9. All the hotels are full. Where ……………..the night? a. do we spend b. are we going to spend c. did we spend d. All are correct 10. Nowadays, the smoke from industrial factories is damaging the ……………..severely. a. sky b. atmosphere c. sun d. sunlight 11. The doctor says I ………………..a baby. a. will have b. would have c. am going to have d. will be having 12. Can you call me at 7.00 ? I ……………… tomorrow. a. am leaving b. am going to leave c. will leave d. Both a and b 13. …………………successful in the beauty context. a. I think she won’t be b. I think she is not going to be c. I don’t think she will be d. None is correct 14. …………………if you promise to try harder. a. I’ll help youb. I won’t help you c. I am going to help you d. All are correct 15. Why …………………..a new mountain bike? a. will you buy b. are you going to buy c. you will buy d. you are going to buy 16. It’s impossible for M.U to catch up with Chelsea. Chelsea.……………….the cup this year. a. will win b. is going to win c. wins d. would win 17. I don’t think you ………………..any problems at the airport. a. will have b. are going to have c. are having d. Both b and c 18. You’d better not come in July. My mother …………………with me then. a. is staying b. is going to stay c. will be staying d. All are correct 19. A …………………is a country which provides the necessary space or equipment, etc. for a special event. a. host nation b. tournament c. theater d. trophy 20. Don’t try that new restaurant. I’m sure you ………………….disappointed. a. are going to be b. aren’t going to be c. will be d. won’t be .............................................. REVIEW UNIT 12,13,14 I. Pick out the word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from that of the other words 1. a. knight b. key c. kick goal-keeper 2. a. Argentina b. regard c. figure game 3. a. government b. against c. globe d. Germany 4. a. knife b. knob c. knowledge d. weak 5. a. sandwich b. watch c. machine d. match 6. a. film b. prefer c. fiction office 7. a. though b. rough c. laugh d. life 8. a. sense b. music c. discuss d. serious 9. a. tradition b. combination c. human d. about 10. a. pour b. mournful c. young your II. Pick out the word that has the stress pattern different from that of the other words 1. a. promote b. defeat c. hero postpone 2. a. football b. between c. captain friendly 3. a. volunteer b. participate c. Vietnamese introduce 4. a. involve b. honor c. final nation. d. d.. d.. d. d. d. d. d..

(109) 5. a. event b. compete c. series d. attract 6. a. fascinate b. suggestion c. titanic d. detective 7. a. information b. adventure c. entertainment d. disappointment 8. a. detective b. cartoon c. horror d. exciting 9. a. cinema b. history c. movement d. discover 10. a. American b. classical c. occasion d. emotion III. Choose the best answer: 1. Jack went to England …………………engineering. ( study / to study / studying / to studying) 2. ……………….save money, scientists used only local materials. ( In order to / To / For / A & B) 3. George ……………..back until six. Can I take a message? (wasn’t / isn’t / won’t be / hasn’t been) 4. I saved up some money ………………a motorbike. (to buy / in order to buy / so as to buy / all are correct) 5. ………….the cinema really became an industry. ( It was until 1915 / It was not until 1915 / Until 1915 that / It was not until 1915 that) 6. I often listen to music …………………..I have free time. (when / while / whenever / both a & c) 7. I don’t feel well, but I don’t know what’s the matter …………….me. (with / for / to / of) 8. It’s no use ……………a language if you don’t try to speak it. ( to learn / learned / learning / learn ) 9. The art exhibition is very ………………..I loved it, but I had to leave after three hours. My feet were killing me! ( tiring / thrilling / frightening / interesting) 10. They all laughed because the film was very ………………. (amusing / amused / amuse / amusement) 11. + ………………have you know them? - For five years. (How long / When / How / What) 12. ……………..do you take physical exercises for? (Why / What for / When / What) 13. ……………did it take you to finish your homework last night? (How often / How high / How long / How) 14. I’m …………….with the film, so I left. (bored / boring / bore / boredom) 15. I’ve never seen such a …………man. He never says or does anything ……………. ( bored - interesting / boring - interesting / boring - interested / bored - interested) 16. Mike was …………..his work and didn’t notice me coming in. ( absorbed in / absorbed with / absorbed at / absorbed on) 17. We won’t start ……………..the teacher comes. ( as soon as / until / after / before ) 18. …………….this driving test, you must keep calm. ( To pass / Passing / To passed / Passed) 19. He is very much looking forward ……………..visiting your country. (to / with / by / at) 20. You can’t have this football back …………..you promise not to kick it at my cat again,” the old lady said firmly. (while / when / until / though) 21.Tom sat on ……………chair nearest the door. ( a / an / the /  ) 22. There isn’t ……………airport near where I live. ………………nearest airport is 70 miles away. ( a - The / an - The / the - The / The - A ) 23. Their best designer went to work for a ………………. ( compete / competition / competitor / competitive) 24. I am very ……………..in the information you have given me. (interested / concerned / surprised / amazed) 25. If we had known your new address, we ……………to see you. ( came / would have come / would come / will come) 26. She came in quietly ……………….not to wake the baby. (as if / so as / such as / if so) 27. How many countries will be participating …………………the Olympic Games? ( on / in / at / into) 28. “……………..” is not a kind of film. ( Detective / Horror / Industry / Thriller) 29. “Mai finds science very interesting.” is closest in meaning to “…………………….” ( Mai does not like science. / Mai is very interested in science. / Science makes Mai bored. / Mai used to be interested in science.) 30. “ ……………” contains a different consonant sound underlined. (Fiction / Phone / Of / Enough) 31. The first World Cup was …………….in Uruguay in 1930. (kept / competed / held / played) 32. They got excited because the ………………of the match was 4-0. (goal / score / champion / winner) 33. It was a really ………………experience. Every body was very …………….afterwards. ( frightening - shocking / frightened - shocked / frightened - shocking / frightening - shocked ) 34. A series of related events or actions is called a …………….. (decade / match / character / sequence) 35. ………...ozone layer will continue to disappear if we don’t find ………….way to stop it. (A ..… a / The …… a / The …. the / A ..… the) 36. “How was the trip to the coast?” “Wonderful. ……………sun shone all day. We had ………..great time.” ( The ….a / A …the / A ….an / The …the).

(110) 37. That was an …………..story, wasn’t it? ( amusement / amused / amusing / amuse) 38. I watched the program on wildlife. I was absolutely …… ( fascinated / fascinating / fascination / fascinate ) 39. It was not until yesterday …………….my brother finished the project. (which / that / when / whose) 40. ………………….do you look unhappy? - I got bad marks in mathematics. ( Why / What / How / Which ) 41. “ …………………” “Three times a month.” ( How do you like the food? / Do you often eat at this restaurant? How old is the restaurant? / How often do you eat at this restaurant? ) 42. “……………… does she jog every day for?” “To stay fit.” ( Why / What / Which / When ) 43. Music is clearly different ………………language. ( with / from / in / of ) 44. I wish I had enough money ………………a computer. ( buying / to buy / to buying / for buying ) 45. The school boys are in a hurry ……………..be late for school. ( so as to / in order not to / in order that / to ) 46. “I’m afraid I can’t come because my mother has been sick.” can be interpreted as a(n) ……………. ( acceptance / invitation / refusal / suggestion) 47. When I was a little child, my mother often told me a fairly tale to …………… me to sleep. ( delight / relax / express / lull ) 48. … is modern music that is popular with young people. ( Jazz / Rock ‘n’ roll / Pop music / Classical music) 49. The synonym of ‘pollution’ is ‘ …………………’ ( survival / species / contamination / release ) 50. ‘Would you like to go swimming tomorrow?’ ‘ …………………’ ( Yes, I do. / Yes, I want to. / Yes, I’d love to. / Yes, I am.) 51. He didn’t call me …………………..he received my message. ( until / while / if / during ) 52. I’m going to wait ……………….it stops raining. ( until / for / while / if ) IV. Choose the word or phrase that would not be appropriate. 1. Why do you need such a big sum of money for? 2. How often have you learnt English? - For 3 years. 3. It isn’t necessary finishing the work to day 4. Farmers look forward to participate in the country fairs. 5. She has left university two years ago..

(111) CONSOLIDATION UNIT 12,13,14 I. Pick out the word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from that of the other words 1. a. sip b. please c. price d. piece 2. a. wife b. first c. feel d. of 3. a. group b. dog c. together d. Germany 4. a. because b. city c. cup d. score 5. a. easy b. classical c. style d. sleep II. Pick out the word that has the stress pattern different from that of the other words 1. a. atmosphere b. entertain c. industry d. joyfulness 2. a. popular b. different c. integral d. expression 3. a. solemn b. express c. success d. event 4. a. American b. classical c. occasion d. emotion 5 a. champion b. consider c. tournament d. interest 6. a. involve b. honor c. final nation III. Combine the following sentences using “phrases of purpose”: 1. Mary prepares her lesson carefully. She wants to get high marks in class. ....................................................................................................................... 2. You should study hard. You want to keep pace with your class. ...................................................................................................................... 3. Tom often gets up early in the morning. He doesn’t want to be late for school. ...................................................................................................................... 4. My brother drove carefully. He didn’t want to cause accident. ...................................................................................................................... IV. Ask questions for the underlined words / phrases in the following sentences. 1. Jane went out with her classmates. 2. She likes pop music. 3. Rock began in the USA in the early 1950s. 4. The film starts at 8 p.m. 5. I practice English to sing English song. 6. He stayed at home because the weather was bad. 7. It takes me 5 minutes to go to school. 8. The children go to this club twice a week. V. Complete each sentence with one word from the box: expresses entertained relax uplifted lulled communicate listening composed delight 1. This news will ……………. his fans all over the world. 2. Last night he ……………….us for hours with his stories and jokes. We really had a good time at his house. 3. When I get home from work I like to ……………..with a piece of music. 4. She ……………..herself most fully in her paintings. 5. When I was a child, the vibration of the train ……………… me to sleep. VI. Choose the correct word to complete the following sentences: 1. I didn’t find the situation amusing / amused. I was not amusing / amused. 2. Why do you always look so boring / bored? Is your life really so boring / bored? 3. We were all horrifying / horrified when we heard about the disaster. 4. It was a really terrifying / terrified experience. Afterward everybody was very shocking / shocked. VII. Complete the sentences by choosing a word from the box. 1. He works very hard. It’s not ……………… that he’s always tired. (surprise) 2. The teacher’s explanation was …….……… Most of the students didn’t understand it. (confuse). d..

(112) 3. Tom is good at telling funny stories. He can be very ………..………(amuse) 4. The lecture was …..….. I fell asleep. (bore) 5. Astronomy is one of Tan’s main interests. Tan is ................. in astronomy. (interest) VIII. Complete the following conversations. Use the correct form -ing or -ed of the word given in brackets. 1. A. Why are you wearing your old shoes? B. Because I (wash) ………………………………..the car. 2. A. Don’t forget to call me if you need help. B. Thank you. I (give) …………………………..you a call if I think of anything. 3. A. I am bored. B. I …………………………..(go) out with you tonight. A. No, thanks. I ………………………….(go) out with Tommy tonight. 4. A. I don’t know how to solve this problem. B. It’s quite easy. I ……………………………(show) you how to do it. IX. Fill in A, An or THE or NO ARTICLE : 1. It was ………..beautiful day. …………sun shone brightly in ……………sky. 2. I’ve invited Hung to ……….dinner next Monday. 3. We went to………….most expensive restaurant in town. 4. - Have they got any pets? +Yes, they’ve got …. dog and .... cat. - Does .... dog like ....cat? 5. My friends live in ...................old house in ...................small village. 6. Tom can play .............football and Mary can play ..............guitar. X. Choose the best answer: 1. He didn’t call me …………………..he received my message. ( until / while / if / during ) 2. I watched the program on wildlife. I was absolutely …… ( fascinated / fascinating / fascination / fascinate ) 3. Mozart is an internationally famous ………………. (compose / composing / composed / composer ) 4. I often …………………with a piece of music after a hard-working day. ( relax / entertain / uplift / delight ) 5. You may put money in a small coin bank ………keep it safe. ( so that to / so as not to / in order to / not to ) 6. My mother needs a tin-opener ………… this bottle. ( to open / in order to open / so as to open / all are correct) 7. I’m really looking forward ………….. to university. ( to going / to go / going / go) 8. They were talking in whispers ………………nobody could hear them. ( in order to / so as / in order that / to) 9. I prefer classical music ………………..rock ‘n’ roll. ( to / than / rather than / more than) 10. It’s been raining all day. I hate this weather. The weather is……………… . This weather makes me ………………….. . ( depressing-depressed / depress-depressed / depressed-depressing / depressing-depress) 11. It was very ………..to work more than eight hours a day. a. tiring b. tired c. tire d. tires 12. “ …………………” “Three times a month.” ( How do you like the food? / Do you often eat at this restaurant? / How old is the restaurant? / How often do you eat at this restaurant?) 13. He studied very hard ……………….(in order to fail the exam /so as to pass the exam / so that to get knowledge / in order that he could be illiterate) 14. Please go in. Mr. Jones is free ……………..you now.( to see /see/ seeing / will see) 15. ……do you look unhappy? - I got bad marks in mathematics.( Why / What / How / Which) 16. Look out! That tree ………………..( is going to fall / will fall / falls / will be falling) 17. “Why are you so sad? - “I think I……in the exam next week.”( would fail / will fail / failed / fail) 18. Let me know as soon as Mary ……………..here. ( will get / is going to get / gets / is getting) 19. A …………………is a country which provides the necessary space or equipment, ect. for a special event. ( host nation / tournament / theater / trophy) 20. How many countries will be participating …………………the Olympic Games? ( on / in / at / into) XI. Choose the word or phrase that would not be appropriate. 1. Why do you need such a big sum of money for? 2. How length is the river? - About 200 kilometers. 3. I don’t really want to having lunch yet..

(113) 4. Can you play guitar? “Yes, I can.” 5. According to the weather forecast it is raining tomorrow. Writing 1. They didn’t begin to learn English until 1980. It ...................................................................................................................... 2. He / learn / play music / when / very young. ...................................................................................................................... 3. Mai / born / 12th 1980 / November / Danang. ...................................................................................................................... TEST YOURSELF E I. Pick out the word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from that of the other words 1. a. tradition b. combination c. human d. about 2. a. sense b. music c. discuss d. serious 3. a. human b. use c. musical d. uplift 4. a. film b. prefer c. fiction d. office 5. a. cat b. cut c. champion d. clock 6. a. Christmas b. come c. call d. city 7. a. gun b. giraffe c. gentle d. general 8. a. easy b. classical c. style d. sleep 9. a. knife b. know c. knowledge d. key 10. a. engineer b. good c. garden d. go II. Pick out the word that has the stress pattern different from that of the other words 1. a. engineer b. compose c. musician d. family 2. a. atmosphere b. entertain c. industry d. joyfulness 3. a. celebration b. composer c. appreciate d. national 4. a. detective b. cartoon c. horror d. exciting 5. a. cinema b. history c. movement d. discover 6. a. football b. between c. captain d. friendly 7. a. event b. compete c. series d. attract 8. a. however b. emotion c. Vietnamese d. example 9. a. African b. international c. especially d. communicate 10. a. American b. famous c. European d. classical III. Choose the best answer: 1. This news will ……………….his fans all over the world. a. express b. entertain c. delight d. relax 2. When I was a child, the vibration of the train …………….me to sleep. a. lulled b. composed c. uplighted d. listened 3. My mother drove carefully ……………..cause accident. a. so as to b. in order to c. in order not to d. both a &b 4. ‘………………….’ means ‘continue to live or exist.’ a. Establish b. Visit c. Depend d. Survive 5. ‘ ……………’ has a different ed-sound. a. Covered b. Booked c. Enjoyed d. Lived 6. The school boys are in a hurry ……………..be late for school. a. so as to b. in order not to c. in order that d. to 7. They were talking in whispers ………………nobody could hear them. a. in order to b. so that c. in order that d. b & c are correct 8. You may put money in a small coin bank …………………keep it safe. a. so that to b. so as not to c. in order to d. not to 9. I’m really looking forward ……………….. to university. a. to going b. to go c. going d. go 10. “ …………………” “Three times a month.” a. How do you like the food? c. Do you often eat at this restaurant?.

(114) b. How old is the restaurant? d. How often do you eat at this restaurant? 11. Look out! That tree ……………….. a. is going to fall b. will fall c. falls d. will be falling 12. Please go in. Mr. Jones is free ……………..you now. a. to see b. see c. seeing d. will see 13. Mozart ……………..his last opera shortly before he died. a. lulled b. communicated c. entertained d. composed 14. When I get home from work I like to ……………...with a piece of music. a. listening b. relax c. relaxing d. listen 15. Nam’s success at school …………………his parents. a. communicates b. lulls c. delights d. makes 16. “………………” is “traditional music of a country” a. jazz b. folk music c. classical music d. pop music 17. He is an ……………..of the team, we can’t do without him. a. emotion b. communication c. mean d. integral part 18. My father didn’t have time ………………the newspaper. a. to invite b. to post c. to read d. to celebrate 19. “……………..” is “ a part of a film”. ( scene / sequence / character / decade) 20. Lan is going to Singapore next month. She has never been there before. Lan is really ………………….about it. It will be an ……………..…experience for her. a. exciting-excited b. exciting-exciting c. excited-exciting d. excited-excited 21. ……………teams played in the final match? - Uruguay and Argentina. a. What b. Where c. When d. Which 22. She came in quietly ……………….not to wake the baby. (as if / so as / such as / if so) 23. How many countries will be participating …………………the Olympic Games? ( on / in / at / into) 24. I’m wearing two sweaters ………………..get cold. a. so as to not b. in order that will not c. so as not to d. in order to not 25. With a …………….look on his face, he told us about his uncle’s death. a. solemn b. mournful c. sweet d. lyrical 26. “……………….” is “a style of music with a strong and loud beat” a. jazz b. folk music c. rock ‘n’ roll d. pop music 27. Like a lot of men, he finds it hard to express his ………….. . a. emotion b. communication c. song d. integral part 28. “Tien Quan Ca” the Vietnam …………..Anthem, was written in 1944. ( International / National / Nation / Nations) 29. “What are you saving money for?” - “ …………………… a. To buy a cassette player. b. To tell her the good news. c. To sing French songs. d. To win the singing contest. 30. I went to the post office ………….a letter. ( to invite / to post / to read / to celebrate) 31. “…………………..” is “ a person in a film”. (scene / sequence / character / decade) 32. The World Cup is regarded ……………the world championship of the sport. (at / in / of / as) 33. +………………was the score of the match? - 4 -2 ( What / Where / When / Which) 34. What is the ……………….about? ( announce / announcement / announcer / announces) 35. Last night I went out for …….meal. ( a.  b. the c. a d. an ) 36. Make sure you put your name at ……………..end of the report. ( a.  b. the c. a d. an ) 37. “Mai finds science very interesting.” is closest in meaning to “…………………….” ( Mai does not like science. / Mai is very interested in science. / Science makes Mai bored. / Mai used to be interested in science.) 38. When you come out of the lift, you’ll see two doors, ………..red one and …………….blue one. My door is …………… red one. ( a.  /  /  b. the / the / an c. a / a / the d. a / a / a ) IV. Choose the word or phrase that would not be appropriate. 1. Why do you need such a big sum of money for? 2. How many time does it take you to come to school? 3. How often have you learnt English? - For 3 years. 4. Which do these people run for? - To lose weight. 5. She has left university two years ago. 6. It was surprised that she passed the exam..

(115) 7. I am only interesting in what he did. 8. Are you interesting in working for us?. Unit 15: CITIES (1) I. Fill each gap with a suitable word from the box: friendship finances points global beloved surrounded point important other material mingled metropolitan characterized founded ice-free Parliament attracted 1. She made several interesting ……………..in the article. 2. We need to take a more ……………….approach to the problem. 3. They were glad to be back in their ………………..Ireland. 4. The company produces its own training ………………… 5. The …………….is you shouldn’t have to wait so long to see a doctor. 6. It’s about time you stored out your ……………….. 7. It’s the story of an extraodinary ………………….between a boy and a seal. 8. Your friendship is very ………………to me. 9. Comparison with ……………….oil-producing countries is extremely interesting. 1. New York Harbor, which is one of the largest and finest in the world, is …………………. 2. London, the capital city of England, was …………………by the Romans in 43 AD. 3. He felt a kind of happiness ………………with regret. 4. The city is ………………..by tall buildings in steel and glass. 5. It is very crowded in the Hanoi ……………….area. 6. The exhibition has ……………….thousands of visitors. 7. London is famous for its historic buildings such as St. Paul’s Cathedral, and the Houses of ………………. II. Choose the best answer to complete these sentences: 1. New York is the……………of ………… . a. capital/ the USA b. home/ the United Nations c. state/ the USA d. b and c are correct 2. The city was founded by……… . a. the Dutch b. the French c. the America d. the Asia 3. New Yorkers are people who come from ………… . a. Vietnam b. only the United States c. all over the United States and many parts in the world. 4. It is famous for……… . a. its interesting places b. its largest and finest harbour c. its high buildings, art galleries and museums d. all a, b, c III. Complete the following sentences with the words in the box: population. attracts. founded. financial. mingled. convenient. 1. Living in the city is very .....................as you can access to almost everything. 2. This centre was ..................years ago but not many people know about it. 3. Tokyo and New York are major ....................centres in the world..

(116) 4. Mexico city is not very large but its ......................approximately 10 millions. 5. The policemen ..................the crowd in an attempt to find out the offenders. 6. The new shopping mall ..................a large number of customers. IV. Give the correct form of the words in brackets: 1. Mexico City has a ……………………………..of nearly 20,000,000. (populate) 2. Pusan is ………………………..in the southern part of Korea. ( locate) 3. London was …………………………by the Romans in 43 AD. ( found) 4. New York is the home of the United Nations and the centre of …………………….finance. (globe) 5. Coming to London people can go for walks in a …………………………of parks. ( vary) 6. There are always interesting ………………………at the big art museums in New York. ( exhibit) 7. The Statue of Liberty in New York is the symbol of ……………….between France and America. (friend) 8. Montreal is a city where both French and English are ……………………… (speak) V. Pick out the word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from that of the other words 1. a. both b. southern c. then d. within 2. a. although b. Thames c. cathedral d. birthday 3. a. thirtieth b. something c. brother d. thought 4. a. another b. clothes c. think d. though 5. a. theatre b. there c. anything d. three 6. a. thin b. with c. than d. there 7. a. method b. together c. both d. month 8. a. locate b. area c. state d. place 9. a. suburb b. learn c. liberty d. birthday 10. a. found b. southern c. thought d. rough VI. Pick out the word that has the stress pattern different from that of the other words 1. a. historic b. anything c. America d. cathedral 2. a. situate b. national c. origin d. material 3. a. special b. mingle c. building d. among 4. a. picture b. attract c. reserved d. belong 5. a. district b. control c. global d. cover 6. a. population b. information c. metropolitan d. enlightening 7. a. nation b. empire c. locate d. rename 8. a. develop b. different c. gallery d. visitor 9. a. unusual b. united c. parliament d. attraction 10. a. famous b. centre c. ideal d. theatre VII. Choose the most suitable word in each sentence: 1. Have you got the money that / who / whom I lent you yesterday? 2. Peter, who / whom / that I had seen before, wasn’t at the party. 3. John comes from Witney, which / that / where is near Oxford. 4. She’s the singer who / whom / whose has just signed a contract with a recording company. 5. Mary’s sister, who / whom / that I spoke to, wasn’t very polite. 6. I don’t understand people who / whom / whose hate animals. 7. Here’s the person that / who / whose car was stolen. 8. The tree that / which / whose branches are dead should be cut down. VIII. Underline the relative clause in these sentences and indicate if they are defining (D) or non-difining (ND). Add a comma where required. ..........1. The student who sits next to me is from China. ......... 2. I nevermet Mr. Tam who lived next door for 5 years. ......... 3. Seoul which hosted the 1988 Summer Olympics is well-known for its shopping centres. ......... 4. The house which we wanted to buy was too expensive ......... 5. Kyoto which used to be the capital of Japan has many temples. ......... 6. Mr. Jackson whose son is my classmate is a doctor. ...........7. The house which we wanted to buy was too expensive. ..........8. I have two brothers, who are working as architects at the moment. ..........9. I never met Mr. Tam, who lived next door for five years. .........10. Did I ever tell you about my uncle, who left school when he was 15? .........11. I didn’t agree with the man who said we should cancel the trip. .........12. She is one of those who will argue about anything. .........13. Mr. Jackson, whose son is my classmate, is a top businessman. .........14. This is the machine which costs half a million pounds..

(117) IX. Combine the sentences, using Non-defining or Defining relative clause: 1. The girl is happy. She won the race. ....................................................................................................... 2. My younger brother is a doctor. You met him yesterday. ....................................................................................................... 3. We are studying sentences. They contain relative clauses. ....................................................................................................... 4. John is one of my closest friends. He lives next door. ....................................................................................................... 5. He gave me the information. I wrote it down at once. ....................................................................................................... 6. Show me the shoes. You bought them yesterday. ....................................................................................................... 7. Edward has just moved to France. His mother died last year. ........................................................................................................ Unit 15: CITIES ( 2) I. Combine the following sentences using “although” 1. There is not much to do in the countryside. I prefer living in the countryside. ………………………………………………..……………………………….. 2. It was raining, but I went swimming anyway. ………………………………………….……………….. …………………………….. 3. We waited for hours. John didn’t come. .…………………………………………………………………………….. 4. I decided not to buy the coat. I liked it very much. ………………………………………………..……………………………….. II. Complete the table with the correct form of the adjectives. Adjective Comparative form Superlative form 1. cheap …………………………….. ……………………………… 2. …………….……. more expensive …………………………….. 3. ………………….. ……………………………… the safest 4. modern ……………………………. ……………………………. 5. ………………….. prettier ……………………………. 6. ………………….. …………………………….. the most relaxing 7. quiet ……………………………… …………………………….. 8. …………………. sadder ..............…………………… 9. happy ………………………………. …………………………….. 10 …………………. ……………………………….. the busiest 11. warm ………………………………… …………………………….. 12. …………………. hotter ……………………………. III. Give the correct comparatives of the adjectives and adverbs in brackets: 1. The President is (nervous) than he looks. 2. The situation was much (bad) than we expected she did several days ago. 3. She is (intelligent) than you thought she was. 4. Everyone was (nervous) as you are. 5. The city center wasn’t (crowded) this morning as it usually is. 6. Could you speak (slowly), please? 7. Jim didn’t do (well) in his examination as he has hoped. 8. That was (delicious) meal I’ve had for a long time. 9. She feels (good) than she did several days ago. 10. (expensive) hotels are usually (comfortable). IV. Complete the following sentences: 1. My salary is high but his is very high. —> His salary …………………………………….………..……….. 2. He works hard. We work hard, too.—> We ……………………………………………………..…………. 3. No one in this class is as tall as Jimmy. —> Jimmy .……………………………………………….……..… 4. You didn’t speak more than I did. —> I …………………………………………………………………….. 5. She cooked better than you did. —> You didn’t …………..…………………………..……………….

(118) 6. I can’t cook as well as my mother does. —> Mother does …………………………………………………. 7. Apples are usually cheaper than oranges. —>Apples are not …………………………………………….……. 8. I know him better than you do. —> You don’t ……………………………………………..……….. 9. Marie is certainly not so intelligent as her sister. —> Marie’s sister ………………………………………………………………. 10. Janet is the best tennis - player in the club. —> No one ………………………………………………….. 11. I ran faster than Tom. —> Tom didn’t ……………………………………………………………….………. 12. Ann is 18 years old, and Sue is 20 years old. —> Ann is …..……………………………………………….. 13. Jane can swim further than I can. —> I can’t swim as ………………………………………………………. 14. Nobody can cook as well as my mother. —> My mother is …………………………………………….. 15. She can speak English better than I can. —> I can’t …………………………………………………… V. Choose the best answers: 1. He is well over seventy ………he still wants to continue working there. ( though / although / but / so ) 2. …………………heavy rain, we went on a picnic. ( Although / Despite / Though / Because of) 3. “Do you remember Mrs. Goddard, ……………….taught us English composition?” - “Certainly I do.” (who / whom / that / which) 4. Friends are people ……………….close to us. ( who is / who are / which is / which are) 5. Ann quit her job at the advertising agency, ……………surprised everyone. (which / that / who / whom) 6. It was raining, but the baseball game wasn’t cancelled. a. The baseball game wouldn’t be cancelled until it stopped raining. b. Though it was raining, the baseball game wasn’t cancelled. c. In spite of raining, the baseball still went ahead. d. The organizer put off the baseball game until after the rain. 7. I have always wanted to visit Paris, ……………..of France. ( is the capital / which the capital is / that is the capital / the capital) 8. Florida, …………….the Sunshine State, attracts many tourists every year. ( is / known as / is known as / that is known as) 9. “Is this the address to ………………you want the package sent? ( where / that / which / whom) 10. The chemistry book …….was a little expensive. ( that I bought it / I bought that / what I bought / I bought ) 11. Two men, neither of …………. I had ever seen before, came into my office. ( whom / that / whose / which) 12. The house is conveniently …………about a mile from the shopping center. (place / put / stood / situated) 13. My radio, ……………isn’t very old, had suddenly stopped working. ( that / which / of which / whose) 14. A helicopter belonging ………………the oil company has crashed. ( with / to / of / in) 15. They asked me a lot of questions, some of ………………I couldn’t answer. ( which / that / whom / who) 16. This is the ………………church in the city. ( older / oldest / elder / eldest) 17. He is happy because he is going to see her. ( He saw her and then he was happy. / He is happy and so he is going to see her. / He saw her, and after that he was not happy. / She is going to see her, so he is happy.) 18. The trip was boring but we enjoyed it a lot. (We enjoyed boring trip. / We were bored with the trip. / The trip bored us. / We liked the trip very much even though it was boring.) 1. She will never stop working ………….she is as rich as Rockefeller now. ( despite / because / although / so) 2. Dean Koontz, …………, lives in Orange, California. ( which is an author / who is an author of horror novels / is an author of horror novels / that is an author of horror novels ) 3. The computer broke down again, ……………….. ( surprised the technician / who surprised the technician / that surprised the technician / which surprised the technician ) 4. ………………… they tried their best, they were not successful in getting the driving test. ( Although / Because / In spite of / As a result) 5. She had been absent from class several times ……..she still passed the exam easily. ( although / as a result / but / despite) 6. The books ………………belong to Sam. ( that are on the floor / which is on the floor / are on the floor / where are on the floor ) 7. Dr. Sales is a person …………….. ( in whom I don’t have much confidence / in that I don’t have much confidence / whom I don’t have much confidence / I don’t have much confidence ) 8. …………………heavy rain, we went on a picnic. ( Although / Despite / Though / Because of) 9. “Do you remember Mrs. Goddard, ……………….taught us English composition?” - “Certainly I do.” (who / whom / that / which) 10. I have three brothers, ……are businessmen..

(119) ( that all of them / who they all / all of whom / who all of them) VI. Choose the word or phrase that would not be appropriate. 1. This is the person to that I sold my car. 2. My bike, I had left at the gate, had disappeared. 3. Although the cold weather, we all went for a walk. 4. Despite of the interruption, she was still able to finish her assignment before class. 5. In spite of the car was cheap, it was in good condition. 6. Peter comes from Witney, that is near Oxford. 7. The tree which branches are dead should be cut down. VII. Choose the word or phrase that would not be appropriate. 1. This is the person to that I sold my car. 2. My bike, I had left at the gate, had disappeared. 3. Although the cold weather, we all went for a walk. 4. Despite of the interruption, she was still able to finish her assignment before class. 5. In spite of the car was cheap, it was in good condition. 6. Peter comes from Witney, that is near Oxford. 7. The tree which branches are dead should be cut down. III. Read the text, then decide whether each of the statements is true (T) or false (F) : SYDNEY Named after an ex-Governor of New South Wales, Sydney is the State’s capital city. Located on the south-east of Australia in the temperate zone, it enjoys a mild climate, averaging 14.5 hours of sunshine per day in summer and 10.25 hours in winter. It is also the largest, oldest and perhaps the most beautifully situated city in Australia. First established cosmopolitan city that has developed into one of the nation’s major industrial, business, and manufacturing centres. Sydney is home to nearly 4.2 million people (as at 1995). The suburbs reach out from the city centre and harbour creating a metropolitant area of about 3,000 square kilometres. The 57 square kilometre harbour is one of the largest in the world and famous for unmistakable 134 high arch of the Harbour Bridge and the graceful sails of the Opera House. It is a busy waterway with ferries, freghters, hydrofoils and pleasure craft. Not far from the city centre are the attractive old residental suburbs of Balmain, Glebe, and Paddington where many people live in smart terraced houses. Art galleries, pubs, and restaurant abound in the cosy streets and tend to be quite narrow, whereas the suburbs surrounding the city’s colleges and universities consist mainly of family homes and multi-unit blocks - an idea situation for a homestay or to rent. Sydney’s never suburbs now have a large multicultural population and local shopping centres reflect the influences of many cultures. As well as scores of cinemas and theatres throughout the city and suburbs there are numerous clubs which appeal to people of all ages and cater for all tastes. Pubs are the venure for smaller modern bands, while the big-name popular music artists, both local and international, attract capacity audiences at the huge Entertainment Center in the heart of the city. 1. Sydney is the capital city of Australia. 2. Orginally, Sydney was built as a place for convicted people from Britain. 3. Sydney Harbour is the largest harbour in the world. 4. The Opera House in Sydney is always very busy. 5. The streets in Paddington are not wide and contain houses arranged in rows. 6. There is now a wide variety of restaurants to choose more in Sydney than in the past. 7. The Entertainment Centre is only for international popular music artists who attract large audiences. 8. There are pubs for locals of different ages and tastes. IV. Rewrite the following sentences: 1. Despite the cold weather, we all went for a walk. —> Although ………………………………...…….. 2. It was raining, but I went swimming anyway. —> Although …………………………………………… 3. My friend is a millionaire. He hates spending money. —> Despite .…………………………………….. 11. Friends are people ……………….close to us. ( who is / who are / which is / which are) 12. Little Women, ………….. in 1868, is my sister’s favorite book. ( is a novel published / a novel published / a novel was published / was a novel published ) 13. He is well over seventy ……………he still wants to continue working there. ( though / although / but / so ) 14. “Do you have the book ……………….the teacher?” - “Yes, I do.” ( that is belongs to / to which belongs / to which belongs to / that belongs to) 15. She will never give up ……………..she has failed several times. ( In spite of / because / although / as) 16. Ann quit her job at the advertising agency, ……………surprised everyone. (which / that / who / whom).

(120) 17. I have always wanted to visit Paris, ……………..of France. ( is the capital / which the capital is / that is the capital / the capital) 18. Florida, …………….the Sunshine State, attracts many tourists every year. ( is / known as / is known as / that is known as) 19. “Is this the address to ………………you want the package sent? ( where / that / which / whom) 20. The chemistry book …….was a little expensive. ( that I bought it / I bought that / what I bought / I bought ) 21. Do you know when Oxford University was …………….? ( founded / found / discovered / held) 22. Two men, neither of …………. I had ever seen before, came into my office. ( whom / that / whose / which) 23. The house is conveniently ……………about a mile from the shopping center. (place / put / stood / situated) 24. My radio, ……………isn’t very old, had suddenly stopped working. ( that / which / of which / whose) 25. A helicopter belonging ………………the oil company has crashed. ( with / to / of / in) 26. They asked me a lot of questions, some of ………………I couldn’t answer. ( which / that / whom / who) 27. This is the ………………church in the city. ( older / oldest / elder / eldest) 28. He is happy because he is going to see her. ( He saw her and then he was happy. / He is happy and so he is going to see her. / He saw her, and after that he was not happy. / She is going to see her, so he is happy.) 29. It was raining, but the baseball game wasn’t cancelled. a. The baseball game wouldn’t be cancelled until it stopped raining. b. Though it was raining, the baseball game wasn’t cancelled. c. In spite of raining, the baseball still went ahead. d. The organizer put off the baseball game until after the rain. 30. The trip was boring but we enjoyed it a lot. (We enjoyed boring trip./ We were bored with the trip./ The trip bored us. / We liked the trip very much even though it was boring.) .. REVIEW (The 2nd Term) I. Pick out the word which has the underlined part pronounced differently from the rests. 1. a. depth b. without c. thought d. month 2. a. southern b. without c. then d. these 3. a. government b. against c. globe d. Germany 4. a. gathered b. prepared c. called d. subtracted 5. a. knife b. knob c. knowledge d. weak 6. a. declare b. compare c. share d. are II. Pick out the word that has the stress pattern different from that of the other words 1. a. historic b. anything c. America d. cathedral 2. a. engineer b. compose c. musician d. attract 3. a. special b. mingle c. finance d. among 4. a. situate b. national c. character d. material III. Choose the best answers:.

(121) 1. The man was delivering the mail. (The mail was being delivered by the man. / The mail is being delivered to the man. / The mail is being delivering to the man. / The mail is being delivered by the man.) 2. The house is ………….at the corner of a busy street. ( situated / placed / stood / put) 3. “If An ………..so intelligent, Hoang wouldn’t have married her. ( isn’t / hadn’t been / hasn’t been / weren’t) 4. …………….do you look unhappy? - I got bad marks in mathematics.(Why / What / How / Which) 5. You should go to Britain ................improve your English. ( in oder not to / so as to / not to / a & c ) 6. If I …..the chance, I would have trained to be a doctor.(would have had / would have / have had / had had) 7. …………………to join us? ( How about / Why don’t you / Would you like / Let’s) 8. Mozart ...............his last opera shortly before he died. (lulled / communicated / entertained / composed) 9. John always has difficulty getting up. He …………… .( should go to bed late / should go away for a few days / shouldn’t go away for a few days / shouldn’t go to bed late) 10. “...............” means “ a prize for winning a competition” ( tournament / trophy / champion / victory) 11. You really ………………..stop smoking, you know. It’s bad for you. ( must / should / ought / would ) 12. If I hadn’t drunk so much coffee, …….…………better. ( I’d have slept / I slept / I’ll sleep / I sleep) 13. If I ………..his phone number, I would call him.(know / knew / had known / didn’t know) 14. I …………that coat if I were you. (didn’t buy / don’t buy / wouldn’t buy / will not buy) 15. “Tien Quan Ca”, the Vietnam .............anthem, was written in 1944. ( international / national / nations / nation) 16. He was using the phone when I needed it. a. The phone was being used when I needed it. c. The phone is used when I needed it. b. The phone is being used when I needed it. d. The phone was used when I needed it. 17. Everglades National Park is a sub-tropical ………………….in the southeastern United States. ( survival / wilderness / variety / species) 18. If you ………………….me yesterday, I …………………….you the news. a. phoned / had given b. had phoned / would have given c. phoned / would have given d. had phoned / had given 19. If you …… a day earlier, you could have met them all before they left. ( arrive / arrived / had arrived / would arrive ) 20. ...............Minh and Nam hated each other at first, they became friends little by little. (Because / In spite of / As / Although) 21. We did not visit the museum because we had no time. ( If we have time, we will visit the museum / If we had time, we would visit the museum / If we had had time, we would have visited the museum / If we had had time, we will have visited the museum ) 22. We can not see the road …………..the fog. ( because of / although / because / despite ) 23. ……………teams played in the final match? - Uruguay and Argentina.(What / Where /When / Which) 24. ……..we read, ………we know. ( The most - the most / The more - the more / Most - most / More - more ) 25. Your dress is longer than ………….. ( I / me / my / mine ) 26. ………….I have time, I will go with you. ( if / unless / so / so that ) 27. He can’t walk ………….his leg was broken. ( because / because of / despite / in spite of ) 28. ………….she was still tired, she insisted on going to work. ( Although / Because / In spite of / Because of ) 29. Mary is interested in …………….. Vietnamese. ( to learn / learning / learn / learnt ) 30. A teacher is a person ……….gives lessons to students. ( whom / who / that / who & that ) 31. Although Jane felt tired, she stayed up late talking to John. A. In spite feeling tired, Jane stayed up late talking to John. B. Jane wouldn't feel tired despite staying up late talking to John. C. Jane stayed up late talking to John. As a result, she was tired. D. Despite feeling tired, Jane stayed up late talking to John. 32. The man ……………daughter is standing over there is my father’s friend. ( that / who / whom / whose ) 33. He passed the exam with high grades, .....made everybody in the family pleased. ( which / that / what / it ) 34. My friend, ...............you met yesterday, was in London last year. (when / whom / whose / which) 35. I still can’t believe it! My bicycle ………….last night. ( was stolen / was stealing / stolen / stole) 36. We sat at the table until all the food …………….. (were eating / was eating / were eaten / was eaten) 37. He showed us the house ………………… he was born. ( which / where / in where / in that) 38. As a child I was …………………..by love and kindness. (characterized / attracted / surrounded / mingled) 39. I often …………………with a piece of music after a hard-working day. ( relax / entertain / uplift / delight ) 40. They were talking in whispers ……………nobody could hear them. ( in order to / so as / in order that / to) 41. “I’m afraid I can’t come because my mother has been sick.” can be interpreted as a(n) ……………. ( acceptance / invitation / refusal / suggestion).

(122) 42.. The World Cup is regarded ……………the world championship of the sport. (at / in / of / as) 43. “Why are you learning English?” is closest in meaning to ................. “What are you learning English for?” / “What are you learning English ?” / What kind of English are you learning ?” / “Are you learning English ?” 44. She came in quietly ……………….not to wake the baby. (as if / so as / such as / if so) 45. How many countries will be participating …………………the Olympic Games? ( on / in / at / into) 46. It rained yesterday after it ...........dry for a long time. ( was / have been / had been / was being ) 47. You don’t need your umbrella today. - I don’t think .................. (it rains / it will rain / It is going to rain / it won’t rain) IV. Identify the one underlined word or phrase that must be changed in order to make the sentence correct:. 1. What do you often have for the lunch? 2. Is this the person whose you asked me about? 3. If had I known she was in financial difficulty, I would have lent her some money. 4. Plants will not grow well if there is enough rain. 5. It is not until 1915 that the cinema really became an industry. 6. This car is more economical as that one. 7. This switch must not be touch while the machine is working. 9. If forests had not been destroyed, there will have been no floods. 8. If I don’t like you, I wouldn’t invite you to my house. 9. They were questioning by the police. 10. Had you told me about your troubles, I would have help you. 11. Unless it rains, we will stay at home. 12. These pills should be take every four hours. 13. Although our poor living conditions, we all feel happy. 14. This is the gun with that the murder was committed. 15. My friend Jack, who parents of him live in Glasgow, invited me to spend Christmas in Scotland. REVIEW(Unit 9 ® 15) I. Pick out the word which has the underlined part pronounced differently from the rests. 1. a. birthday b. brother c. mother d. though 2. a. printed b. decided c. completed d. played 3. a. here b. bear c. hear d. engineer 4. a. chemistry b. school c. chair d. scholarship 5. a. casual b. tour c. pair d. poor 6. a. three b. without c. thought d. month 7. a. carefully b. chair c. square d. cheer 8. a. photograph b. Stephen c. factory d. fiction II. Pick out the word that has the stress pattern different from that of the other words. 1. a. anthem b. lyric c. excite d. poem 2. a. wonderful b. talented c. celebrate d. composer 3. a. cinema b. history c. movement d. communicate 4. a. attract b. emotion c. Vietnamese d. example III. Choose the best answers: 1. They didn’t finish their work. a. Their work wasn’t finished. b. Their work isn’t finished. c. Their work isn’t finish. d. Their work didn’t be finished. 2. “………… does she jog every day for?” “To stay fit.” ( Why /What / Which / When) 3. Peter’s parents promised that they will take him to Italy this summer holiday and he is so ……….…about it. ( exciting / excites / excited / excite) 4. She ……………she had been followed until she got to the post office. ( realized / does not realize / didn’t realize / wasn’t realized) 5. My friends live in ...............old house in .................small village. ( an - a / an - the / a - a / the - a ) 6. Last night I went out for …….meal. (  / the / a / an ) 7. Make sure you put your name at …………….. end of the report. (  / the / a / an ) 8. We didn’t recognize him until he came into the light. a. We recognized him when he came in. c. There was a power cut until we saw him b. It was not until he came into the light that we recognized him. d. We recognized him after the light was on. 9. I don’t feel well-but I don’t know what the matter ……………….me. ( of / for / to / with) 10. If he wrote to her, she would be happy..

(123) a. She isn’t happy because he doesn’t write to her. c. When he wrote to her, she wasn’t happy. b. She’s happy because he has written to her. d. He didn’t write to her, so she wasn’t happy. 11. The house is conveniently ………………about a mile from the shopping center. (place / put / stood / situated) 12. New York is a crowded city with the total ...........of 946 square km. ( population / transport / are / economy) 13. “………………” is “traditional music of a country”. ( jazz / folk music / classical music / pop music) 14. He is an …..of the team, we can’t do without him. ( emotion / communication / mean / integral part) 15. He can’t walk ………….his leg was broken. ( because / because of / despite / in spite of ) 16. ………….she was still tired, she insisted on going to work. ( Although / Because / In spite of / Because of ) 17. We didn’t meet Lan a long time ………………….( ago / for / since / now ) 18. The man ……………daughter is standing over there is my father’s friend. ( that / who / whom / whose ) 19. It rained yesterday after it ...........dry for a long time. ( was / have been / had been / was being ) 20. Ms. Lan enjoys .........because she loves working with children. ( to teach / to be taught / teaching / teach ) 21. If I were you, ………..phone and tell her you’re going to be late. ( I’d / I’ll / I’d have / I ) 22. Have you got the money …………………..I lent you yesterday? ( which / that / x / all are correct ) 23. My city is famous ………………..its beautiful landscapes.( with / for / of / at ) 24. Jim has two sisters, both of ……………….are married. ( whom / that / who / whose) 25. ………… Statue of Liberty was a gift of friendship from …………France to …………United States. (The - a - an / The - x - the / The - a - the / A - an - the) 26. What about ……………for a ride? ( to go / going / for going / we shall go) 27. ...............she was still ill, she insisted on going to work. (Although / Because / Because of / Inspite of) 28. My friend, …………you met yesterday, was in London last year. (when / whom / whose / which) 29. John came to the party ……….he hadn’t been invited. (although / despite / even / because) 30. They have changed the date of the meeting. a. The date of the meeting have been changed by them. b. The date of the meeting has been changed. c. The date of the meeting has changed. d. The meeting has been changed the date. 31. Music is clearly different ………………language. (with / from / in / of) 32. + I’ve got a headache. - Have you? Wait there and ...............an aspirin for you. ( I’ll get / Iam going to get / I am getting / I get) 33. The letter “t” in the following words is pronounced as /t/ except …………………. (picture /stayed / tea / continue) 34. Nowadays, the smoke from industrial factories is damaging the ……..….severely. (sky / atmosphere / sun / sunlight) 35. My mother drove carefully ……………..cause accident. ( so as to / in order to / in order not to / both a & b) 36. The children were ……………..into small groups to discuss the problems of the disabled. ( divided / apart / separated / classified ) 37. “When …….?” -“In 1928.” a. penicillin was discovered b. did penicillin discovered c. was penicillin discovered d. did penicillin discover 38. “You don’t need your umbrella today. I don’t think ...................” ( it rains / it will rain / it is going to rain / it won’t rain) 39. Lan is going to Singapore next month. She has never been there before. Lan is really ………………….about it. It will be an ……………..…experience for her. a. exciting-excited b. exciting-exciting c. excited-exciting d. excited-excited 40. ……………teams played in the final match? - Uruguay and Argentina.(What / Where /When / Which) 41. If we had known your new address, we ………………to see you. ( came / would have come / would come / will come) 42. + ………………have you know them? - For five years. (How long / When / How / What) 43. ……………..do you take physical exercises for? (Why / What for / When / What) 44. ……………did it take you to finish your homework last night? (How often / How high / How long / How) 45. I’m …………….with the film, so I left. (bored / boring / bore / boredom) 46. I’ve never seen such a …………man. He never says or does anything ……………. ( bored - interesting / boring - interesting / boring - interested / bored - interested) 47. If you …………… a day earlier, you could have met them all before they left. a. arrive b. arrived c. had arrived d. would arrive 48. If you ……… to see the film, you …………it. a. came / had enjoyed b. had come / had enjoyed.

(124) c. came / would have enjoyed d. had come / would have enjoyed 49. If you …….a coat, you …………wet. a. would have worn / wouldn’t get b. wore / didn’t get c. would have worn / didn’t get d. wore / wouldn’t get 50. Los Angeles, a city in the USA, is ...............in 1781. ( attracted / made / called / founded) IV. Identify the one underlined word or phrase that must be changed in order to make the sentence correct:. 1. If you keep on playing games on the computer, I would sell it. 2. In spite interruption, she was still able to finish her assignment before class. 3. Although his bad cough, he kept on smoking. 4. Here's the computer program about that I told you. 5. Will the new road being built soon? 6. It was not until that 1915 the cinema really became an industry. 7. The book whom I am reading is on information technology. 8. Have you receive the parcel which we sent you? 9. Is this the person whose you asked me about? 10. If I don’t like you, I wouldn’t invite you to my house. Unit 15: CITIES (Reading) Choose the best answer to complete these sentences: 1. New York is the……………of ………… . a. capital/ the USA b. home/ the United Nations c. state/ the USA d. b and c are correct 2. The city was founded by……… . a. the Dutch b. the French c. the America d. the Asia 3. New Yorkers are people who come from ………… . a. Vietnam b. only the United States c. all over the United States and many parts in the world. 4. It is famous for……… . a. its interesting places b. its largest and finest harbour c. its high buildings, art galleries and museums d. all a, b, c Complete the following sentences with the words in the box: population. attracts. founded. financial. mingled. convenient. 1. Living in the city is very .....................as you can access to almost everything. 2. This centre was ..................years ago but not many people know about it. 3. Tokyo and New York are major ....................centres in the world. 4. Mexico city is not very large but its ......................approximately 10 millions. 5. The policemen ..................the crowd in an attempt to find out the offenders. 6. The new shopping mall ..................a large number of customers. Unit 15 : CITIES (Language focus) I. Pick out the word which has the underlined part pronounced differently from the rests. 1. a. then b. three c. thing d. thrill 2. a. south b. thick c. though d. thought 3. a. the b. mother c. although d. author 4. a. another b. month c. there d. those II. Underline the relative clause in these sentences and indicate if they are defining (D) or non-difining (ND). Add a comma where required. .........1. The student who sits next to me is from China. ......... 2. I nevermet Mr. Tam who lived next door for 5 years. ......... 3. Seoul which hosted the 1988 Summer Olympics is well-known for its shopping centres. ......... 4. The house which we wanted to buy was too expensive ......... 5. Kyoto which used to be the capital of Japan has many temples. ......... 6. Mr. Jackson whose son is my classmate is a doctor. III. Combine the sentences, using Non-defining or Defining relative clause: 1. The girl is happy. She won the race. 2. My younger brother is a doctor. You met him yesterday. 3. We are studying sentences. They contain relative clauses. 4. John is one of my closest friends. He lives next door. IV. Combine the following sentences using “although” 1. There is not much to do in the countryside. I prefer living in the countryside. ………………………………………………..………………………………...

(125) 2. It was raining, but I went swimming anyway. ………………………………………….……………….. …………………………….. 3. We waited for hours. John didn’t come. .…………………………………………………………………………….. 4. I decided not to buy the coat. I liked it very much. ………………………………………………..……………………………….. V. Choose the best answers: 1. He is well over seventy ………he still wants to continue working there. ( though / although / but / so ) 2. …………………heavy rain, we went on a picnic. ( Although / Despite / Though / Because of) 3. “Do you remember Mrs. Goddard, ……………….taught us English composition?” - “Certainly I do.” (who / whom / that / which) 4. Friends are people ……………….close to us. ( who is / who are / which is / which are) 5. Ann quit her job at the advertising agency, ……………surprised everyone. (which / that / who / whom) 6. It was raining, but the baseball game wasn’t cancelled. a. The baseball game wouldn’t be cancelled until it stopped raining. b. Though it was raining, the baseball game wasn’t cancelled. c. In spite of raining, the baseball still went ahead. d. The organizer put off the baseball game until after the rain. 7. I have always wanted to visit Paris, ……………..of France. ( is the capital / which the capital is / that is the capital / the capital) 8. Florida, …………….the Sunshine State, attracts many tourists every year. ( is / known as / is known as / that is known as) 9. “Is this the address to ………………you want the package sent? ( where / that / which / whom) 10. The chemistry book …….was a little expensive. ( that I bought it / I bought that / what I bought / I bought ) 11. Two men, neither of …………. I had ever seen before, came into my office. ( whom / that / whose / which) 12. The house is conveniently …………about a mile from the shopping center. (place / put / stood / situated) 13. My radio, ……………isn’t very old, had suddenly stopped working. ( that / which / of which / whose) 14. A helicopter belonging ………………the oil company has crashed. ( with / to / of / in) 15. They asked me a lot of questions, some of ………………I couldn’t answer. ( which / that / whom / who) 16. This is the ………………church in the city. ( older / oldest / elder / eldest) 17. He is happy because he is going to see her. ( He saw her and then he was happy. / He is happy and so he is going to see her. / He saw her, and after that he was not happy. / She is going to see her, so he is happy.) 18. The trip was boring but we enjoyed it a lot. (We enjoyed boring trip. / We were bored with the trip. / The trip bored us. / We liked the trip very much even though it was boring.) VI. Choose the word or phrase that would not be appropriate. 1. This is the person to that I sold my car. 2. My bike, I had left at the gate, had disappeared. 3. Although the cold weather, we all went for a walk. 4. Despite of the interruption, she was still able to finish her assignment before class. 5. In spite of the car was cheap, it was in good condition. 6. Peter comes from Witney, that is near Oxford. 7. The tree which branches are dead should be cut down..

(126) Name: .................................. 15 minutes test Class: 10/ .... Subject: English I. Put the verbs in brackets into the correct tense: 1. If I (know) ……………………..his phone number, I would call him. 2. I (not / buy) ……………………that coat if I were you. 3. If it (be) …………………….fine tomorrow, we will go to the coast. 4. If he had been more careful, he …………….……..( not, fall). II. Rewrite each sentence, beginning as shown, so that the meaning stays the same. 1. We don’t visit you very often because you live so far away. ® If……………………………………………………………………………… 2. I’ve got a lot of work to do, so I can’t go home for lunch now. ® If .................................................................................................................... III. Rewrite the following sentences, using Relative Clauses: 1. He is the man. I met him at Mary’s party. ® ......................................................................................... 2. She doesn’t like the shirt. Her mother gave it to her. ® …………………………………………………………. Name: .................................. 15 minutes test Class: 10/ .... Subject: English I. Put the verbs in brackets into the correct tense: 1. I ( help) ………………………you if I could, but I afraid I can’t. 2. We would need less money if we (live) …………………..in the country. 3. If you had phoned her, she ..............................(not, be) so worried. 4. This letter has got to be in Chicago in two days. I’m sure if I (send) ....…..it today, it will arrive in time. II. Rewrite each sentence, beginning as shown, so that the meaning stays the same. 1. We don’t go out very often because we can’t afford it. ® If …………………………………………………………………………………..……. 2. It’s raining, so we can’t have lunch on the patio. ® If …………………………………………………………………………………..……. III. Rewrite the following sentences, using Relative Clauses: 1. New York city is very nice. It is the home of the United Nations. ® ............................................................................................................ 2. I don’t like the man. His temper is very bad. ® ........................................................................................... Name: .................................. 15 minutes test Class: 10/ .... Subject: English I. Put the verbs in brackets into the correct tense: 1. If you hadn’t woken me up this morning, I ………………….(be) late for school. So thank you. 2. If you ate less, you (not be) .................healthy enough. 3. If I (have) .................a typewriter, I would type myself. 4. We will go swimming tomorrow if the weather (be) ...........................nice. II. Rewrite each sentence, beginning as shown, so that the meaning stays the same. 1. He lost his job because he was late every day. ® If…………………................………………………… 2. I have to work late tomorrow, so I can’t join your party. ® If .................................................................................................................... III. Rewrite the following sentences, using Relative Clauses: 1. The man is very kind. He lent me some money. ® ........................................................................................ 2. These exercises are very difficult. I can’t finish them. ® ........................................................................................... Name: .................................. 15 minutes test Class: 10/ .... Subject: English I. Put the verbs in brackets into the correct tense: 1. If he knew it was dangerous, he (not come) .......................... 2. If you ………....……(arrive) a day earlier, you could have met them all before they left. 3. I would keep a horse if I (can) .......................afford it..

(127) 4. If you had phoned me a day before, I (tell) ................................about it. II. Rewrite each sentence, beginning as shown, so that the meaning stays the same. 1. We didn’t go because it rained. ® ……………………………………………………...... 2. I don’t have enough time so I don’t read these exercises carefully.. ® If ................................................................................................................................................ III. Rewrite the following sentences, using Relative Clauses: 1. The book is about a pretty girl. I bought it yesterday. ® ........................................................................................ 2. This woman teaches me English. Her daughter is my friend. ®…………………………………………………………. Name: .................................. 15 minutes test Class: 10/ .... Subject: English I. Put the verbs in brackets into the correct tense: 1. If it (be) …………………….fine tomorrow, we will go to the coast. 2. I ( help) ………………………you if I could, but I afraid I can’t. 3. If you had phoned her, she ..............................(not, be) so worried. 4. If I (have) .................a typewriter, I would type myself. II. Rewrite each sentence, beginning as shown, so that the meaning stays the same. 1. He didn’t hurry, so he missed the train. ® If …………………………………………………………………………………..……. 2. I can’t help you because I am busy now. ® If …………………………………………………………………………………..……. III. Rewrite the following sentences, using Relative Clauses: 1. John asked me to help you. You met him last night. ® ......................................................................................... 2. The hat is made in China. I bought it yesterday. ® ......................................................................................... Name: .................................. 15 minutes test Class: 10/ .... Subject: English I. Put the verbs in brackets into the correct tense: 1. We would need less money if we (live) …………………..in the country 2. If you hadn’t woken me up this morning, I ………………….(be) late for school. So thank you. 3. If you got up early, you (not be) .................late for school. 4. We will go swimming tomorrow if the weather (be) ...........................nice. II. Rewrite each sentence, beginning as shown, so that the meaning stays the same. 1. I didn’t see you there, so I didn’t say hello. ® If .................................................................................................................... 2. Mary doesn’t call me because she hasn’t got enough time. ® If .................................................................................................................... III. Rewrite the following sentences, using Relative Clauses: 1. She gave me that book. I liked it very much. ® ........................................................................................... 2. The man is very handsome. His son is David. ® ........................................................................................ MORE EXERCISES I. Put the verbs in brackets into the correct tense: 1. We would need less money if we (live) …………………..in the country 2. If you hadn’t woken me up this morning, I ………………….(be) late for school. So thank you. 3. If you got up early, you (not be) .................late for school. 4. We will go swimming tomorrow if the weather (be) ...........................nice. 5. If it (be) …………………….fine tomorrow, we will go to the coast. 6. I ( help) ………………………you if I could, but I afraid I can’t. 7. If you had phoned her, she ..............................(not, be) so worried. 8. If I (have) .................a typewriter, I would type myself. 9. If he knew it was dangerous, he (not come) .......................... 10. If you ………....……(arrive) a day earlier, you could have met them all before they left. 11. I would keep a horse if I (can) .......................afford it..

(128) 12. If you had phoned me a day before, I (tell) ................................about it. II. Rewrite each sentence, beginning as shown, so that the meaning stays the same. 1. She wasn’t able to answer the questions, so she failed the exam. ® ……………………………………………………………………………………………. 2. I didn’t see you there, so I didn’t say hello.® If ................................................................................... 3. Mary doesn’t call me because she hasn’t got enough time. ® If ......................................................................................................... 4. He didn’t hurry, so he missed the train. ® If …………………………………………..……. 5. I can’t help you because I am busy now. ® If …………………………………………….……. 6. We didn’t go because it rained. ® ……………………………………………………...... 7. I don’t have enough time so I don’t read these exercises carefully.. ® If ................................................................................................................................................ 8. He lost his job because he was late every day. ® If…………………................………………………… 9. I have to work late tomorrow, so I can’t join your party. ® If .................................................................................................................... 10. We don’t go out very often because we can’t afford it. ® If …………………………………………………………………………………..……. 11. It’s raining, so we can’t have lunch on the patio. ® If …………………………………………………………………………………..……. 12. We don’t visit you very often because you live so far away. ® If……………………………………………………………………………… III. Rewrite the following sentences, using Relative Clauses: 1. She introduces me to the girl. I never met her before. ®……………………………………………………… 2. The woman was very ambarrassed. Her car was broken. ®…………………………………………………… 3. The village is by a small river. I love my village a lot.®……………………………………………………… 4. This is the girl. She helped me to do my homework.®……………………………………………………… 5. Mary’s mother is very beautiful. She teaches me English.®………………………………………………… 6. She gave me a picture book. I like it very much.®……………………………………………………… 7. The man is very angry. His son is my friend.®………………………………………………………...... 8. New York Harbour is ice-free. It is very nice.®……………………………………………………….... 9. David’s girl friend came here yesterday. She is in the room.®……………………………………………… 10. Hanoi is the capital of Vietnam. It is very nice.®……………………………………………………...… 11. I came to see David. He gave me some advice.®……………………………………………………..… 12. New York harbour is ice-free. I visited it last year.®…………………………………………….........… 13. John’s father helped him solve the problem. He is a professor.®…………………………………………… 14. I like the book. I bought it last Subday.®…………………………………………………….....… 15. Our teacher gave us a lot of homework. He wanted us to study it well.®…………………………………… 16. Those flowers are very beautiful. My friend gave them to me.®……………………………………………. TRIAL TEST (the 2nd term) Choose the correct answers: 1. Many species of animals and plants are ................... ( risky / endangered / in risk / under danger) 2. The village ................we visited last month was very attractive. ( where / whose / that / who ) 3. If you study hard, you ...................the exam. ( pass / will pass / would pass / would have passed) 4. It took me ............... hour to get to ................nearest airport. ( an - the / the - a / the - the / a - the) 5. If Mary had worked hard for the exam, she ................it. ( pass / will pass / would pass / would have passed) 6. Is this the person whose helped you to do your homework. 7. Astronomy is one of Tan’s main interests. a. Tan is ................in astronomy. b. He finds astronomy very.................. ( interesting - interested / interested - interesting / interesting - interesting / interested - interested) 8. She started early so as to not be late for school. 9. It was not until 1995 when she stopped learning English. 10. The international football ..................... is held every four years. (World Cup / team / tournament / match ) 11. Lan is going to Singapore next month. She has never been there before. Lan is really ………….about it. It will be an ………..…experience for her. ( exciting-excited / exciting-exciting / excited-exciting / excited-excited ) 12. Unless you ................to her, she would never talk to you any longer..

(129) ( didn’t apologize / won’t apologize / would apologize / apologized ) 13. Sperm whale population are at risk due to hunting. ( on the decrease / in danger / in extinction / in fewer ) 14. My friend, ................you met yesterday, was in London last year. ( when / which / who / whom ) 15. .............is a term that refers to the existence of different kinds of animals and plants that make a balanced environment. ( Diversity / Biodiversity / Sample / Challenge ) 16. They were sent to a local .................. right after their parents’ death. ( hospital / park / orphanage / prison ) 17. Cuc Phuong National Park is ...............160 kilometers south east of Hanoi. ( locate / locating / locates / located ) 18. The best time .................. the park is during the dry season. ( visiting / visit / to visit / visited ) 19. Cuc Phuong National Park is the first of Vietnam’s nine ................. parks to be established. ( native / national / international / nation ) 20. It contains over 200 square kilometers of ..................... ( rainforest / forest rain / rains forest / forest raining ) 21. Tourists go there .................. butterflies, visit caves, hike mountains and look at the 1,000-year-old tree. ( studying / to study / study / studied ) 22. A .................is a large area of sea that is partly surrounded by land. ( sample / ocean / pool / gulf ) 23. The children ................ to be homeless. ( reported / was reported / were reported / was reporting ) 24. Many new roads .....................in this city. ( are building / was built / are being built / are build ) 25. If you hadn’t woken me up this morning, I …………………. late for school. So thank you. ( would be / will be / would have been / was ) 26. If you ate less, you (not be) .................healthy enough. ( wouldn’t be / won’t be / wouldn’t have been / was not ) 27. If I .................a typewriter, I would type myself. ( have / had / had had / has ) 28. The house is conveniently …………about a mile from the shopping center. ( place / put / stood / situated) 29. My radio, ……………isn’t very old, had suddenly stopped working. ( that / which / of which / whose) 30. Don’t try that new restaurant. I’m sure you ………………….disappointed. ( are going to be / aren’t going to be / will be / won’t be ) 31. Chọn từ nhấn âm khác: celebrate / composer / attract / delight 32. Chọn từ nhấn âm khác: emotion / communicate / apologize / characterise 33. The current constitutional problem is ………………by the top legal minds in the country. ( studying / being studying / being studied / been studied ) 34. “I’m afraid I can’t come because my mother has been sick.” can be interpreted as a(n) ……………. ( acceptance / invitation / refusal / suggestion) 35. If I had had a motorbike, I ...................home immediately. ( would go / would have gone / will go / went ) 36. If I ................you were ill last week, I would have gone to see you. ( had known / has known / knew / know ) 37. ............her difficult living conditions, she worked extremely hard. ( In spite of / Despite of / Although / However ) 38. Because of he was ill, he had to stay at home. 39. If I ……..his phone number, I would call him. ( know / knew / had known / didn’t know ) 40. A young man has put in prison. 41. Will the new road being built soon? 42. If they offered you the job, will you accept it? 43. The Statue of Liberty was a gift to American people from the French to show the .......between two nations. ( friend / friendly / friendship / friends ) 44.You don’t need your umbrella today.+ I don’t think ... (it rains / it will rain / It is going to rain / it won’t rain) 45. - I don’t know how to use this camera. + It’s quite easy. I ..............you. ( am going to show / am showing / will show / show ) 46. - Did you post that letter for me? + Oh, I’m sorry. I completely forgot. ....................it now. ( I’m doing / I’ll do / I am doing / I’m going to do ) 47. “Tien Quan Ca” the Vietnam …………..Anthem, was written in 1944. ( International / National / Nation / Nations) 48. - Where are you going? Are you going shopping? + Oh, I’mm sorry. I completely forgot. ............. it now. ( I’m going to buy / I’m buying / I buy / I’ll buy ).

(130) 49. You will not succeed ..................working harder. ( without / unless / if / although ) 50. “I would really like to come.” can be interpreted as a(n) ……………. ( acceptance / invitation / refusal / suggestion) 51. If somebody .................... in here with a gun, I’d be very frightened. ( walked / had walked / has walked / walks ) 52. If you exercised more, you ................better. ( feel / will feel / would feel / felt ) 53. Hand in your papers when the time is ................ ( under / coming / come / over ) 54. anything / south / method / together 55. without / clothes / birthday / though 56. The city is .................by tall buildings in steel and glass. ( founded / mingled / characterized / located ) 57. photograph / Stephen / atmosphere / paragraph 58. If I were you, ...............phone and tell her you’re going to be late. ( I would / I will / I would have / I ) 59. Unless you .............., you will be late for class. (don’t hurry / hurry / hurried / are hurry ) 60. Mary’s sister, .................I spoke to, wasn’t very polite. ( whom / who / whose / that ) 61. Have you got the money ................. I lent you yesterday? (that / whom / whose / who ) 62. Peter, ................asked you to help, was very studious. ( whom / who / that / whose ) 63. ...........Minh and Nam hated each other at first, they became friend little by little. ( Despite / Although / As / In spite of ) 64. - I’ve got a headache. + Have you? Wait here and ................an aspirin for you. ( I will get / I am going to get / I am going / I get ) 65. “Why are you learning English?” is closest in meaning to ................. “What are you learning English for?” / “What are you learning English ?” / What kind of English are you learning ?” / “Are you learning English ?”. ... Good luck to you! Period 1 REVIEW OF TENSES I. The present tense: (Thì hieän taïi ñôn) a) Caùch chia: I, We, You, They + Verb (without To ) He, She, It + Verb - s/es b) Cách dùng: * Để diễn tả 1 chân lí, 1 sự thật hiển nhiên. Ex: - The Sun rises in the East. - Thomas comes from a small village in England. * Để diễn tả 1 thói quen hoặc 1 việc xảy ra thường xuyên ở hiện tại (trong câu thường có often, usually, always, sometimes, seldom, rarely, every day/week ...). Ex: - Peter often goes to class late. - My mother gets up early every morning. II. The simple past tense: (Thì quá khứ đơn) a) Caùch chia: I, We, You, They, He, She, It + Verb -ed / V2 b) Cách dùng: * Để diễn tả hành động đã xảy ra tại một thời điểm xác định trong quá khứ (thường kèm với các từ chỉ thời gian như yesterday, ago, last night/ week, month..., in 2000...) Ex: - We graduated from university in 2000. - She got married three years ago. * Để diễn tả 1 hành động được bắt đầu và kêt thúc trong quá khứ. Ex: - I studied French for five years from 1990 to 1995. - She wrote this novel in two years when she was here. * Để diễn tả 1 thoí quen trong quá khứ. Ex: - I always came here for my Summer hoilday when I was still a student. - She usually worked overtime before becoming manager of the company. III. The present Perfect tense: (Thì hiện tại hoàn thành) a). Caùch chia: I, We, You, They + have Past Participle He, She, It + has b). Cách dùng: * Để diễn tả 1 hành động vừa mới xảy ra. (just, recently) Ex: The plane has just taken off. * Để diễn tả 1 hành động xảy ra tại 1 thời điểm không xác định ở quá khứ, thường dùng để đề cập đến 1 kinh nghiệm, trải nghiệm của 1 người nào đó. Ex: I have eaten this kind of food. It tastes awful. * Để diễn tả 1 hành động băt đầu trong quá khứ, kéo dài đến hiện tại và còn có khả năng tiếp tục ở tương lai. (since, for, so far, until now, up to now, up to the present) Ex: They have lived there for ten years. IV. The present continuous tense: (Thì hieän taïi tiếp diễn).

(131) a). Caùch chia:. I + am We, You, They + are + V-ing He, She, It + is b). Cách dùng: * Để diễn tả 1 hành động đang xảy ra tại 1 thời điểm nói hay xung quanh thời điểm nói. (thường đi kèm với các trạng từ: right now, at present, at the moment, now ...) Ex: - What are you doing now? - Be quiet! The baby is sleeping. Lưu ý: Một số động từ thường không dùng thì hiện tại tiếp diễn mà dùng ở thì hiện tại đơn mặc dù nó diễn tả hành động đang xảy ra vào lúc đang nói. Đó là những động từ trạng thái: Be, See, Hear, Feel, Taste, Know, Understand, Like, Hate, Want, Need, Love, Prefer, Remember, Forget, Realise, Seem, Believe, Suppose... Ex: - They want to go for a walk now. - She feels tired at the moment. V. The past continuous tense: (Thì quá khứ tiếp diễn) a). Caùch chia: I, He, She, It + was + V-ing We, You, They + were + V-ing b). Cách dùng: - Để diễn tả 1 sự việc đang xảy ra ở thời điểm xác định trong quá khứ. Ex: He was watching TV at 6 p.m. yesterday. - Để diễn tả 1 sự việc đang xảy ra ở quá khứ thì 1 việc quá khứ khác xảy ra. Ex: They were talking when I came in. - Để diễn tả 2 hành động xảy ra cùng 1 lúc trong quá khứ. Ex: While you were playing the piano, I was writing a letter. I. Supply the correct verb forms: The Simple Present Tense or The Present Continuous Tense: 1. Look! A man (run) ......................after the train. He (want).................. to catch it. 2. Be quiet! The baby (sleep). .......................... 3. The sun (set) ............... in the West. 4. It (be) ................very cold now. 5. My mother sometimes (buy) ....................vegetables at this market. 6. It (rain) ....................much in summer. It (rain) ........................now. 7. We seldom (eat) ......................before 6:30. 8. It (be) .................often hot in Summer. 9. I (do) ........................an exercise on the present tense at this moment and I (think) ....................that I (know)................... how to use it now. 10. Daisy (cook) .............................some food in the kitchen at present. She always (cook) ..................in the morning. II. Supply the correct verb forms: Simple Past or Present Perfect: 1. I (see) her before. ............................ 2. 7. I (see) her last year. ................................. 3. You (watch) TV last night? .................................... 4. Tom (never be) in Hanoi. .................................. 5. He (write) a book since last year. ................................... 6. How long you (learn) English? ........................................ 7. What you (do) yesterday? ........................................... 8. She (be) born in 1988. .................................... 9. Mr. Green (teach) English in this school since he (graduate) from the university in 1986. .................................. .................................... 10. I (read) the novel written by Jack London several times before. ..................................... III. Supply the correct verb forms: Simple Past or Past Continuous : 1. When I (arrive) at his house, he still (sleep). ..................................................................................................... 2. The light (go) out while we (have) dinner. ..................................................................................................... 3. Bill (have) breakfast when I (stop) at his house this morning. ..................................................................................................... 4. As we (cross) the street), we (see) an accident. ..................................................................................................... 5. Tom (see) a serious accident while he (stand) at the bus stop. ..................................................................................................... 6. While my father (read) a newspaper, I (learn) my lesson and my sister (do) her homework..

(132) ..................................................................................................... 7. The bell (ring) while Tom (take) a bath. ..................................................................................................... 8. I (be) very tired because I (work) all day yesterday. ..................................................................................................... 9. He (sit) in a cafe when I (see) him. ..................................................................................................... 10. The children (play) football when their mother (come) back home. ...................................................................................................... IV. Supply the correct verb forms: Simple Past or Past Perfect: 1. They (go) home after they (finish) their work. ..................................................................................................... 2. She said that she (already, see) Dr. Rice. ..................................................................................................... 3. When we came to the stadium, the match (already, begin)..

(133) Unit 12 : MUSIC (4) I. Choose the best answer: 1. …………….catch up with his studies, he worked through the summer. a. In order to b. To c. For d. Both a & b 2. He said the government would do its best to ………………..the problem of unemployment. a. solve b. decide c. answer d. relax 3. If only he ………………….told us the truth in the first place, things wouldn’t have gone so wrong. a. has b. had c. would have d. should have 4. Music is clearly different ………………language. a. with b. from c. in d. of 5. I wish I had enough money ……a computer. a. buying b. to buy c. to buying d. for buying 6. She’s practicing ………a new piece on the piano. a. play b. to play c. to playing d. playing 7. That music is too ………- please turn it down. a. aloud b. loud c. louder d. loudly 8. Neither Janet nor Susan can dance well. a. Janet can’t dance well and Susan can’t either. c. Janet can’t dance well but Susan can. b. Both Janet and Susan can dance well. d. Susan can’t dance well but Janet can. 9. Why are you saving money? a. What reasons are you saving money for? c. What kind of money are you saving? b. For what are you saving money? d. What are you saving money for? 10. I want to …….some pictures by a new painter the other day. a. watch b. see to c. look at d. visit 11. We had to get up early, ……….I’d have missed the train. a. so b. otherwise c. despite d. though 12. The music sounds ……………….I love this kind of music very much. a. attracting b. interesting c. expressing d. inquiring 13. He began …………music when he was very young. a. to play b. playing c. play d. a & b 14. Van Cao was ……………a very talented musician and highly appreciated by the Vietnamese people. a. known as b. known of c. famous for d. called as 15. Please go in. Mr. Jones is free ……………..you now. a. to see b. see c. seeing d. will see 16. He prefers typing to writing by hand. a. He doesn’t like to write by hand at all. c. He’d rather type than write by hand. b. He likes typing better. d. He doesn’t like typing. 17. How old do you think this house is? a. When do you think the house was built? c. When do you think the house is built? b. Do you know when the house is built? d. When is the house built? 18. “………………….” “Minh.” a. When did Minh break the vase? c. How was the vase broken? b. What did he break? d. Who broke the vase? 19. “Why are you learning English?” is closest in meaning to ……………….. a. What are you learning English for? c. What kind of English are you learning? b. What are you learning English? d. Are you learning English? 20. I went to the baker’s ………………… a. for some bread b. to buy some bread c. to buying some bread d. a or b 21. “National” has the …………….stress pattern. a. 000 b. 00 c. 000 d. 000 22. ………are you so late? - Because of heavy traffic. a. What b. Why c. When d. Which 23. “……………… does she jog every day for?” “To stay fit.” a. Why b. What c. Which d. When 24. The letter “t” in the following words is pronounced as /t/ except …………………. a. picture b. stayed c. tea d. continue 25. “If An ………………..so intelligent, Hoang wouldn’t have married her. a. isn’t b. hadn’t been c. hasn’t been d. weren’t 26. ………………….do you look unhappy? - I got bad marks in mathematics. a. Why b. What c. How d. Which 7. - …………………? - 100 kilometers per hour. a. How fast is your car b. How many kilometers does your car run per hour c. a and b are correct d. a and b are incorrect 28. “ ……” “Three times a month.” a. How do you like the food? c. Do you often eat at this restaurant?.

(134) b. How old is the restaurant? d. How often do you eat at this restaurant? 29. …………………….? - 50 kilos. a. How much do you weigh b. What is your weight c. How heavy are you d. all are correct 30. He studied very hard ………………. a. in order to fail the exam b. so as to pass the exam c. so that to get knowledge d. in order that he could be illiterate 31. I often …………………with a piece of music after a hard-working day. ( relax / entertain / uplift / delight ) 32. ……………..his help, we couldn’t have finished the project. ( Unless / If not / No / Without) 33. When I was a little child, my mother often told me a fairly tale to …………… me to sleep. ( delight / relax / express / lull ) 34. … is modern music that is popular with young people. ( Jazz / Rock ‘n’ roll / Pop music / Classical music) 35. ‘………………….’ means ‘continue to live or exist.’ ( Establish / Visit / Depend / Survive ) 36. The letter ‘d’ in ‘ ………………..’ is silent. ( deal / doctor / destroy / handsome ) 37. ‘ ……………’ has a different ed-sound. ( Covered / Booked / Enjoyed / Lived).

(135) Unit 13: FILMS AND CINEMA (3) I. Pick out the word that has the stress pattern different from that of the other words 1. a. passage b. rapid c. prepare d. story 2. a. cartoon b. fiction c. instead d. herself 3. a. voyage b. suppose c. tragic d. iceberg 4. a. fascinate b. suggestion c. titanic d. detective 5. a. information b. adventure c. entertainment d. disappointment 6. a. cinema b. character c. calendar d. already 7. a. disaster b. detective c. history d. digusting 8. a. century b. usually c. introduce d. photograph 9. a. listen b. enjoy c. replace d. relate 10. a. existence b. character c. scientist d. interesting II. Pick out the word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from that of the other words 1. wife / of / leaf / life 2. different / halfpenny / joyful / festival 3. photograph / Stephen / phone / orphan 4. film / prefer / fiction / office 5. spread / dream / teacher / really 6. wife/ knife / leaves / leaf 7. laugh / caught / enough / photograph 8. daughter / through / high / cough 9. though / rough / laugh / life 10. a. first / fan / leave / slough III. Choose the best answer: 1. I had to wear ……………uniform when I worked in the hotel. ( a. some b. a c. an d. any ) 2. He didn’t come until 6 o’clock. (It was not until 6 o’clock that he came./ It was 6 o’clock, but he didn’t come./ It was 6 o’clock when he came./ a and b are correct) 3. We didn’t recognize him until he came into the light. a. We recognized him when he came in. c. There was a power cut until we saw him b. It was not until he came into the light that we recognized him. d. We recognized him after the light was on. 4. I’d like to invite him to ……………..dinner next week, if that’s OK with you. ( a.  b. the c. a d. an ) 5. For lunch I had a sandwich. I can’t remember what filling was in ……..sandwich. ( a.  b. the c. a d. an ) 6. When you come out of the lift, you’ll see two doors, ………..red one and …………….blue one. My door is …………… red one. ( a.  /  /  b. the / the / an c. a / a / the d. a / a / a ) 7. Dr. John is ……………..most insufferable person I know. ( a.  b. the c. a d. an ) 8. My father plays ……….football and …………guitar. ( a.  /  b. the / the c.  / an d.  / the ) 9. Last night I went out for …….meal. ( a.  b. the c. a d. an ) 10. Make sure you put your name at ……………..end of the report. ( a.  b. the c. a d. an ) 11. We need to do more for ………….. poor. ( a.  b. the c. a d. an ) 12. I’m looking for ……………new job. ( a.  b. the c. a d. an ) 13. Diana is ………….very nice person. ( a.  b. the c. a d. an ) 14. She is very ……………and as a result she has few friends. a. interesting b. interested c. boring d. bored 15. I’m ……………….in that film because it was based on the stories written by my favourite novelist. a. interesting b. interested c. interest d. interests 16.“You look …when you see me.”“Yes. I think you are in China.” a. astonish b. astonishing c. astonishingly d. astonished 17. She looked ………as if she had seen a ghost. a. frightened b. frightening c. frighten d. frightens 18. We can’t go out …tonight because we have to write … essay. ( a.  /  b. the / the c.  / an d.  / the) 19. It was very ………..to work more than eight hours a day. a. tiring b. tired c. tire d. tires 20. “The Spy Returns” is a very ……………….film about a wealthy man who visits Italy. a. exciting b. excited c. excitement d. excite 21. It is not until December 25 ………………… the exam results will be announced. a. which b. that c. when d. what 22. My father ………………….from university until 1970. a. graduated b. doesn’t graduate c. graduates d. didn’t graduate 23. He didn’t call me …………………..he received my message. a. until b. while c. if d. during 24. ………………… not until 1915 that the cinema really became an industry. a. It is b. It was c. There was d. There were 25. I’m going to wait ……………….it stops raining. a. until b. for c. while d. if.

(136) 26. Go back ……………………the hotel and wait there …………………I call you. a. until ….until b. to….until c. at ….when d. a or b 27. She ……………she had been followed until she got to the post office. a. realized b. does not realize c. didn’t realize d. wasn’t realized 28. I saw .................horrible car accident on the way to work yesterday. a. one b. the c. an d. a IV. Rewrite the following sentences, beginning with “It was not until…” 1. I didn’t get up until half past ten. ............................................................................................................. 2. We didn’t meet her until we moved to Hanoi. ............................................................................................................. 3. We didn’t recognize him until he came into light. ............................................................................................................. 4. He didn’t eat anything until he got home. ............................................................................................................. 5. John didn’t celebrate until he received the offer of promotion in writing. ............................................................................................................. 6. I didn’t solve the problem until the teacher helped. ............................................................................................................. 7. He didn’t go to the concert until he was 20. ............................................................................................................. 8. The football match didn’t start until 3 yesterday afternoon. ............................................................................................................. 9. The match won’t start until March 23. ............................................................................................................ 10. The letter won’t arrive until tomorrow. ............................................................................................................ VI. Read the following paragraph and do the tasks below: CARTOON FILMS Cartoon films have very few limits. If you can draw something, you can make it move on the cinema screen. The use of new ideas and advanced computer programs means that cartoons are becoming exciting again for people of all ages. By the end of the 1970s, the cinema world had decided that cartoons were only for children. But soon afterwards, one or two directors had some original new ideas. They proved that it was possible to make films in which both adults and children could share the fun. However, not every cartoon film was successful. The Black Cauldron, for example, failed, mainly because it was too frightening for children and too childish for adults. Directors learnt from this mistake, and the film companies began to make large amounts of money again. Task 1: True or False? ....... 1. Cartoon films don’t have many limits. ....... 2. They are becoming exciting for young people only. ....... 3. By the late 20th century, cartoons were decided to be only for children. ....... 4. The Black Cauldron was suitable for adults. ....... 5. The Black Cauldron, was not suitable for children because it was so frightening. Task 2: Answer the following questions: 1. Besides the new ideas, what help cartoons become exciting again? ........................................................................................................................ 2. When did cartoon films begin to be made for both adults and children? ....................................................................................................................... 3. Why was The Black Cauldron mentioned in the last paragraph? ....................................................................................................................... 4. Why was The Black Cauldron not successful? ....................................................................................................................... 5. How could film companies make large amounts of money again? ........................................................................................................................

(137) UNIT 14: THE WORLD CUP I. Match a word in column A with a suitable definition in column B: A B 1. event a. gain a goal in a game 2. audience b. the man who controls a football match 3. defeat c. any of the competitions in a sports programme 4. tournament d. a series of contests 5. champion e. a group of people who come to watch a game 6. referee f. a person or team that has defeated all others in a competition 7. participate in g. see something happening 8. score h. win a vctory 9. witness i. take part in II. Complete the sentences with a suitable word part I : 1. Rivaldo ...................an amazing goal from a free kick in the last minute. 2. Over twenty countries .........................the sporting event and Brazil won the gold medal. 3. For winter sports, figure skating has the biggest .............................. and the most expensive tickets. 4. That was a delibrate foul and the .....................sent him off with a red card. 5. The Olympic Games are among the most popular sporting ........................ in the world. 6. Allen .........................all the other competitors and won the gold medal. III. Complete each sentence with the correct form of the words in brackets: 1. World Cup, the ............................football tournament is held every four years. (nation) 2. Football is considered the most .....................sporting event in the world. (popularity) 3. There are 22 .................... in each football team. (play) 4. Long was selected to play in the ........................foootball team last week. (profession) 5. The World Cup is followed with great ......................around the globe. (interesting) 6. He was in ....................with ten others, so he did well to win the race. (compete) 7. Manchester players have been trying to score another goal but their efforts are ..................... (succeed) 8. All competitors take part in the Olympic Games in the spirit of ........................... ( sportsman) IV. Pick out the word that has the stress pattern different from that of the other words 1. a. champion b. consider c. tournament d. interest 2. a. defeat b. attract c. audience d. compose 3. a. Japan b. Germany c. Korea d. Brazil 4. a. international b. announcement c. together d. computer 5. a. popular b. national c. university d. comfortable.

(138) V. Fill in each blank with one of the words in the box: runner-up attracts honoured champion popular. defeat. final. audience. 1. Before becoming one of the 32 nations in the ....................... tournament, the football team must take part in qualifying games within their own continents. 2. Football is certainly the most ......................sport in Vietnam. 3. Beckham was the ...................in the vote for the best football player in the world in 1999. 4. An....of millions watched Beckham’s physical test before he joined Real Madrid Football Club in July. 2003. 5. Founded in 1930 with only 13 members, the World Cup now .....................over 140 countries. 6. With a number of key players suffering injuries, Manchester United faces ......................in their home match. 7. Brazil became the ......................of the 2002 World Cup after their six successive winning matches and is the first team to win the ........................Cup five times. VI. Complete the conversations with will (‘ll) or going to and the verbs in parentheses. Sometimes both forms are possible. 0. A. I am very hungry. B. Are you? I (get) will get you some food. 1. A. I have a headache. Do you have any aspirin? B. Yes. It’s in the bathroom. I (get) ……………………………some for you. 2. A. Why are you wearing your old shoes? B. Because I (wash) ………………………………..the car. 3. A. Don’t forget to call me if you need help. B. Thank you. I (give) …………………………..you a call if I think of anything. 4. A. Why are you making sandwiches? B. Because we (have) ……………………..a picnic at the beach. 5. A. I’m going now! Bye! B. Bye! What time (you / come) …………………………….back tonight? A. I don’t know. I (call) ………………………….you later. 6. A. Your test is in two weeks. When (you / start) ……………………………studying for it? B. I know. I (start) …………………………………tonight. A. I (start) ……………………………….tomorrow night, then. 7. A. You still owe me ten dollars. Did you forget? B. I’m sorry. Yes, I forgot. I (give) …….it back tomorrow. 8. A. Do you like the shirt I bought Peter for his birthday? B. Yes, I’m sure he (like) …………………………..it, too. 9. A. We need some more wine for the party. B. Do we? Well, I ……………………………..(go and buy) some. 10. A. We have decided to change our car. B. Oh, really? What make …......…….you ……………….(buy)? 11. A. I am bored. B. I ………………..…..(go) out with you tonight. A. No, thanks. I ………………………….(go) out with Tommy tonight. 12. A. Have you typed that letter for me? B. Sorry, I haven’t but I ………………..(type) it tomorrow morning. 13. A. Don’t forget to lock the door, dear! B. Oop! I ……………………………(lock) it now. 14. A. I don’t know how to solve this problem. B. It’s quite easy. I ……………(show) you how to do it. 15. A. This room looks dirty. B. I ………………………(clean) it this afternoon. 16. A. Where are you going? B. I am going to town. I …………………….(meet) my friends at a café. VII. Pick out the word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from that of the other words 1. a. cat b. cut c. champion d. clock 4. a. gate b. gentle c. goal d. girl 2. a. Christmas b. come c. call d. city 5. a. gun b. giraffe c. gentle d. general 3. a. bicycle b. center c. cinema d. cancel VIII. Choose the most suitable tense: 1. Why are you going to buy / will you buy a new mountain bike? 2. Look out! That tree will fall / is going to fall. 3. Let me know as soon as Lan will get / gets here. 4. Great news! Jean and Chris will come / are coming to stay with us. 5. According to this timetable, the bus is going to arrive / arrives at 6.00. 6. The doctor says I will have / am going to have a baby! 7. Don’t worry! I’m going to fix / I’ll fix it tomorrow. 8. I feel terrible. I think I’m going to be sick / I’ll be sick. IX. Choose the best answer: 1. There’s someone knocking at the door. …………………… a. I’ll answer it b. Let me open it c. I’m opening it d. Both a and b 2. Why have you bought so much food? - I …………………. for ten people. a. will cook b. am going to cook c. cooked d. have cooked 3. Look out! That tree ………… a. is going to fall b. will fall c. falls d. will be falling.

(139) 4. “Why are you so sad? - “I think …in the exam next week.” a. I would fail b. I will fail c. I failed d. I fail 5. Let me know as soon as Mary ………..here. a. will get b. is going to get c. gets d. is getting 6. George…...back until ten o’clock. Can I take the massage? a. is going to be b. will be c. is d. won’t be 7. Great news! Jean and Chris ………………to stay with us. a. will come b. are coming c. would comed. were coming 8. Don’t worry. I’m sure your son …….the exam. a. will pass b. won’t pass c. is passing d. passes 9. All the hotels are full. Where ……………..the night? a. do we spend b. are we going to spend c. did we spend d. All are correct 10. Nowadays, the smoke from industrial factories is damaging the ...severely. a. sky b. atmosphere c. sun d. sunlight. 11. The doctor says I ………..a baby. a. will have b. would have c. am going to have d. will be having 12. Can you call me at 7.00 ? I …tomorrow. a. am leaving b. am going to leave c. will leave d. Both a and b 13. …………………successful in the beauty context. a. I think she won’t be b. I think she is not going to be c. I don’t think she will be d. None is correct 14. …if you promise to try harder. a. I’ll help you b. I won’t help you c. I am going to help you d. All are correct 15. Why ...a new mountain bike? a. will you buy b. are you going to buy c. you will buy d. you are going to buy. 16. It’s impossible for M.U to catch up with Chelsea. Chelsea.……………….the cup this year. a. will win b. is going to win c. wins d. would win 17. I don’t think you ………………..any problems at the airport. a. will have b. are going to have c. are having d. Both b and c 18. You’d better not come in July. My mother …………………with me then. a. is staying b. is going to stay c. will be staying d. All are correct 19. A …………………is a country which provides the necessary space or equipment, etc. for a special event. a. host nation b. tournament c. theater d. trophy 20. Don’t try that new restaurant. I’m sure you …disappointed. ( are going to be / aren’t going to be / will be / won’t be).

(140)

bai tap day them tieng anh 10 day du

Tài liệu liên quan

Tài liệu bạn tìm kiếm đã sẵn sàng tải về